Fiji (World Bibliographical Series)

cover cover title author publisher isbn10 | asin print isbn13 ebook isbn13 language subject publication date lcc ddc s...

Author: G. E. Gorman

116 downloads 1572 Views 3MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

cover

cover

title author publisher isbn10 | asin print isbn13 ebook isbn13 language subject publication date lcc ddc subject

: : : : : : : : : : :

next page >

Fiji World Bibliographical Series ; Vol. 173 Gorman, G. E.; Mills, J. J. ABC-CLIO 1851090789 9781851090785 9780585058535 English Fiji--Bibliography, Fiji--Bibliography. 1994 DU600.F55x 1994eb 016.99611 Fiji--Bibliography, Fiji--Bibliography.

cover

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/cover.html1/20/2009 8:00:52 PM

page_i

< previous page

page_i

next page > Page i

Fiji

< previous page

page_i

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_i.html1/20/2009 8:00:52 PM

page_ii

< previous page

page_ii

next page > Page ii

WORLD BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SERIES General Editors: Robert G. Neville (Executive Editor) John J. Horton Robert A. Myers Ian Wallace Hans H. Wellisch Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr. John J. Horton is Deputy Librarian of the University of Bradford and currently Chairman of its Academic Board of Studies in Social Sciences. He has maintained a longstanding interest in the discipline of area studies and its associated bibliographical problems, with special reference to European Studies. In particular he has published in the field of Icelandic and of Yugoslav studies, including the two relevant volumes in the World Bibliographical Series. Robert A. Myers is Associate Professor of Anthropology in the Division of Social Sciences and Director of Study Abroad Programs at Alfred University, Alfred, New York. He has studied post-colonial island nations of the Caribbean and has spent two years in Nigeria on a Fulbright Lectureship. His interests include international public health, historical anthropology and developing societies. In addition to Amerindians of the Lesser Antilles: a bibliography (1981), A Resource Guide to Dominica, 1493-1986 (1987) and numerous articles, he has compiled the World Bibliographical Series volumes on Dominica (1987), Nigeria (1989) and Ghana (1991). Ian Wallace is Professor of German at the University of Bath. A graduate of Oxford in French and German, he also studied in Tübingen, Heidelberg and Lausanne before taking teaching posts at universities in the USA, Scotland and England. He specializes in contemporary German affairs, especially literature and culture, on which he has published numerous articles and books. In 1979 he founded the journal GDR Monitor, which he continues to edit under its new title German Monitor. Hans H. Wellisch is Professor emeritus at the College of Library and Information Services, University of Maryland. He was President of the American Society of Indexers and was a member of the International Federation for Documentation. He is the author of numerous articles and several books on indexing and abstracting, and has published The Conversion of Scripts, Indexing and Abstracting: an International Bibliography and Indexing from A to Z. He also contributes frequently to Journal of the American Society for Information Science, The Indexer and other professional journals. Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr. is Professor of History at Tulane University, New Orleans. He is the author of Central America, a Nation Divided, 2nd ed. (1985), as well as several monographs and more than seventy scholarly articles on modern Latin America. He has also compiled volumes in the World Bibliographical Series on Belize (1980), El Salvador (1988), Guatemala (Rev. Ed.) (1992) and Nicaragua (Rev. Ed.) (1994). Dr. Woodward edited the Central American section of the Research Guide to Central America and the Caribbean (1985) and is currently associate editor of Scribner's Encyclopedia of Latin American History.

< previous page

page_ii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_ii.html1/20/2009 8:00:53 PM

page_iii

< previous page

page_iii

next page > Page iii

Fiji VOLUME 173 G. E. Gorman and J. J. Mills Compilers

CLIO PRESS OXFORD, ENGLAND · SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA DENVER, COLORADO

< previous page

page_iii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_iii.html1/20/2009 8:00:53 PM

page_iv

< previous page

page_iv

next page > Page iv

© Copyright 1994 by Clio Press Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying or otherwise, without the prior permission in writing of the publishers. British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data Fiji (World bibliographical series; vol. 173) I. Gorman, G. E. II. Mills, J. J. III. Series 016.99611 ISBN 1-85109-078-9 Clio Press Ltd., Old Clarendon Ironworks, 35A Great Clarendon Street, Oxford OX2 6AT, England. ABC-CLIO, 130 Cremona Drive, Santa Barbara, CA 93116, USA. Typeset by Columns Design and Production Services Ltd, Reading, England. Printed and bound in Great Britain by Bookcraft (Bath) Ltd., Midsomer Norton

< previous page

page_iv

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_iv.html1/20/2009 8:00:53 PM

page_ix

< previous page

page_ix

next page > Page ix

Contents

Introduction

xi

Chronology

xxv

The Country and Its People

1

Travel Guides

8

Flora and Fauna

12

Geology, Mining and Energy

19

Archaeology and Prehistory

25

History

28

Population

40

Anthropology and Ethnography

43

Ethnic Groups

52

Language

61

Religion

65

Society and Social Conditions

75

Health and Welfare

82

Politics and Government

85

< previous page

page_ix

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_ix.html1/20/2009 8:00:53 PM

page_v

< previous page

page_v

next page > Page v

THE WORLD BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SERIES This series, which is principally designed for the English speaker, will eventually cover every country (and many of the world's principal regions), each in a separate volume comprising annotated entries on works dealing with its history, geography, economy and politics; and with its people, their culture, customs, religion and social organization. Attention will also be paid to current living conditions housing, education, newspapers, clothing, etc. that are all too often ignored in standard bibliographies; and to those particular aspects relevant to individual countries. Each volume seeks to achieve, by use of careful selectivity and critical assessment of the literature, an expression of the country and an appreciation of its nature and national aspirations, to guide the reader towards an understanding of its importance. The keynote of the series is to provide, in a uniform format, an interpretation of each country that will express its culture, its place in the world, and the qualities and background that make it unique. The views expressed in individual volumes, however, are not necessarily those of the publisher. VOLUMES IN THE SERIES 1 Yugoslavia, Rev. Ed., John J. Horton 2 Lebanon, Rev. Ed., C. H. Bleaney 3 Lesotho, Shelagh M. Willet and David Ambrose 4 Zimbabwe, Rev. Ed., Deborah Potts 5 Saudi Arabia, Rev. Ed., Frank A. Clements 6 Russia/USSR, Second Ed., Lesley Pitman 7 South Africa, Rev. Ed., Geoffrey V. Davis 8 Malawi, Robert B. Boeder 9 Guatemala, Rev. Ed., Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr 10 Pakistan, David Taylor 11 Uganda, Robert L. Collison 12 Malaysia, Ian Brown and Rajeswary Ampalavanar 13 France, Rev. Ed., Frances Chambers 14 Panama, Eleanor DeSelms Langstaff 15 Hungary, Thomas Kabdebo 16 USA, Sheila R. Herstein and Naomi Robbins 17 Greece, Richard Clogg and Mary Jo Clogg 18 New Zealand, R. F. Grover 19 Algeria, Richard I. Lawless 20 Sri Lanka, Vijaya Samaraweera

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_v.html (1 of 2)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_v

21 Belize, Second Ed., Peggy Wright and Brian E. Coutts 23 Luxembourg, Carlo Hury and Jul Christophory 24 Swaziland, Rev. Ed., Balam Nyeko 25 Kenya, Robert L. Collison 26 India, Brijen K. Gupta and Datta S. Kharbas 27 Turkey, Merel Güçlü 28 Cyprus, P. M. Kitromilides and M. L. Evriviades 29 Oman, Rev. Ed., Frank A. Clements 31 Finland, J. E. O. Screen 32 Poland, Rev. Ed., George Sanford and Adriana Gozdecka-Sanford 33 Tunisia, Allan M. Findlay, Anne M. Findlay and Richard I. Lawless 34 Scotland, Eric G. Grant 35 China, Peter Cheng 36 Qatar, P. T. H. Unwin 37 Iceland, John J. Horton 38 Nepal, John Whelpton 39 Haiti, Rev. Ed., Frances Chambers 40 Sudan, Rev. Ed., M. W. Daly 41 Vatican City State, Michael J. Walsh

< previous page

page_v

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_v.html (2 of 2)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_vi

< previous page

page_vi

next page > Page vi

42 Iraq, A. J. Abdulrahman 43 United Arab Emirates, Frank A. Clements 44 Nicaragua, Rev. Ed., Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr. 45 Jamaica, K. E. Ingram 46 Australia, Second Ed., I. Kepars 47 Morocco, Anne M. Findlay, Allan M. Findlay and Richard I. Lawless 48 Mexico, Rev. Ed., George Philip 49 Bahrain, P. T. H. Unwin 50 The Yemens, G. Rex Smith 51 Zambia, Anne M. Bliss and J. A. Rigg 52 Puerto Rico, Elena E. Cevallos 53 Namibia, Stanley Schoeman and Elna Schoeman 54 Tanzania, Colin Darch 55 Jordan, Ian J. Seccombe 56 Kuwait, Frank A. Clements 57 Brazil, Solena V. Bryant 58 Israel, Second Ed., C. H. Bleaney 59 Romania, Andrea Deletant and Dennis Deletant 60 Spain, Second Ed., Graham J. Shields 61 Atlantic Ocean, H. G. R. King 62 Canada, Ernest Ingles 63 Cameroon, Mark W. DeLancey and Peter J. Schraeder 64 Malta, John Richard Thackrah 65 Thailand, Michael Watts 66 Austria, Denys Salt with the assistance of Arthur Farrand Radley 67 Norway, Leland B. Sather 68 Czechoslovakia, David Short

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_vi.html (1 of 3)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_vi

69 Irish Republic, Michael Owen Shannon 70 Pacific Basin and Oceania, Gerald W. Fry and Rufino Mauricio 71 Portugal, P. T. H. Unwin 72 West Germany, Donald S. Detwiler and Ilse E. Detwiler 73 Syria, Ian J. Seccombe 74 Trinidad and Tobago, Frances Chambers 76 Barbados, Robert B. Potter and Graham M. S. Dann 77 East Germany, Ian Wallace 78 Mozambique, Colin Darch 79 Libya, Richard I. Lawless 80 Sweden, Leland B. Sather and Alan Swanson 81 Iran, Reza Navabpour 82 Dominica, Robert A. Myers 83 Denmark, Kenneth E. Miller 84 Paraguay, R. Andrew Nickson 85 Indian Ocean, Julia J. Gotthold with the assistance of Donald W. Gotthold 86 Egypt, Ragai, N. Makar 87 Gibraltar, Graham J. Shields 88 The Netherlands, Peter King and Michael Wintle 89 Bolivia, Gertrude M. Yeager 90 Papua New Guinea, Fraiser McConnell 91 The Gambia, David P. Gamble 92 Somalia, Mark W. Delancey, Sheila L. Elliott, December Green, Kenneth J. Menkhaus, Mohammad Haji Moqtar, Peter J. Schraeder 93 Brunei, Sylvia C. Engelen Krausse, Gerald H. Krausse 94 Albania, William B. Bland 95 Singapore, Stella R. Quah, Jon S. T. Quah 96 Guyana, Frances Chambers 97 Chile, Harold Blakemore 98 El Salvador, Ralph Lee Woodward, Jr. file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_vi.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_vi

99 The Arctic, H. G. R. King 100 Nigeria, Robert A. Myers 101 Ecuador, David Corkhill 102 Uruguay, Henry Finch with the assistance of Alicia Casas de Barrán 103 Japan, Frank Joseph Shulman 104 Belgium, R. C. Riley 105 Macau, Richard Louis Edmonds 106 Philippines, Jim Richardson 107 Bulgaria, Richard J. Crampton 108 The Bahamas, Paul G. Boultbee 109 Peru, John Robert Fisher 110 Venezuela, D. A. G. Waddell 111 Dominican Republic, Kai Schoenhals 112 Colombia, Robert H. Davis 113 Taiwan, Wei-chin Lee 114 Switzerland, Heinz K. Meier and Regula A. Meier 115 Hong Kong, Ian Scott 116 Bhutan, Ramesh C. Dogra

< previous page

page_vi

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_vi.html (3 of 3)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_vii

< previous page

page_vii

next page > Page vii

117 Suriname, Rosemarijn Hoefte 118 Djibouti, Peter J. Schraeder 119 Grenada, Kai Schoenhals 120 Monaco, Grace L. Hudson 121 Guinea-Bissau, Rosemary Galli 122 Wales, Gwilym Huws and D. Hywel E. Roberts 123 Cape Verde, Caroline S. Shaw 124 Ghana, Robert A. Myers 125 Greenland, Kenneth E. Miller 126 Costa Rica, Charles L. Stansifer 127 Siberia, David N. Collins 128 Tibet, John Pinfold 129 Northern Ireland, Michael Owen Shannon 130 Argentina, Alan Biggins 132 Burma, Patricia M. Herbert 133 Laos, Helen Cordell 134 Montserrat, Riva Berleant-Schiller 135 Afghanistan, Schuyler Jones 136 Equatorial Guinea, Randall Fegley 137 Turks and Caicos Islands, Paul G. Boultbee 138 Virgin Islands, Verna Penn Moll 139 Honduras, Pamela F. Howard-Reguindin 140 Mauritius, Pramila Ramgulam Bennett 141 Mauritania, Simonetta Calderini, Delia Cortese, James L. A. Webb, Jr. 142 Timor, Ian Rowland 143 St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Robert B. Potter 144 Texas, James Marten

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_vii.html (1 of 2)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_vii

145 Burundi, Morna Daniels 146 Hawai'i, Nancy J. Morris and Love Dean 147 Vietnam, David Marr and Kristine Alilunas-Rodgers 148 Sierra Leone, Margaret Binns and Tony Binns 149 Gabon, David Gardinier 150 Botswana, John A. Wiseman 151 Angola, Richard Black 152 Central African Republic, Pierre Kalck 153 Seychelles, George Bennett, with collaboration from Pramila Ramgulam Bennett 154 Rwanda, Randall Fegley 155 Berlin, Ian Wallace 156 Mongolia, Judith Nordby 157 Liberia, D. Ellwood-Dunn 158 Maldives, Christopher H. B. Reynolds 159 Liechtenstein, Regula A. Meier 160 England, Alan Day 161 The Baltic States, Inese A. Smith and Marita V. Grunts 162 Congo, Randall Fegley 163 Armenia, Vrej Nersessian 164 Niger, Lynda F. Zamponi 165 Madagascar, Hilary Bradt 166 Senegal, Roy Dilley and Jerry Eades 167 Andorra, Barry Taylor 168 Netherlands Antilles and Aruba, Kai Schoenhals 169 Burkina Faso, Samuel Decalo 170 Indonesia, Sylvia C. Engelen Krausse and Gerald H. Krausse 171 The Antarctic, Janice Meadows, William Mills and H. G. R. King 173 Fiji, G. E. Gorman and J. J. Mills

< previous page

page_vii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_vii.html (2 of 2)1/20/2009 8:00:54 PM

page_x

< previous page

page_x

next page > Page x

Constitution

104

Law

110

Economy and Economic Development

117

Agriculture and Agricultural Development

129

Land Tenure

134

Business and Commerce

137

Statistics

141

The Environment

145

Education

148

Literature and Folklore

151

The Arts

159

Communication, Media and Libraries

162

Periodicals

166

General Bibliographies

169

Index of Authors

179

Index of Titles

187

Index of Subjects

201

Map of Fiji

209

< previous page

page_x

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_x.html1/20/2009 8:00:55 PM

page_xi

< previous page

page_xi

next page > Page xi

Introduction About one new book a day is published on the Pacific islands, and much more is contained in academic and professional journals. C. R. H. Taylor's Pacific Bibliography contains details of about 16,000 publications relating to people in the Pacific, and that is much less than half the total published to date, excluding vast amounts in magazines and newspapers. R. V. Crocombe, The South Pacific: An Introduction The Country and Its People Fiji land of swaying palms and blue seas breaking gently along unspoiled beaches. Fiji islands torn by desperate ethnic rivalries and Third World poverty. Fiji a nation of coups and military rule. Fiji a multicultural society in which Asian and Western traditions coexist in a unique and colourful blend. Depending on one's perspective, the islands of Fiji (2,700 km northeast of Sydney and 4,500 km southwest of Honolulu) are all of these things and more. Fiji came under British rule in 1874, when a convention of chiefs ceded the islands to Britain. This did not change until 1970, when Fiji became an independent dominion in the Commonwealth. The period of British rule was marked by the 'pacification' of the countryside, the spread of plantation agriculture and the introduction of Indian indentured labour to work on the plantations. During this time many traditional institutions, such as communal ownership of land and partial rule by the chiefly class, were retained. Fiji has more recently become a republic and achieved some notoriety as the first Pacific island nation to experience a military coup followed by military government: in 1987 Colonel Rabuka seized power and announced his intention of making Fiji a republic. The events of 1987, together with the continuing

< previous page

page_xi

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xi.html1/20/2009 8:00:55 PM

page_xii

< previous page

page_xii

next page > Page xii

presence of Colonel Rabuka and growing racial and ethnic unrest, have lent the country a political significance in the region that vastly outweights its small size fewer than one million inhabitants spread across an archipelago of some three hundred islands. However, Fiji has long been of some social and economic importance to Britain as a colony, and more recently to Australia, New Zealand and other developed nations of the Pacific Basin and South and Southeast Asia. Its primary products sugar, coconut oil, gold, fish are exported around the world, and thousands of workers from the Indian subcontinent have migrated to Fiji over the years. As the international economy has faltered, aid and development have become major concerns, with Fiji turning to the developed world for assistance; this has led to an influx of development experts and aid personnel. More recently, it has become a major tourist destination, not only for Australia and New Zealand, the United States and Canada, but also for many European countries. Geographically, Fiji consists of mountainous volcanic islands rising sharply from the sea, surrounded by coral reefs and covered, on the windward side, with thick tropical vegetation. The highest mountain, at 1323m, is Mount Victoria, and the major river is the Rewa on Viti Levu. It is navigable by small craft for about 110km. On the leeward sides of the islands there are wet and dry seasons, with a mean annual rainfall of between 180 and 200cm and temperatures at sea level ranging from 15 to 32°C. Environmentally, Fiji is unusually vulnerable to degradation because of its relatively small size, population concentration on the coastal fringe, evolutionary isolation and relatively young landscape. Thus population growth and industrial development are likely to have a greater negative impact on the environment than one might expect. Four fifths of the population live on Viti Levu. Suva has a population of approximately 80,000, with other centres having significantly smaller numbers: 15,000 in Lautoka; 6,000 in Mba; 3,500 in Nadi; 2,500 in Nausori; 1,800 in Sigatoka and 1,500 in Savusavu. The population is thus concentrated in the area between Nadi and Mba and in coastal towns and villages, leaving the island interiors only sparsely populated. In common with many developing countries, Fiji's urban centres have experienced a significant migration from the villages in recent years and now account for nearly fifty per cent of the population. There is some immigration from surrounding Pacific islands into Fiji but no emigration of any significance. Almost the entire Indian population is descended from indentured migrants who were brought to the islands in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. There was a time when the indigenous population of Fiji was in the minority. Native Fijians made up only forty-three per cent of the

< previous page

page_xii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xii.html1/20/2009 8:00:55 PM

page_xiii

< previous page

page_xiii

next page > Page xiii

population, whereas Indo-Fijians, descended from indentured labourers, constituted a majority (slightly more than fifty per cent of the population). Although for many years Fiji's indigenous population was a minority, this has changed since the 1987 coups, with large numbers of Indo-Fijians leaving the country. Native Fijians now account for just under fifty per cent of the population, while the number of Indo-Fijians is slightly lower. Also found are small populations of Americans, Australians, Britons and New Zealanders. There has been considerable ethnic hostility between Indians, who suffer economic and political discrimination, and Fijians, who wish to preserve the Melanesian character of the country. This ethnic hostility contributed significantly to the political upheavals of 1987 that resulted in the military coup led by Colonel Rabuka. Practically all native Fijians are Christian, with eighty-five per cent belonging to the Methodist Church, slightly more that twelve per cent belonging to the Roman Catholic Church and the remainder spread among Anglicans and various Protestant denominations. Approximately eighty per cent of Indo-Fijians are Hindu and most of the remainder Muslim; a very small number of Indians belong to Christian churches. Fiji's economy is based on agriculture and tourism, the latter suffering significantly in the aftermath of the 1987 coups. The country is characterized by a free market economy in which the private sector predominates. Like many developing countries Fiji has implemented a series of development plans, with varying degrees of success. For example, the Sixth Development Plan (1971-75), which had very limited success, sought to expand production and develop appropriate infrastructures. The Seventh Development Plan (1976-80) emphasized rural development, and under the Eighth Development Plan (1981-85) sugar production and tourism were targeted as the primary industries for development. The country's work-force is employed in a range of sectors, with agriculture accounting for slightly more than forty per cent of employment, followed by approximately fifteen per cent in public administration and defence, about seven per cent in manufacturing and in trade and three to four per cent in construction and in transport and communication. Two to three per cent work in the financial sector, slightly more than one per cent in public utilities, less than one per cent in mining, and just over twenty per cent in all other areas. Slightly less than half of this work-force is involved in the trade union movement. The Fijian defence force is a contributor to the country's GNP, as its services are in high demand for United Nations peace-keeping operations. The agricultural work-force is employed on the thirty per cent of the

< previous page

page_xiii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xiii.html1/20/2009 8:00:55 PM

page_xiv

< previous page

page_xiv

next page > Page xiv

country's land area of 1.8 million hectares which is deemed arable and it accounts for production estimated to be worth four fifths of the country's export earnings. Although approximately seven per cent of the workforce is employed in manufacturing, the vast majority of workers in this sector are still broadly within the agricultural industry; they are involved in processing agricultural products. Thus agriculture dominates the country's economy in terms of employment, land use, manufacturing and earnings; and sugar cane cultivation, in turn, dominates agriculture. It accounts for a quarter of the land under cultivation, a fifth of the GDP, two thirds of the exports and a quarter of the labour force. Rice is the major food crop, followed by cassava, coconuts and bananas. Forests cover nearly one million hectares of land, and the timber industry is of growing importance to Fiji's economy. The fishing industry is now Fiji's third major export earner. Under the traditional land tenure system, slightly more than four fifths of the land is held by Fijians, with only small percentages held by Europeans, the state, Indians and other groups. Traditionally Fijian lands have been administered by the Native Land Trust Board on behalf of the owning village groups and cannot be alienated. Indians may only lease holdings, and for many years one of the main demands of the Indian community has been a relaxation of this system. In terms of international relations and regional affairs, Fiji is a well-established leader among the South Pacific states, and this despite its recent history of political upheaval and instability at home. Regional cooperation has been a significant theme in its foreign policy. For example, Fiji has long maintained an active role in the Asian Development Bank, the South Pacific Commission and the South Pacific Forum. The country is also a member of numerous United Nations bodies (FAO, ILO, WHO, etc.). In the past, relations with Britain were a key factor in foreign policy, but following the events of 1987 much of Britain's influence, both politically and economically, was replaced by that of a number of regional powers (including Australia, New Zealand and Japan). For many years India has been important in Fiji's international relations because of its large Indo-Fijian population, but in 1990 this relationship cooled because of India's lobbying against Fiji's readmission to the Commonwealth. Politically, Fiji follows the Westminster system, with a bicameral parliament consisting of a House of Representatives and an Upper House. The 1990 Constitution gave indigenous Fijians the right to hold the prime ministership and thirtyseven of seventy seats in the House of Representatives. Indo-Fijians are guaranteed twenty-seven seats, other races (European and Chinese) five seats and Rotuma one seat. In the Upper House twenty-four seats are reserved for indigenous Fijians, nine

< previous page

page_xiv

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xiv.html1/20/2009 8:00:55 PM

page_xix

< previous page

page_xix

next page > Page xix

Energy; Society and Social Conditions; and Travel Guides. Travel Guides (item nos. 30-47). Containing information on eighteen titles for the tourist or traveller, this section does not treat the field of tourism, which can be found among the books which treat the Economy. The tourist guides for the most part are newer titles of use to present-day travellers, although a few 'classic' items are also included. There are descriptions of town and country, guides to travelling around the islands, lists of where to stay and what to do, and also a few more reflective studies by travellers to the islands. See also: The Country and Its People. Flora and Fauna (item nos. 48-75). Fiji is noted for the richness of its natural heritage, especially birds, fishes and colourful flora. The twenty-eight items in this section reflect this diversity of Fiji's flora and fauna, covering bird life, fishes, amphibia, lizards, snakes and other vertebrates, corals, flowers, trees, shrubs, ferns and mangroves. See also: Agriculture and Agricultural Development; The Environment. Geology, Mining and Energy (item nos. 76-98). In addition to geology (defined to cover the structure and composition of the earth and its geological features), this composite section includes mining and energy (petroleum, hydroelectricity) in its coverage. Of the twenty-three items, ten are the work of one man, Peter Rodda; and nine of the references are to a single project, his Bibliography of the Geology of Fiji. See also: Agriculture and Agricultural Development; Archaeology and Prehistory; The Country and Its People; The Environment; Geology; Mining and Energy. Archaeology and Prehistory (item nos. 99-109). This section of eleven entries focuses on such archaeological matters as excavations, megalithic culture, cultural artefacts, rock carvings and paintings, and such activities as cannibalism that can be studied using archaeological techniques. Other sections with significant bearing on either archaeology or prehistory are: Anthropology and Ethnography; The Arts; The Country and Its People; History. History (item nos. 110-54). The forty-five entries in this section treat all aspects of Fiji's history, from pre-colonial days to the present, and also include the wider Pacific region. In addition to general histories of Fiji and the Pacific, there are works on topics covering the country's tribal leaders and colonial governors, cane and sugar, planters and labourers, European influence on the indigenous population and the military. See also: Archaeology and Prehistory; The Country and Its People; Ethnic Groups; Politics and Government; Religion. Population (item nos. 155-62). This short section, consisting of eight items, deals with the demography of Fiji's population and its distribution, migration and census data. Rural-urban shifts, ethnic relations and social structure of the population are treated in the

< previous page

page_xix

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xix.html1/20/2009 8:00:56 PM

page_xv

< previous page

page_xv

next page > Page xv

for other races and one for Rotuma. The country has a number of political parties representing various ethnic and national interests. In the May 1992 elections the Soqosoqo ni Vakavulewa ni Taukei won thirty of the Fijian seats in the House of Representatives; the Fijian Nationalist United Front, five; and independents, two. The National Federation Party won fourteen of the Indian seats; the Fiji Labour Party, thirteen; and the General Voters Party, five. Schooling in Fiji lasts twelve years six primary and six secondary and is neither free nor compulsory. Very few of the schools are government-run, with Christian missions and private foundations responsible for more than ninety per cent of them. Higher education is provided by the University of South Pacific in Suva, with an enrolment of slightly more than 4,000; very few Fijians enrol in higher education institutions overseas, with Australia and New Zealand the preferred countries for those that do. Of the fewer than thirty hospitals in the country, most are government-run; there are approximately three hundred medical practitioners in the country, and a handful of dentists. Health care is available to all citizens at nominal cost. Other welfare programmes include relief for the destitute, homes for the aged, legal aid and rehabilitation of juvenile delinquents. In terms of an information industry, Fiji resembles many developing countries in that it has a small newspaper industry (two or three dailies, depending on the current political climate, and a handful of less influential non-dailies) and an official broadcasting organization, the Fiji Broadcasting Commission (FBC). In recent years television has also been introduced into the country. Before 1987 the press was relatively free of government restrictions, and there was little censorship. However, this changed with the coups, and today the media remain heavily controlled by the government. Fiji has a very modest book publishing industry, with at least four active full-time publishers. The largest libraries in the country are the Suva Public Library, the University of South Pacific Library and the Western Regional Library at Lautoka; holdings total less than 500,000 volumes. This is a somewhat cursory overview of the country and its people, but it is intended to highlight the most significant factors in Fiji's modern development. These are reflected in the following bibliography which focuses on those aspects of the country about which most has been written in recent decades. For more detailed, but still summary, information on Fiji two works are particularly recommended: Robert D. Craig and Frank P. King (eds.), Historical dictionary of Oceania (Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1981) and Steve Headley, The South Pacific foreign affairs handbook (North Sydney: Allen &

< previous page

page_xv

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xv.html1/20/2009 8:00:56 PM

page_xvi

< previous page

page_xvi

next page > Page xvi

Unwin, 1992). The former, on pages 84-88, offers general encyclopaedic information on Fiji's history, whereas the latter (pages 88-104) concentrates in some detail on the country's political situation through a primary focus on foreign affairs. Content and Arrangement of the Bibliography As the opening quote from Crocombe suggests, there is a reasonable and growing corpus of literature on the Pacific region generally, and this comment can be extended to Fiji as well. Although indigenous publishing remains relatively low in terms of output, as the Fiji national bibliography indicates year after year, overseas writing on Fiji appears to be increasing. This is particularly true in the social sciences and in current affairs, perhaps only to be expected in view of political developments in the last decade. Overall, though, the range of literature on Fiji can only be termed patchy and uneven when one looks at both the quality of content and subject spread. As the following bibliography shows, subject coverage is quite uneven, and often unexpectedly so. For example, there are very few recent general histories of the country that do not incorporate unfortunate biases. On the other hand some other disciplines are extremely well-served by literature anthropology and politics springing immediately to mind. Even within these disciplines there are surprising lacunae; the place of women in Fijian society and development, for instance, has received precious little treatment, whereas ethnic relations have attracted the interest of perhaps too many scholars and commentators. This is probably a result of the academic tendency to build on past work rather than strike out in entirely new directions and on the specific features of indigenous life that have attracted interest over the decades. At the same time, contemporary commentators naturally focus on the crises that beset a nation, and in the case of Fiji this is abundantly clear in relation to political affairs and constitutional development, whereas the less newsworthy but perhaps more crucial issues of economic and social development receive less attention. As is the case with other Melanesian countries, the available literature on Fiji includes a great deal of amateur and anecdotal work on the people of the islands; early accounts by travellers, explorers and missionaries; ethnographic studies of indigenous societies; colonial histories; studies of political and social change; indigenous creative writing; studies of traditional culture. Anthropologists, historians and political scientists have dominated the literature on Fiji; scientists and economists, in contrast, have paid scant attention to the country. A brief comment on the literature in two fields ethnography and economic development exemplifies these different levels of interest.

< previous page

page_xvi

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xvi.html1/20/2009 8:00:56 PM

page_xvii

< previous page

page_xvii

next page > Page xvii

The ethnography of Fiji has attracted the interest of amateurs and scholars alike for more than a century, beginning with the first Wesleyan missionaries to the islands. Among the early ethnographic descriptions of traditional Fijian society, perhaps Williams and Calvert's Fiji and the Fijians (1858) is best known; this concentrates on unique features of Fijian society, whereas later, more professional descriptions seek to cover daily life more comprehensively Deane's Fijian society (1921) and Thomson's The Fijians (1980) are good examples of works in this category. In the 1950s a number of area specific ethnographic studies began to appear; Hocart's The northern states of Fiji (1952) is a prime example of works in this category. In recent decades equally specific ethnographic studies of Fiji have contributed substantially to our understanding of the areas they describe. Brewster's The hill tribes of Fiji (1967) and Hocart's Lau islands (1970) offer plentiful insights into the unique aspects of their respective regions. In the 1960s and 70s there appeared a number of ethnographic studies reflecting the American focus on belief systems and knowledge, as distinct from the British tradition of concentrating on social structure. Major American works from this period are Howard's Learning to be Rotuman (1970) and Sahlins' influential Moala: culture and nature on a Fijian island (1962). Unlike ethnography, Fiji's social and economic development has enjoyed noticeable scholarly interest for little more than three decades, with Belshaw's Under the Ivi Tree (1964) and Watters' Koro: economic development and social change in Fiji (1969) really opening the field with studies that are more socio- and cultural-economic than economic. Belshaw investigates aspects of change, particularly in relation to traditional social structures and Fijian participation in economic development; Watters looks at the broad context of village economic, social and political life. More specific economic studies followed, with the growth of economic development as an international academic enterprise: R. G. Ward's Land use and population in Fiji (1965), Fisk's The political economy of independent Fiji (1970) and Michael Ward's The role of investment in the development of Fiji (1971) indicate both the high quality and range of foci in these economic studies. Interestingly, since the 1980s interest in such economic matters (as distinct from financial affairs) has exhibited a marked decline, with few monographs of significance in this field in recent years. The content of this volume should be viewed as a selective, representative guide to readily-accessible documentation on Fiji. Primary emphasis is on monograph literature published in the last twenty-five years, although older seminal works are not excluded. Also, in a number of rapidly changing fields, particularly in the social sciences (law, politics), journal articles have been included partly to show the direction

< previous page

page_xvii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xvii.html1/20/2009 8:00:56 PM

page_xviii

< previous page

page_xviii

next page > Page xviii

in which developments are moving and partly because many of these developments have not yet found their way into the monograph literature. If there appears to be an imbalance in the content of subject sections, this simply reflects the state of the literature. That is, we have followed literary warrant and included examples of what is available in the various disciplines, rather than attempting to create an artificial balance between subject sections. Therefore, if one feels that, for example, politics is more extensively treated than education, this is because there is far more literature available in this area than in the latter. To collect information on the range of literature treated in this volume we have followed normal bibliographic procedures. In descending order of importance we engaged in the following processes: consulted standard bibliographies on Fiji, searched appropriate online databases, visited major libraries in Australia and overseas, read key works in each of the subject areas, consulted colleagues expert in specific topics, scanned publisher catalogues, visited bookshops, relied on serendipity. Several special collections of South Pacific material were consulted when collecting material for inclusion. Of particular note are the Pacific Information Collection of the University of the South Pacific, the H. E. Maude Collection at the University of Adelaide and the Tippett Collection at St Mark's National Theological Centre in Canberra. By these various means we have been able to collect and evaluate most key works available up to mid-1993. In common with other titles in the series, this volume follows a standard subject arrangement, with items entered only once in full, in the most appropriate subject section, but with 'see also' references in other appropriate sections. To a large extent the subject classification follows literary warrant, and no attempt has been made to create artificial subject sections where a reasonable corpus of literature does not exist. These subject sections are listed below in their order of appearance (with relevant entry numbers in brackets). The descriptive notes should be read carefully to ensure appropriate retrieval of the most relevant information. The subject index offers a more detailed approach to specific topics and subjects. The Country and Its People (item nos. 1-29). There are twenty-nine references in this section, which are devoted broadly to the physical, social and cultural geography of Fiji. As well as general works on the people and country, the section also includes materials which are multidisciplinary or biographical in focus, such as historico-cultural studies of the country and biographical directories and gazetteers. For allied literature see the following sections: Anthropology and Ethnology; Archaeology and Prehistory; Ethnic Groups; Geology; Mining and

< previous page

page_xviii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xviii.html1/20/2009 8:00:57 PM

page_xx

< previous page

page_xx

next page > Page xx

following sections: The Country and Its People; Ethnic Groups; Society and Social Conditions. Anthropology and Ethnography (item nos. 163-99). There are thirty-seven entries in this section devoted primarily to Fiji's pre-colonial society and material culture, with a particular emphasis on ethnographic studies that have formed the core of anthropological investigations in the islands. Two topics of special anthropological significance have been treated in separate sections: Ethnic Groups and Land Tenure. Related materials are also found in the following sections: Archaeology and Prehistory; The Arts; The Country and Its People; Law; Religion; Society and Social Conditions. This range of additional sections indicates the pervasive influence of anthropology in understanding the country and its people. Ethnic Groups (item nos. 200-35). Although really an aspect of anthropology or sociology, ethnic groups and intergroup relations are of such significance in Fiji, both past and present, to warrant discrete treatment. The thirty-six entries in this section focus on the Fiji-Indian experience in particular but also treat other South Asian peoples in Fiji, the Chinese and European communities, and other islander groups resident in the country. For related matters consult the following sections: Anthropology and Ethnography; The Country and Its People; History; Law; Politics and Government; Society and Social Conditions. Language (item nos. 236-49). The fourteen titles in this section include a number of grammars, dictionaries and sociohistorical studies of the languages of Fiji. See also Literature and Folklore. Religion (item nos. 250-90). There are numerous histories of Western religions in Fiji, as reflected in the forty-one entries in this section. The Methodist, Presbyterian, Seventh-day Adventist, Anglican and Roman Catholic churches are all discussed in individual titles. Also treated are indigenous religions, Hinduism and other religious traditions. An important anthropological study of Fijian religious practices was not available for assessment but may be worth consulting: M. D. Sahlins, Raw women, Cooked men and other good things of the Fiji islands (Washington, DC: Society for Psychological Anthropology, 1983). See also: Anthropology and Ethnography; Ethnic Groups; History. Society and Social Conditions (item nos. 291-318). This broadly representative section contains twenty-eight items on a range of topics which are related to society and social conditions: ageing; housing; poverty; women; trade unions; labour policy; urbanization; community development; social change and social relations. Some of the more specific social issues are treated in other sections, among them Ethnic Groups and Land Tenure; there are also links with Anthropology and Ethnography, The Country and Its People, Economy and Economic

< previous page

page_xx

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xx.html1/20/2009 8:00:57 PM

page_xxi

< previous page

page_xxi

next page > Page xxi

Development, Health and Welfare, Politics and Government, Population. Health and Welfare (item nos. 319-25). Containing just seven entries, this brief section covers such topics as food and nutrition, public health and health service management, alcohol abuse, leprosy and traditional medicine. For societal aspects of health see: Anthropology and Ethnography; Society and Social Conditions. Politics and Government (item nos. 326-99). The seventy-four entries in this section indicate the significance placed on politics and government in the literature on Fiji. This stems primarily from the coups of 1987 and the unrest that both preceded and succeeded these events. Included also are historical studies of the colonial political situation, traditional and local government structures, political parties, the role of ethnic factors in politics and a host of related topics. See also: Economics and Economic Development; Ethnic Groups; Constitution; Law; Society and Social Conditions. Constitution (item nos. 400-19). In this section the twenty entries cover issues related to the constitution of Fiji and its development: constitution making; constitutional change; constitutional developments following the coups. See also: Politics and Government; Law. Law (item nos. 420-46). This section contains twenty-seven entries covering not only law per se: courts and the administration of justice; laws and legislation of the Republic of Fiji; legal administration and legal services; but also labour and industrial relations; human rights; native and traditional law. Additional materials may be found in Jacqueline Elliott's Pacific law bibliography. See also: Constitution; Politics and Government; Economy and Economic Development; Ethnic Groups; Society and Social Conditions. Economy and Economic Development (item nos. 447-92). In this wide-ranging section the forty-six items reflect the often intense focus of social science literature on Fiji's development and economic future. Topics include the political economy generally, development plans and strategies, economic co-operation and relations, economic modelling, trade and tourism. Also covered are financial and monetary policy, future economic prospects, labour issues, income distribution, trade and investment. Other development issues may be found in such sections as Agriculture and Agricultural Development, Education, Health and Welfare, Geology, Mining and Energy, Politics and Government, Society and Social Conditions. Agriculture and Agricultural Development (item nos. 493-510). In this section, coverage, although limited in numbers, includes agriculture and agricultural development as well as such related topics as fisheries and agro-forestry and some social aspects of agricultural development. The limitation to eighteen entries indicates the general paucity of monograph

< previous page

page_xxi

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxi.html1/20/2009 8:00:57 PM

page_xxii

< previous page

page_xxii

next page > Page xxii

literature on agriculture in Fiji. While this may be explained in part by the fact that Fiji is not noted as an agricultural nation, it also suggests that agricultural development has not been a high priority in the country either in the past or under the current regime. Related materials may be found under the following headings: The Environment; Ethnic Groups; Flora and Fauna; Geology; Mining and Energy; Land Tenure. Land Tenure (item nos. 511-21). Containing eleven items, this section highlights a topic of particular importance in Fiji, especially in relation to ethnic groups and tensions between Fiji-Indians and Fijians. Topics dealt with here include land administration and land policy, culture contact and interethnic relations, agricultural development and legal aspects of land tenure. See also: Agriculture and Agricultural Development; Anthropology and Ethnography; Ethnic Groups; History; Law; Politics and Government; Society and Social Conditions. Business and Commerce (item nos. 522-34). Consisting primarily of directories aimed at the business and commercial sectors, the thirteen entries in this section offer information on a wide range of products and services available in Fiji, as well as business and investment opportunities, regulations and related matters. Issues concerned with commercial development are only touched upon, with more on this topic found in Economy and Development. Some materials of relevance may also be found in Agriculture and Agricultural Development, Communication, Media and Libraries, Geology, Mining and Energy, Statistics, Tourism and Travel Guides. Statistics (item nos. 535-48). The fourteen statistical titles in this section cover such areas as economic and social indicators, balance of payments, debt, trade, education, manufacturing, and various demographic features. Emphasis is on publications of ESCAP and World Bank, as these are available in most libraries, with some publications of the Fiji Bureau of Statistics also included. Census statistics are not listed, as these are not widely available outside Fiji. The Environment (item nos. 549-55). The seven items in this section cover the environment in general, focusing on the natural environment, its function and human influence on its development. A few items of more specific environmental concern may be found in the following sections: Agriculture and Agricultural Development; Flora and Fauna; Geology; Mining and Energy; Land Tenure; Population. Education (item nos. 556-65). Listing only ten publications, this section covers all aspects of education in Fiji, from primary to tertiary. Included are materials on medical education, vocational and extension training, educational history and an assessment of Fijian educational qualifications. Literature and Folklore (item nos. 566-97). The thirty-two items in

< previous page

page_xxii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxii.html1/20/2009 8:00:57 PM

page_xxiii

< previous page

page_xxiii

next page > Page xxiii

this section cover all aspects of literature and traditional folklore: legends and tales; children's stories; poetry; short stories and longer fiction. Also included are critical studies of Fijian and South Pacific literature. Two potentially useful literary reference works have been unobtainable and perhaps should be consulted by anyone seeking biographical or bibliographical information on the literature of Fiji: N. T. Simms, Writers from the South Pacific: A bio-bibliographical critical encyclopedia (Washington, DC: Three Continents Press, 1991); R. E. McDowell and J. H. McDowell (eds.), Asian/Pacific literatures in English: bibliographies (Washington, DC: Three Continents Press, 1978). See also: Anthropology and Ethnography; The Arts; Language. The Arts (item nos. 598-608). In eleven entries this section covers both historical artefacts of artistic value and presentday material culture in such fields as pottery, painting, music and folk art. Related items may be found in the following sections: Anthropology and Ethnography; Archaeology and Prehistory; Literature and Folklore. Communication, Media and Libraries (item nos. 609-23). The fifteen entries in this section include Fiji's major newspapers, media directories, discussions of book development, philately, radio history, other electronic media and guides to archives and libraries. Information on other print media may be found in two separate sections: Literature and Folklore; Periodicals. Communication investment opportunities are discussed in Business and Commerce. Periodicals (item nos. 624-636). In this section are listed eleven journals (and two indices) which are deemed most useful for the study of Fiji's current affairs, culture, history and development. For the most part these are general journals devoted to such broad areas as Pacific affairs and Pacific studies, but some deal with more specific fields such as history or culture. However, none of the titles in this section is narrow enough in focus to be limited to a specific discipline. Such discipline-specific journals are listed in the appropriate subject sections. General Bibliographies (item nos. 637-73). This section lists thirty-seven bibliographies which cover more than one discipline or subject area; the few single-subject bibliographies on Fiji are found in their respective subject sections. With the exception of Philip Snow's A bibliography of Fiji, Tonga and Rotuma, Fiji has not been treated very adequately in bibliographic terms, a situation reflected in this section: most of the entries are devoted to the broader region (Pacific, Oceania, South Pacific, etc.) rather than specifically to the country. See also Periodicals, as some journals attempt to provide bibliographic coverage, relevant to Fiji.

< previous page

page_xxiii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxiii.html1/20/2009 8:00:57 PM

page_xxiv

< previous page

page_xxiv

next page > Page xxiv

Acknowledgements We extend our sincere thanks to the many librarians who have contributed to our knowledge of the bibliography of Fiji during the past three years. In particular we wish to acknowledge assistance provided by the following: Staff of the H. E. Maude Collection in the Barr Smith Library, University of Adelaide Kevin Griffin, State Library of South Australia, Adelaide G. A. Stafford and other Library staff of Flinders University of South Australia, Adelaide Dr Kan Lai-bing and other Library staff of the University of Hong Kong Carol Mills (Acting University Librarian), Elizabeth C. Reade Fong, Jayshree Mamtora and other Library staff of the University of the South Pacific, Suva Peter Rodda, Mineral Resources Department, Suva Karen McVean, William Merrylees Library, Charles Sturt University Riverina, Wagga Wagga, New South Wales Pauline Downing, Library of the High Court of Australia, Canberra Reading Room Staff of the National Library of Australia, Canberra Judith James, Library of St Mark's National Theological Centre, Canberra Staff of the Menzies Library, Australian National University, Canberra Rosabel Foster, Library of the Institute of Development Studies at the University of Sussex, Brighton A special word of appreciation must go to the Executive Editor of Clio Press, Dr Robert Neville, who not only provided expert advice on the content and arrangement of materials but also exhibited remarkable patience when faced with our litany of excuses for the delay in bringing this volume to fruition. The support and expertise of these and many other individuals have helped contribute to any value which this compilation may have. The authors retain for themselves all responsibility for errors or omissions.

< previous page

page_xxiv

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxiv.html1/20/2009 8:00:58 PM

page_xxv

< previous page

page_xxv

next page > Page xxv

Chronology 1643

Abel Tasman, the first European to sight Fiji

1700s

Explorers Cook, Bligh and Wilson sighted Fijian islands

1800-14 Chief of the Bau helped European traders exploit local sandalwood resources; first European settlement established 1820-40 Von Bellingshausen, d'Urville and Wilkes explored various islands; first reliable charts are made by Wilkes 1822

US merchant ships began buying sea slug (bêche-de-mer) for the China trade

1830-35 British Wesleyans founded churches and schools; Christianity and the English language began penetrating the indigenous population 1840

US vice-consul established in Levuka

1854

Chief Cakobau converted to Christianity and appealed to Britain for help in his attempts to retain power

1858

Britain appointed consul to assist Cakobau in deflecting Tongan, French and US intervention

1871

Cakobau established a national monarchy and sought British protection for his authority

1874

Cakobau and paramount chiefs ceded Fiji to Britain in return for protection of Fijian rights and privileges; tribal wars and land alienation ceased, and the rule of British law began

< previous page

page_xxv

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxv.html1/20/2009 8:00:58 PM

page_xxvi

< previous page

page_xxvi

next page > Page xxvi

1879-1920 The Colonial Sugar Refining Company (CSR) of Australia imported 60,000 indentured Indian labourers to work in the sugar industry 1929

The first Indians elected to Legislative Council

1937

Legislative Council assigned equal numbers of places to Fijian, Indian and European representatives

1963

National Federation Party (NFP) established to represent Indian interests

1964

Establishment of universal adult suffrage based on racially separate rolls

1966

Alliance Party established to represent Fijian interests; Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara became first chief minister under Constitution of 1966

1970

New Constitution announced and Fiji achieved independence; Alliance Party under Mara retained power for more than a decade; the country joined UN General Assembly and the Commonwealth

1971

Fiji joined South Pacific Commission (SPC)

1972

Fiji lobbied for establishment of South Pacific Forum (SPF) as the political equivalent to SPC; Suva became headquarters for SPC and other regional agencies

1977

NFP split into 'Flower' and 'Dove' factions, allowing the Alliance Party to increase its majority in the House of Representatives

1978

Fiji sent troops on UN peacekeeping missions in Lebanon and Sinai

1987

Federation/Labour Party coalition under Timoci Bavadra won election; Sitiveni Rabuka led two military coups, ousted Bavadra as prime minister and declared Fiji a republic; interim government established under Mara; western aid and Commonwealth membership ceased

1988

Fiji sought aid from Asian countries; Australia resumed ministerial contacts

1991

New Constitution favouring indigenous Fijians adopted; United States and New Zealand resumed ministerial-level contact

< previous page

page_xxvi

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxvi.html1/20/2009 8:00:58 PM

page_xxvii

< previous page

page_xxvii

next page > Page xxvii

1992 Elections held; the Fijian Political Party led by Sitiveni Rabuka formed a coalition government with the General Voters Party

< previous page

page_xxvii

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_xxvii.html1/20/2009 8:00:58 PM

page_1

< previous page

page_1

next page > Page 1

The Country and Its People 1 Annual report for [ ]. Suva: Government Printer, 1874?-. annual, but may have ceased after 1977. Originally compiled by the British Colonial Office and published by Her Majesty's Stationery Office (HMSO), this report, which has long been an essential source of information, has appeared under a variety of titles, including Annual report on Fiji, Report on Fiji, Fiji report and Fiji annual report. Each volume begins with a review in Part one of the previous year's activities while Part two includes information on a range of areas: population; employment and labour organization; finance; commerce; natural resources; rural development; development planning; Fijian administration; social services; legislation; judicial information; defence; public works, buildings and public utilities; press, broadcasting and information services. Part three contains information on geography and climate, history, weights and measures and a short bibliography. Statistics are included in the appropriate subject sections. 2 At home in Fiji. C. F. Gordon Cumming. Edinburgh: William Blackwood, 1885. 365p. map. This twenty-eight chapter travelogue by a noted traveller, while Victorian and imperial in tone, contains much factual data about the islands and their indigenous people at the end of the nineteenth century. 3 Beqa: island of firewalkers. J. Bigay (et al.), edited by F. Rajotte and J. Bigay. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1981. 161p. maps. This descriptive study of the island of Beqa focuses on its people and the interaction between man and the land. The first several chapters describe the physical environment: ancient geological origins; present processes shaping its topography and coastline; climate; soils and vegetation. Succeeding chapters discuss the transition

< previous page

page_1

next page >

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_1.html1/20/2009 8:00:58 PM

page_2

< previous page

page_2

next page > Page 2

from traditional to modern in social, political and economic spheres. Discussion of the uniquely important role of firewalking is included. See also The forgotten people of the Pacific (item no. 21). 4 Colony of Fiji: a handbook. Revised and edited by R. Vunivalu. Suva: Government Press, 1957. 6th ed. 122p. bibliog. This appears to succeed The Colony of Fiji (item no. 6) and first appeared in 1924, with new editions issued irregularly (1929, 1931, 1936, 1941) and occasionally under variant titles (the fourth edition, for example, was entitled Fiji: handbook of the colony). It covers the history of the islands; industry; commerce and other topics of a 'handbook' nature. Brief but descriptive information is provided. 5 The colony of Fiji 1880. The Committee to Promote the Representation of the Colony of Fiji at the Melbourne International Exhibition. Levuka, Fiji: C. L. Griffiths, 1880. 116p. This nineteenth-century account of Fiji covers its history, geography, government and legislation as well as its land titles, agriculture, climate and population, labour and immigration, education and religion. See also Colony of Fiji (item no. 4). 6 The colony of Fiji 1874-1924. Suva: Government Printer, 1924. 171p. bibliog. A detailed official guide to Fiji which covers all aspects of the country, from history and customs to flora and agriculture. It is an excellent historical guide to the country and its people. See also Colony of Fiji (item no. 4). 7 Cricket in the Fiji islands. P. A. Snow. Dunedin, New Zealand: Whitcombe & Tombs, 1949. 250p. bibliog. This detailed history of cricket in Fiji, by a noted bibliographer of the country, contains chapters on the origin of cricket in the islands, the development of the game from 1875 to 1900, the period of consolidation from 1900 to 1939 and expansion during the 1940s, and the successful year of 1948. Useful factual appendices list cricketers who have played for Fiji, averages of players in representative matches for Fiji, etc. A detailed bibliography concludes the work, which is comprehensive up to 1949. See also Sixth South Pacific Games handbook (item no. 26). 8 The Cyclopedia of Fiji: a complete historical and commercial review of Fiji. Compiled by P. S. Allen. Sydney: Cyclopedia Company of Fiji, 1907. Reprinted, Suva: Fiji Museum; Papakura, New Zealand: R. McMillan, 1984. 332p. Seen through the eyes of Fiji's Edwardian colonists, this compendium is divided into two parts. The first reviews the geography, anthropology, history and commercial development of the colony (referred to as the 'epitome of progress'). The second part contains biographical and photographic portraits of several hundred colonial

< previous page

page_2

next page >


page_3

< previous page

page_3

next page > Page 3

administrators, merchants, settlers, planters, missionaries, shipping officials, etc. and a handful of native chiefs. In this way The Cyclopedia serves as an historical 'who's who' of Fiji at the turn of the century, as well as an interesting guide to other aspects of Fiji such as flora and fauna, geology and religion. See also Who's who in Fiji (item no. 29). 9 The drama of Fiji: a contemporary history. J. W. Coulter. Melbourne: Paul Flesch; Rutland, Vermont: Charles E. Tuttle, 1967. 230p. maps. bibliog. Coulter, a geographer, offers a general study of Fiji rather than 'a contemporary history'. Drawing on fieldwork carried out in 1937, 1940-1941 and 1960, he discusses in six chapters the general milieu, the Fijians, the Indian population, government, economic and social matters and future prospects. The work is simply written, often to the point of being simplistic. Despite this it offers a reasonable overview and more than thirty tables covering most aspects of Fiji's social, economic and political life. This volume is principally aimed at the secondary school level. See also Fiji in the Pacific (item no.14) and The Fiji islands (item no. 15). 10 The Far East and Australasia. London: Europa Publications, 1969-. annual. An entry on Fiji appears each year in this well-known and reliable yearbook, providing a wide range of facts and figures on such subjects as geography, history, the press, trade unions and the political situation. It provides more detail than the entry on Fiji in its sister publication, The Europa world year book, and presents a current, succinct and informative picture of Fiji. See also Fiji (item no. 11). 11 Fiji. In: Pacific Islands Yearbook. Edited by N. Douglas, N. Douglas. North Ryde, New South Wales: Angus & Robertson in association with Nationwide News, 1989, p. 90-143. This is a concise guide to Fiji and other nations in the South Pacific, which presents information on population, history, the economy, accommodation, geography, transport, finance, overseas trade, tourism, manufacturing, housing, local commerce, primary production, health and labour. It is an authoritative general guide providing reliable data in an easyto-read format. See also The Far East and Australasia (item no. 10). 12 Fiji celebration. J. Siers. New York: St Martin's Press, 1985. 164p. Largely a collection of attractive photographs of Fiji, including geographical, historical and human aspects, this work also contains basic historical data. Although intended primarily as a 'coffee table' book, Siers does include interesting visual information that supplements detailed narrative studies. 13 Fiji handbook and travel guide. Edited by J. Carter. Sydney: Pacific Publications, 1980. 304p. maps. This volume has been termed the 'ultimate' handbook by some reviewers. In it, Carter describes all aspects of Fiji, from banking to weather. The work reads more like an

< previous page

page_3

next page >


page_4

< previous page

page_4

next page > Page 4

encyclopaedia than a travel guide and is, in fact, somewhat dated for most travel requirements. It remains a very detailed guide to all aspects of Fiji history, the people, geography, flora and fauna, banking, government, finance, taxation, travel and accommodation. See also The South Pacific Foreign Affairs Handbook (item no. 27). 14 Fiji in the Pacific: a history and geography of Fiji. G. J. A. Kerr and T. A. Donnelly. Milton, Queensland: Jacaranda Press, 1976. 3rd ed. 230p. maps. bibliog. Aimed at school-age readers and first published in 1969, this somewhat dated textbook on Fiji is reasonably detailed and provides much useful information up to the mid-1970s. It remains an appropriate general source-book on the country, although on political matters it is no longer useful. The historical and geographical coverage is the work's strong point. See also The drama of Fiji (item no. 9) and The Fiji islands (item no. 15). 15 The Fiji islands: a geographical handbook. R. A. Derrick. Suva: Government Press, 1965. Rev. ed. 336p. maps. This dated, but still useful handbook offers detailed information on the geography of Fiji, as well as descriptions of the geology, climate and weather, the people, flora and fauna, industry, trade and communications. The treatment of physical geography and environmental topics is especially helpful. See also The drama of Fiji (item no. 9) and Fiji in the Pacific (item no. 14). 16 Fiji, Tonga and Nauru: official standard names approved by the United States Board on Geographic Names. Defense Mapping Agency Topographic Center. Washington, DC: United States Board on Geographic Names, 1974. 231p. maps. Containing 209 pages on Fiji, this comprehensive list of names identifies 13,250 places and geographical features in the country. For each one it indicates the name, designation, latitude and longitude, area and subdivision number. Both standard and unapproved variant names are listed. Coverage includes administrative divisions, populated places, cultural entities, topographic and hydrographic features (extending to undersea features). The scale of the general map of Fiji is 1:250,000 and the scale for the maps of the major islands is 1:50,000. 17 The Fijian people before and after independence, 1959-1979. I. Lasaqa. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1983. 231p. bibliog. Lasaqa highlights and analyses what he regards as significant aspects of Fijian thought and life, which have influenced the contemporary situation in Fiji. This book takes as its baseline the time of Spate's The Fijian people (item no. 465) the 1950s tracing some of the main changes in Fijian life, particularly in the social, economic, administrative and political spheres, since that time. See also Roth's Fijian way of life (item no. 20).

< previous page

page_4

next page >


page_5

< previous page

page_5

next page > Page 5

18 The Fijian people 1958. O. H. K. Spate. In: On the margins of history; from the Punjab to Fiji. Canberra: Australian National University, National Centre for Development Studies, 1991, p. 99-117. (History of Development Studies, no. 3). In this autobiographical reminiscence Spate, an important figure in the study of late colonial Fiji, discusses his impressions of the country in 1958 when he was called to conduct an enquiry into economic problems facing ethnic Fijians (item no. 465). He covers a wide range of issues in a readable style. 19 The Fijian way of life. A. Ravuvu. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1983. 130p. bibliog. This work is often cited in general publications on Fiji and its culture. In fact, it offers a conservative, somewhat idealized interpretation of the people and their way of life. Important elements of Fijian life and their social significance are investigated (for example, the family relationships, houses, food, life cycle, land, spirits, personality and values). 20 Fijian way of life. G. K. Roth, preface by R. Garvey, new introduction by G. B. Milner. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1973. 2nd ed. 176p. First published in 1953, this volume presents a view of Fiji and changes to the Fijian way of life from a colonial administrator's perspective. Each chapter covers a specific aspect of the country in reasonable detail: village life; land customs and the structure of native society; major ceremonies; and the Fijian administration. It offers especially useful insights into changes that occurred in Fiji in the twenty years which elapsed between the first and second editions (195373). Editions, or reprints, of this work have also appeared as Vaka i Taukei: the Fijian way of life (Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1983). See also The Fijian people (item no. 17). 21 The forgotten people of the Pacific. P. Diolé, translated by J. F. Bernard. New York: Barron's/Woodbury, 1976. 303p. maps. bibliog. Based on the author's journey through the South Pacific, this study considers the likelihood that Pacific island cultures will survive in the twentieth century. Including Fiji in his discussion, Diolé offers a most sympathetic understanding of indigenous cultures, peoples, arts and the natural environment. Of special value are the numerous photographs of native arts, crafts and peoples. See also Beqa: island of firewalkers (item no. 3). 22 Introduction to the peoples and cultures of Melanesia. A. Chowning. Menlo Park, California: Cummings, 1977. 2nd ed. 124p. map. bibliog. Emphasizing the cultural diversity of the region, this work includes Fiji in its treatment. It covers prehistory, the people and the land, social organization, religion, and art and cultural change. See also Roth's Fijian way of life (item no. 20).

< previous page

page_5

next page >


page_6

< previous page

page_6

next page > Page 6

23 Mainly about Fiji: selected writings, broadcasts and speeches, 1930-1987. L. G. Usher. Suva: L. G. Usher, 1987. 146p. This is a semi-autobiographical account of the author's time in Fiji as a public servant, local government councillor, mayor of Suva and newspaper editor. It covers places, people, politics, literature and drama which are all treated in a highly personal, anecdotal style. The book is interesting for its local colour and viewpoints of the expatriate community. 24 Pacific profiles: personal experiences of 100 South Pacific islanders. R. A. C. Stewart. Suva: University of the South Pacific, 1982. 258p. map. Stewart offers personal accounts of the lives of Pacific islanders, with many Fijians and Fiji Indians represented. Profiles are included for the following stages of life: infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood and old age. 25 Rotuma: split island. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, in association with the South Pacific Social Sciences Association and the University of the South Pacific Fiji Extension Centre, 1977. 216p. maps. bibliog. This book consists of contributions by eleven authors who discuss various facets of Rotuma's culture and the changes facing Rotumans today. It includes accounts by Fatiaki, Plant and Tausie, among others. Chapters cover the following areas: geography; history; superstition and religion; mission influence; kinship; marriage; the mamasa ceremony; decision making; land tenure; dance; chants; sport and leisure activities; communities in Fiji; Rotuman emigration there and the development dilemma. This is a useful collection of papers on Rotuman society, culture and current issues. See also A short history of Rotuma (item no. 149). 26 Sixth South Pacific Games handbook: a complete record of the South Pacific Games, 1963-1975. Edited by R. Yarrow in association with T. Isaacs. Suva: Fiji Times, 1979. 128p. This comprehensive guide to the South Pacific Games, which are held triennially, includes statistical records from the first five Games. The total number of medals and points in the Games are tallied, and Fiji is shown to be in third place behind New Caledonia and Papua New Guinea. The compendium also includes records of South Pacific athletes in such major sporting events as the Olympics. See also Cricket in the Fiji Islands (item no. 7). 27 The South Pacific foreign affairs handbook. S. Hoadley. North Sydney: Allen & Unwin, 1992. 258p. bibliog. The first four chapters of this handbook introduce major sources of information on the South Pacific, its political and economic situation and regional organizations as well as extra-regional governments with an influence in the area. The remaining chapters focus on specific countries, including Fiji. The chapter on Fiji covers its political

< previous page

page_6

next page >


page_7

< previous page

page_7

next page > Page 7

evolution, foreign relations (including membership in international organizations), diplomatic links, and economic policy. This volume provides a useful overview of Fiji and its relations with other countries and focuses on economic and political issues. If regularly updated, this publication could become a very useful reference source on the South Pacific and Fiji. See also Fiji handbook and travel guide (item no. 13). 28 Who's who in Australasia and the Far East. International Biographical Centre. Cambridge, England: Melrose Press, 1989- . biennial. While the emphasis is clearly on personalities in Australia and New Zealand, this directory does include some Fijian notables. Coverage is somewhat eclectic, however. For a more detailed publication see Who's who in Fiji (item no. 29). 29 Who's who in Fiji. Compiled by S. L. Berwick. Suva: Berwick's Publishing House, 1990. 307p. Including some general historical and geographical information on Fiji, as well as a brief 'who was who', this is essentially a guide to who's who in Fiji. Berwick provides the usual information on education, career, interests, clubs, address, and other biographical data. It is intended to have annual supplements, with a new edition approximately every five years. See also The cyclopedia of Fiji (item no. 8) and Who's who in Australasia and the Far East (item no. 28).

< previous page

page_7

next page >


page_8

< previous page

page_8

next page > Page 8

Travel Guides 30 Fiji. S. Bevan. Carlton, Victoria: Gadabout Guides, 1992. 232p. maps. bibliog. Bevan largely succeeds in alerting tourists to the most interesting aspects of Fiji. He includes useful notes on the country's history, geography, culture and related topics and offers suggestions on what to see, where to eat, where to stay and what to do when visiting the country. Not as much information is packed into this title as others, but it is a useful contribution nevertheless. See also Kay's Fiji (item no. 31). 31 Fiji: a travel survival kit. R. Kay. Hawthorn, Victoria: Lonely Planet Publications, 1993. 3rd ed. 250p. maps. This is a comprehensive and practical travel guide to the islands of Fiji. Kay provides general information on the country and helpful comments on topics such as 'places to go', accommodation, transport and 'what to avoid'. All the main island groups are covered: Viti Levu; Yasawa; Ovalau; Vanua Levu; Taveuni; Qamea; Laucala; Matagi; Kadava Group; Lau; and Rotuma. Within these island groupings information is provided on history, geography, 'getting there and back', travelling around, places to stay and places to eat. A useful 'further reading' section is also included. See also Bevan's Fiji (item no. 30). 32 Fiji: in search of an island. L. Gill. Auckland, New Zealand: Hodder & Stoughton, 1986. maps. This is an account of the adventures in Fiji of two New Zealand families and the mountaineer, Sir Edmund Hillary. It is a true action story, in which the author recounts numerous adventures, such as rafting on rivers, floating on bilibilis, climbing and diving. Throughout, there are alluring colour illustrations of these adventures and of the local populace in context (for example, at a traditional feast, in a fish drive, diving). This is an interesting book that highlights the social and cultural habits of those with whom the families came into contact.

< previous page

page_8

next page >


page_9

< previous page

page_9

next page > Page 9

33 Fiji: islands of the dawn. L. Wibberley. New York: Ives Washburn, 1964. 184p. This interesting travel story includes considerable background information on the history, anthropology and geography of Fiji. It is a well-regarded, entertaining account of one person's travels through the islands. The book is not without its serious reflections on the condition of Fijians as they move from a communal village life to one which is more urban in nature. See also On Fiji islands (item no. 43). 34 Fiji: Pacific paradise. F. J. Eckert. London: Bison Books, 1986. 96p. map. The author, a former US ambassador to Fiji, provides both the captions and photographs in this profusely-illustrated guide to the beauty of Fiji. The work is divided into four sections covering Viti Levu, Suva, the Yasawas and Fiji's hundreds of islands. Short descriptions of each photograph constitute the only text. See also Fiji: Some enchanted islands (item no. 35). 35 Fiji: some enchanted islands. F. J. Eckert. Nadi, Fiji: Motibhai, 1991. 128p. map. Similar in some ways to Eckert's earlier work (item no. 34), this compilation is less focused on particular geographical areas and is more wide-ranging, covering Suva and Nadi and the countryside in general. It is also profusely illustrated and includes a short introduction and single-line descriptions of photographs. 36 The Fiji explorers handbook: the excursion guide for Viti Levu, Ovalau and the offshore islands in maps and pictures. K. Gravelle. Suva: Graphics (Pacific), 1985. 96p. maps. This journalistic travel guide to Fiji is best used as a road guide that highlights the most interesting attractions. The majority of the work is devoted to Viti Levu and the main road systems, Queens Road and Kings Road and describes worthwhile excursions. Sections of road maps are linked to relevant descriptive text. This is a useful guide for motorists. 37 Fiji islands. H. Curth, text by S. Wendt. Melbourne: Thomas Nelson Australia, 1970. 128p. maps. Although dated, this work offers an interesting and informative description of Fiji and the authors' travels in the islands at the beginning of the 1970s. The text by Sue Wendt is followed by numerous illustrations, some in colour. See also A world of islands (item no. 47). 38 Fiji islands handbook. D. Stanley. Chico, California: Moon Publications, 1993. 3rd ed. 198p. maps. bibliog. First published in 1985 as Finding Fiji, this third edition of a complete guide to Fiji is written with the low budget traveller in mind. It provides detailed, informative and concise details on where to stay, how to travel, where to eat, what to see and how to manage on minimal funds. See also How to get lost and found (item no. 40).

< previous page

page_9

next page >


page_10

< previous page

page_10

next page > Page 10

39 Fiji sketchbook. V. Dove. Adelaide: Rigby, 1970. 60p. map. (Sketchbook Series). This collection of monochrome line sketches of natural and historic sites in Fiji includes an informative text which covers history, inhabitants and geography. This basic work will be of particular interest to visitors to the islands. 40 How to get lost and found in Fiji. J. W. McDermott. Honolulu: Waikiki Publishing Company, 1981. 3rd ed. 194p. maps. Written as a personal narrative, this somewhat dated guide to Fiji is still useful for its lists of 'tips' on what to do, where to go, sights to see, what to avoid and related matters of interest to tourists and visitors to Fiji. See also Fiji islands handbook (item no. 38). 41 Let's visit Fiji. J. Ball, C. Fairclough. London: Burke, 1985. 96p. illus. This introduction to Fiji is written for young readers and offers basic information of interest to this group of travellers. As such, it is a useful complement to the more usual travel guides for adult readers. Some illustrations are in colour, and there is a general index. See also The Pacific crossing (item no. 44). 42 On copra ships and coral isles. R. Redwood. South Brunswick, New Jersey: A. S. Barnes, 1966. 192p. maps. A very popular personal account of the author's travels in the Pacific, especially Fiji. Redwood has an easy and engaging style and she vividly recounts her feelings and experiences as she cruises around the Fijian and other Pacific islands. Personal events are interwoven with some local background in this enjoyable guide. See also Where the bong tree grows (item no. 46). 43 On Fiji islands. R. Wright. New York: Viking Penguin, 1986. 257p. bibliog. Wright has produced a well-researched travelogue on Fiji which is accompanied by a glossary, chronology of important events and source notes. In nine chapters, although not indicated as such in the table of contents, Wright separates his discussion into the geographical areas he visited: Nadi; Suva; Nadrau; 'the spirits' way'; Rabi; Levuka; and Bau. Compared with many accounts this a scholarly travelogue, although it remains very readable. Much of the text records the author's conversations with people in Fiji. See also Fiji: islands of the dawn (item no. 33). 44 The Pacific crossing. A. W. Mitchell. In: Operation Drake: Voyage of Discovery. London: Severn House, 1981, p. 80-99. Mitchell describes the round-the-world voyage of the Eye of the Wind in which a group of young people emulate Drake's voyage of the sixteenth century. Including Fiji in its itinerary, the trip combines exploration with public service and offers

< previous page

page_10

next page >


page_11

< previous page

page_11

next page > Page 11

expansive descriptions of the places visited peoples, flora and fauna, natural beauty. See also Let's visit Fiji (item no. 41). 45 Suva: a history and guide. A. J. Schütz, with the assistance of L. G. Usher. Sydney: Pacific Publications, 1978. 52p. map. Written with Schütz's characteristic flair, this is a detailed history of Suva. Notwithstanding this, it is also a guidebook for the discerning tourist who wishes to have detailed information on the sites and sights of the city in the context of their historical development. 46 Where the bong tree grows: the log of one man's journey in the South Pacific. J. R. Ullman. Cleveland, Ohio: World Publishing Company, 1963. 316p. map. This story of an American writer's travels in the South Pacific describes various islands including Fiji. Ullman also reflects on a number of Westerners who have lived in the region, among them Gauguin, Melville and Stevenson. This is much more than just a travelogue, for Ullman raises a number of key philosophical, social and political questions about the South Pacific and its future. Especially notable is the way in which he refuses to romanticize about the region and introduces the concept of 'Pacific rot'; this describes the underemployment and inertia that characterize much of the region. This is one of the more thoughtful travel books on the South Pacific and Fiji. See also On copra ships and coral isles (item no. 42). 47 A world of islands. J. Knox-Mawer, photographs by P. Carmichael. New York: Viking Press, 1969. 78p. maps. This is an attractive travel guide, replete with elegant colour and monochrome photographs that substantially extend the text. Moreover, the narrative reveals a depth of understanding of the region, its peoples and culture, often lacking in other travelogues. Knox-Mawer includes Fiji in her narrative and provides an excellent introduction to the country and its people. See also Fiji islands (item no. 37).

< previous page

page_11

next page >


page_12

< previous page

page_12

next page > Page 12

Flora and Fauna 48 An annotated checklist of the birds of Fiji islands. N. Langham. South Pacific Journal of Natural Science, vol. 2, (1981), p. 61-100. bibliog. This checklist of Fiji's birds includes short descriptions of the species found in the islands and surrounding waters. A brief indication of the habitat and island occurrence for the land and freshwater birds is also included. In addition, Langham discusses the reasons for the past and present composition of Fiji's avifauna in the light of biogeographic theory. See also Birds of the Fiji bush (item no. 51) and Fijian birds of prey (item no. 57). 49 Birds of Fiji in colour. W. J. Belcher, with ornithological notes by R. B. Sibson. Auckland, New Zealand: William Collins, 1972. 56p. Belcher's well-known paintings of Fijian birds provide the basis for this book. Twenty-four colour plates are supplemented by Sibson's descriptions of each species. The paintings are the highlight of the work, with each bird shown in its natural habitat. Sibson's notes are less a formal description than a discussion of the birds, their environment and habits. Although limited in the number of species covered, this title provides a delightful perspective on some of Fiji's bird life. 50 Birds of Fiji, Tonga and Samoa. D. Watling, illustrated by C. Jalbot-Kelly. Wellington: Millwood Press, 1982. 176p. bibliog. The first part of this compendium presents an ornithological history of the islands and considers the composition of the avifauna (including habitat, breeding and moulting seasons, conservation), and geographical and climatic conditions. The second part presents colour plates on all the birds found in the islands. The third part focuses on land birds and part four on sea birds. In both parts three and four birds are described under several headings: identification; flight; song; food; breeding; habitat and range

< previous page

page_12

next page >


page_13

< previous page

page_13

next page > Page 13

and allied species. The fifth part of the volume contains extensive appendices: a glossary; a bibliography and a checklist of birds recorded in Fiji. There are also indices of scientific names, English names and local names. See also A field guide to Fiji birds (item no. 54). 51 Birds of the Fiji bush. F. Clunie, illustrations by P. Morse. Suva: Fiji Museum, 1984. 160p. maps. bibliog. The purpose of this title is to enable the reader to 'identify each of the various species of land bird found in the islands' and to 'gain a rough running knowledge of such little as has been recorded about their lives'. There are descriptive accounts of sixty-four species of Fiji's land birds, each entry including a short description plus information on range and breeding. At least one example of each species is pictured, usually in colour and a special section gives Fijian and Rotuman bird names. See also An annotated checklist of the birds of Fiji (item no. 48) and Fijian birds of prey (item no. 57). 52 Coral reefs of the world. Vol. 3: Central and Western Pacific. S. M. Wells, M. D. Jenkins for the IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre in collaboration with the United Nations Environment Programme. Gland, Switzerland: International Union for the Conservation of Nature. Nairobi: United Nations Environment Programme, 1988. 329p. maps. bibliog. In this comprehensive work, pages 73-96 of volume three cover Fiji's reefs. This section is divided into the following areas: Coral Coast; Great and North Astrolabe Reefs; Lakeba; Nadi Waters and Mamanuca Group; Natadola Bay; Suva Great Barrier Reef; Nukulau and Makuluva Cays; Wakaya. The introduction to Fiji provides basic information on the geological formation of the islands, water flow, climate and related topics. This is followed by a table of islands and information on geographical location: area; depth; altitude; physical features; reef structure and corals; noteworthy flora and fauna; scientific importance and research; economic value and social benefits; disturbance or deficiencies; legal protection; and recommendations. See also Introduction to the coral reefs of Fiji (item no. 66). 53 Ferns of Fiji. E. D. Copeland. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 1929. 105p. (Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletins, no. 59). This document records the collections of Fijian ferns assembled prior to 1929, especially those made by H. E. Parks in 1927 and J. W. Gillespie in 1928. A total of 230 species of fern are listed and described. 54 A field guide to Fiji birds. R. Mercer. Suva: Government Printer, 1967. 39p. (Fiji Museum Special Publications, no. 1). This compact guide to Fijian birds offers a short description of each species, the intention being to assist in field identification. Rather than providing fully-descriptive comments on each bird and its habitat, Mercer limits his remarks to predominant colourings and identifying features. Fourteen of the seventy-five species have

< previous page

page_13

next page >


page_14

< previous page

page_14

next page > Page 14

monochrome illustrations. Seabirds are not included. Popular, scientific and Fijian names are provided, and a habitat guide is also included. See also Birds of Fiji (item no. 50). 55 A field guide to the coral reef fishes of the Indian and West Pacific Oceans. R. H. Carcasson. London: William Collins, 1977. 320p. bibliog. This is a general guide to the fishes of the Indian and Western Pacific Oceans, which includes Fiji. The primary purpose of this title is to serve as an identification guide for the amateur naturalist. Arrangement is according to two groups: Elasmobranchii (cartilaginous fish); and Teleostomi (bony fish). Within these classes there is a further breakdown by sub-class, order for example and there is a brief description of each species of fish and where they are found. Monochrome illustrations and some colour plates are provided, as are indices of common and scientific names. See also Fishes of Fiji (item no. 60). 56 Fiji amphibia. P. A. Ryan. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 2, no. 2 (1984), p. 87-98. bibliog. Ryan describes the habits and characteristics of the various species of introduced and endemic amphibia in Fiji. He includes the recently-introduced cane toad and the endemic ground frog and tree frog, speculating on the ways in which they might have arrived. 57 Fijian birds of prey. F. Clunie. Suva: Fiji Times and Herald, 1972. 14p. This short study covers the five species of birds of prey that have been recorded in Fiji. Three of these are diurnal, and include two hawks (the swamp harrier and the Fiji goshawk) and one falcon (the peregrine falcon). The remaining two species are both nocturnal and include the rare grass owl and the common barn owl. General descriptions are provided for each species and are accompanied by four pages of photographs. See also An annotated checklist of the birds of Fiji (item no. 48) and Birds of the Fiji bush (item no. 51). 58 Fijian land snakes. F. Clunie. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, no. 1 (1983), p. 11-21. bibliog. An illustrated paper which offers general information on land snakes in Fiji, including black-and-white banded sea snakes. Clunie discusses their characteristics and habits. Although neither detailed nor lengthy, this paper is important because of the scarcity of information available in this area. 59 Fiji's natural heritage. P. Ryan. Auckland, New Zealand: Southwestern Publications, 1988. 184p. bibliog. This profusely-illustrated guide to Fiji's flora and fauna lists the corals, worms, molluscs, echiderms, crustaceans, insects, fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, mammals

< previous page

page_14

next page >


page_15

< previous page

page_15

next page > Page 15

and plants that are found in the country. Clear, precise descriptions of each item are accompanied by beautiful colour illustrations and an excellent bibliography is included. This is the most comprehensive single guide to Fiji's natural heritage. 60 Fishes of Fiji. H. W. Fowler. Suva: Government of Fiji, 1959. map. bibliog. Fowler was Curator of Ichthyology and Herpetology at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia when this book was published. It is the standard scientific work on the fishes of Fiji. Detailed descriptions of species are provided and in most cases illustrations are also provided. References to scientific papers are supplied with each description. See also A field guide to the coral reef fishes (item no. 55). 61 Flora vitiensis: a description of the plants of the Fiji islands with an account of their history, uses, and properties. Berthold Seemann, plates by W. Fitch. London: L. Reeve, 1865-73. 453p. map. Reprinted in Vaduz, Liechtenstein: J. Cramer, 1977. This first substantial guide to the flora of Fiji was prepared by Berthold Seemann, who arrived in Fiji in 1860 as part of a government mission. The most important scientific result of the expedition was this work, which contains the results, not only of Seemann's own explorations, but those of all other expeditions to the South Seas, from Captain Cook's first voyage to the mid-nineteenth century. Orders, sub-orders and species are described with accompanying notes and references. See also Flora vitiensis nova (item no. 62) and Viti: An account of a government mission (item no. 75). 62 Flora vitiensis nova: a new flora of Fiji. Compiled by A. C. Smith. Lawai, Hawaii: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden, 1979- . 4 vols. to date. maps. bibliog. When completed, this work will be a comprehensive botanist's flora, emphasizing nomenclature, typification, and factors related to geographic distribution. This is not planned to be merely a taxonomic tool but as a compendium of information on 'what plants grow in Fiji, what they are called in scientific and local usage, how they may be recognized, and how they have been used by Fijians and other residents of the archipelago.' See also Flora vitiensis (item no. 61) and Plants of the Fiji islands (item no. 72). 63 Flowers of the Pacific island seashore: a guide to the littoral plants of Hawai'i, Tahiti, Samoa, Tonga, Cook Islands, Fiji and Micronesia. W. A. Whistler. Honolulu: Isle Botanica, 1992. 154p. bibliog. Fiji is included in this unique guide to seashore plants of the Pacific islands. Littoral species and littoral vegetation (herbaceous, littoral shrubland, pandanus shrub, littoral forest, mangrove forest) are covered. Names of plants are given followed by species: trees; shrubs; herbs; vines; grasses and sedges. A glossary of botanical terms, index of scientific names and index of vernacular names are useful. Each species description is accompanied by a colour plate, description, and distribution note. This is an important work given the paucity of information on plants of Fiji. See also Flowers of the South Pacific (item no. 64) and Tropical blossoms of the Pacific (item no. 73).

< previous page

page_15

next page >


page_16

< previous page

page_16

next page > Page 16

64 Flowers of the South Pacific. H. R. Hughes, photography by C. Cheng. Milton, Queensland: Jacaranda Press, 1972. 105p. bibliog. Brief, well-illustrated volume on flowering trees and ornamental shrubs in the South Pacific which provides the following information on each item: family; origin; habitat, description; general notes. See also Flowers of the Pacific island seashore (item no. 63) and Tropical blossoms of the Pacific (item no. 73). 65 The introduced and native terrestrial vertebrates of Fiji. J. C. Pernetta, D. Watling. Pacific Science, vol. 32, no. 3 (1978), p. 223-44. map. bibliog. This paper contains a complete list of native and introduced Fijian terrestrial vertebrates. It includes information on the past and present status of various native vertebrates and the impact of post-European vertebrate introductions on indigenous and endemic fauna. 66 Introduction to the coral reefs of Fiji. J. S. Ryland. South Pacific Journal of Natural Science, vol. 2 (1981), p. 44-51. bibliog. This paper is a useful introduction to Fiji's coral reefs. Although without illustrations, there are good descriptions of each form of reef found in Fijian waters, especially the barrier reef, the fringing reef and the platform reef. See also Coral reefs of the world (item no. 52). 67 The lizards of Fiji: natural history and systematics. G. R. Zug. Honolulu: Bishop Museum, 1991. 148p. bibliog. This guide provides a comprehensive survey of the biology and natural history of the twenty-three species of Fijian lizards. 68 Mai veikau/Tales of Fijian wildlife. D. Watling, illustrations by I. Rolls. Suva: Fiji Times, 1986. 160p. A popular account of the history, habits and habitat of some types of wildlife in Fiji. Watling and Rolls range widely in their treatment of wildlife, covering both indigenous and imported varieties. Geckos, bats, mynahs, iguanas, snakes, fiddler crabs and other varieties are treated. One of Watling's intentions is to dispel some of the myths and legends surrounding these creatures and to impart some basic knowledge of their habits and activities. 69 Mangroves of Fiji. G. Pillai. Suva: University of the South Pacific, 1990. 31p. bibliog. Pillai briefly covers the value of mangroves in Fiji, the nature of mangroves, zonation, succession, adaptations for living in the intertidal zone, diagnostic features of the mangroves of Fiji and a field guide to the country's mangrove species. This is an important work, given the part mangrove ecosystems play and have played in the traditional economy and lifestyle of the Fijians who utilize mangroves for food, cash income, building material, dyes and medicine.

< previous page

page_16

next page >


page_17

< previous page

page_17

next page > Page 17

70 New plants from Fiji. J. W. Gillespie. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 1930-32. 3 parts. (Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletins, 74, 83, 91). In these three volumes Gillespie describes 'new' species found during fieldwork in Fiji and also draws on the collections of others. He includes plates for a number of species. 71 Plant resources of the Suva Municipal Market, Fiji. R. R. Thaman. Ethnomedicine, vol. 4, no. 1/2 (1976), p. 23-62. Thaman provides a study of the medicinal plant resources of the Suva Municipal Market, the only major fresh produce market in central Suva. The article is divided into two sections. The first gives an overview of the market, while the second offers a description and general analysis of data on plant resources found at the market. 72 Plants of the Fiji islands. J. W. Parham. Suva: Government Printer, 1972. Rev. ed. 462p. bibliog. Based on B. E. V. Parham's Fijian plant names (1942), this is the standard list of Fijian plants. Intended primarily for use in Fiji, it covers the ferns and fern allies (Pteridophyta), the Gymnospermae and the flowering plants (Angiospermae). Parham includes all plants, endemic, indigenous and naturalized, which have been recorded and where possible, brief notes are provided with entries. The index uses both Fijian and scientific names, thus making identification in the text easy. Also included are a brief history of botanical explorations and investigations, a list of nature reserves, forest reserves, agricultural and forest stations and a short introduction to vegetation categories. In addition there is a comprehensive bibliography and glossary of botanic terms. See also Flora vitiensis nova (item no. 62). 73 Tropical blossoms of the Pacific. D. Hargreaves, B. Hargreaves. Lahaina, Hawaii: Ross-Hargreaves, 1970. 64p. This companion to Tropical trees of the Pacific (item no. 74) is a well-illustrated, popular guide to common flowers found in the Pacific, including Fiji. A short description accompanies a colour picture of each plant, shrub or vine. The authors indicate countries where specific plants are endemic, and most of the items can be found in Fiji. See also Flowers of the Pacific island seashore (item no. 63) and Flowers of the South Pacific (item no. 64). 74 Tropical trees of the Pacific. D. Hargreaves, B. Hargreaves. Lahaina, Hawaii: Ross-Hargreaves, 1970. 64p. Companion to Tropical blossoms of the Pacific (item no. 73), this is one of the few popular, well-illustrated titles covering the common trees found in the Pacific, and this includes Fiji. A short description accompanies colour pictures of each tree and occasionally, their flowers and fruit. Although not all listed trees are endemic to Fiji, most can be found in in the country.

< previous page

page_17

next page >


page_18

< previous page

page_18

next page > Page 18

75 Viti: an account of a government mission to the Vitian or Fijian Islands, 1860-1861. B. Seemann, new introduction by P. A. Snow. New York: Barnes & Noble, 1973. 447p. bibliog. (Colonial History Series, no. 85). This reissue of an 1862 publication describes Fiji in terms of its potential value to Great Britain. It is based on a Colonial Office mission to Fiji that was intended to obtain additional information on the islands at the time of their cession to Queen Victoria. The account is particularly valuable for its description of the flora and fauna as they existed in the late nineteenth century. See also Flora vitiensis (item no. 61).

< previous page

page_18

next page >


page_19

< previous page

page_19

next page > Page 19

Geology, Mining and Energy 76 An assessment of the mineral resources of Fiji. D. Greenbaum. London: Commonwealth Geological Liaison Office, 1980, p. 71-88. bibliog. (Special Liaison Reports, 3/1, 1980). Greenbaum covers exploration and mining in Fiji from a legal angle, summarizes the geology of Fiji and classifies mineral resources under identified reserves and resources. Sub-economic and undiscovered resources are also assessed and a table lists eighty-six mineral occurrences in Fiji, and a map gives their locations. 77 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. First supplement to Volume 3. J. M. Komaibulu. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1983. 17p. maps. (Fiji Mineral Resources Department Reports, 58). This supplement to Volume 3 (see item no. 80) contains open file mining company reports. 78 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 1. R. F. Duberal, P. Rodda. Suva: Geological Survey, 1969. 81p. map. The geological literature of Fiji is brought together in this comprehensive bibliography of both published and unpublished works (including papers, books, articles and reports) on palaentology, mineralogy, petrology, hydrology, and geophysics, as well as general geology and the geological aspects of mining and mineral resources. Literature on soils has been omitted. Published materials are annotated; unpublished items are not. Entries are arranged by author and chronologically where authors have more than one publication. Subject and geographical indices refer to entry numbers attached to each author entry. Containing 503 entries, this is a reasonably comprehensive guide to geological literature on Fiji to 1969. Several subsequent volumes update this work (see item nos. 79-85), and a revised edition was due to be released at the time of writing.

< previous page

page_19

next page >


page_20

< previous page

page_20

next page > Page 20

79 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 2. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1983. 157p. maps. Updates Volume 1 (see item no. 78) and includes published and unpublished works up to December 1975 on geology, geophysics, mining and related subjects for the islands of Fiji and surrounding ocean areas. Works inadvertently omitted from the first volume and extra material located partly from the wider geographical scope of this volume have been included. As with the first volume, published material is annotated, but now some unpublished materials (mainly theses) have also been annotated. Separate geological maps are included. The bibliography is divided into two sections, published and unpublished, and arranged alphabetically by author within these sections and chronologically where authors have more than one publication. Numbering of entries continues from the first volume, running from 504 to 1059. Subject, stratigraphic and geographical indices refer to entry numbers. See Volumes 4 - 8 (item nos. 81-85) for updates. 80 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 3. D. Greenbaum. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1983. 108p. maps. An indexed catalogue of mining company mineral exploration reports released on open file up to mid-1982. See also First supplement (item no. 77). 81 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 4. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, due late 1994. Unpublished at the time of writing, this volume is purported by the compiler to update Volume 2 (item no. 79), with a cutoff date of 31 December 1982. It includes abstracts of most unpublished works. 82 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 5. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1987. 305p. maps. Continues Volume 2 (see item no. 79) and Volume 4 (see item no. 81) and includes published and unpublished works up to 1987 on geology, geophysics, mining and related subjects for the islands of Fiji and surrounding ocean areas (coinciding approximately with Fiji's Exclusive Economic Zone). Works inadvertently omitted from previous volumes are now included, notably the annual reports of the Mining Board and Mines Department. As with the other volumes, published material is annotated, as well as some unpublished material (mainly theses). Separate geological maps have been added. The bibliography is divided into two sections, published and unpublished, and arranged alphabetically by author within these sections and chronologically where authors have more than one publication. Subject, stratigraphic and geographical indices refer to entry numbers. 83 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 6. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1992. 139p. maps. A continuation of Volumes 2, 4 and 5 (see item nos. 79, 81, 82), this volume contains unpublished items accessed up to 14 June, 1991; abstracts of unpublished works are routinely given for the first time.

< previous page

page_20

next page >


page_21

< previous page

page_21

next page > Page 21

84 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 7. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1993. 269p. maps. Continuing Volume 5 (item no. 82), this supplementary listing covers published items accessed up to 14 November 1991. See also Volume 8 (item no. 85). 85 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Volume 8. P. Rodda. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, due late 1993. 209p. maps. This listing continues Volume 6 and 7 (item nos. 83, 84) and contains published items accessed up to 14 November 1991. 86 Emperor's gold in Fiji. N. K. Plange. In: Mining and indigenous peoples in Australiasia. Edited by J. Connell, R. Howitt. Sydney: Sydney University Press, 1991, p. 91-105. Using the Emperor mines at Vatukoula as a case study, Plange discusses various aspects of gold mining in Fiji. Among others, he examines the general impact of the use of indigenous Fijians as factors of economic production outside their own rural economy. Also discussed is the crisis of Fijian wage labour, following exploitative and discriminatory employment experiences which led to confrontation and unionization. 87 Fifty years of gold production in Fiji. P. Rodda. In: Mineral Resources Department Annual Report for the Year 1982. Suva: Parliament of Fiji, 1984, p. 73-81. bibliog. (Parliamentary Papers, no. 13, 1984). Rodda provides a fifty-year history of gold mining in Fiji, including the total production from the various mines and prospects. Values and annual production of gold and silver are given, as are the values of annual exports of gold and other commodities. See also Fijian gold (item no. 91) and Gold potential (item no. 93). 88 Fiji. In: Mining Annual Review. London: Mining Journal Ltd, 1935-. annual. This annual review offers a useful summary of mining activity in Fiji. The output of major products is presented, and recent developments such as exploration activities and company programmes are included. This is a valuable source of current information. See also History of some mines and prospects (item no. 94). 89 Fiji. P. Rodda. In: Encyclopedia of world regional geology. Edited by R. W. Fairbridge. Stroudsburg, Philadelphia: Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, 1975, p. 278-82. maps. bibliog. A very useful outline of the geology of Fiji. It is divided into three sections: introduction; general geology and stratigraphy; and economic geology. Maps and a

< previous page

page_21

next page >


page_22

< previous page

page_22

next page > Page 22

helpful bibliography accompany the text. See also Geology of Fiji (item no. 92) and Hydrogeology of Fiji (item no. 95). 90 Fiji as a petroleum prospect. R. Eden. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1984. 34p. maps. bibliog. This study of petroleum exploration in Fiji includes an account of earlier work and an analysis of possibilities for petroleum exploitation in the country. It is one of the few recent studies of this potentially important contributor to Fiji's development. 91 Fijian gold. G. Ralph. In: Down under: mineral heritage in Australasia. An illustrated history of mining and metallurgy in Australia, New Zealand, Fiji and Papua New Guinea. Edited by A. Parbo. Parkville, Victoria: Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, 1992, 310p. maps. A well-illustrated book that devotes five pages to the history of gold-mining in Fiji. This section, based on a paper by Gilbert Ralph, gives a brief overview of gold-mining in Viti Levu, especially the important field of Vatukoula. It includes some useful statistics on gold production and value. See also Fifty years of gold production (item no. 87) and Gold potential (item no. 93). 92 Geology of Fiji. P. Rodda. In: Contributions to the marine and on-land geology and resources of the Tonga-Lau-Fiji region. Edited by A. J. Stevenson, R. H. Herzer, P. F. Ballance. 1993, p. 131-51. maps. bibliog. (SOPAC Technical Bulletins, no. 8). Rodda outlines the history of Fiji's geological development for the specialist. This paper is well-illustrated with numerous geological maps and references to the literature. See also Fiji (item no. 88) and Hydrogeology of Fiji (item no. 95). 93 Gold potential of the southwest Pacific: Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji. J. A. Lum, A. L. Clark, P. J. Coleman. Honolulu: East-West Center, 1991. 40p. maps. bibliog. Discusses the potential for new gold discoveries in the Pacific region, focusing on Papua New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, Vanuatu and Fiji. Fiji is well-treated, with a discussion of known gold deposits, gold production, and geology. Substantial appendices outline the countries' infrastructure, land acquisition procedures, legislative aspects of interest to those engaged in exploration, tax requirements and related matters. A useful bibliography is included. See also Fifty years of gold production (item no. 87) and Fijian gold (item no. 91).

< previous page

page_22

next page >


page_23

< previous page

page_23

next page > Page 23

94 The history of some mines and prospects for Fiji. R. F. Duberal, P. Rodda. Suva: Ministry of Lands and Mineral Resources, Mineral Resources Division, 1978. 23p. (Mineral Resources Division Reports, 7). These are the first parts of a compilation, in progress at the time of writing after a long period of inactivity. They provide basic data on various mines and prospects. Also treated is the history of exploration and mining, including annual production figures. Most of the mines are small manganese diggings, with only one major site mentioned, the Mount Kasi gold mine. See also 'Fiji' in the Mining annual review (item no. 88). 95 Hydrogeology of Fiji. I. N. Gale, S. K. Booth. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1993. 179p. maps. bibliog. (Mineral Resources Department Hydrogeological Reports, no. 2). This text forms a sound basis for which hydrogeological investigations can be continued. Hydrogeological studies undertaken in Fiji since the late 1960s are reviewed. These studies have ranged from government attempts to resolve water shortage problems in villages to international agency assessments of groundwater resources for urban, touristdevelopment or agricultural demands. Most of these projects were carried out in co-operation with the Mineral Resources Department. In 1985 the Groundwater Resources Assessment and Development Unit was formed within the Mineral Resources Department, under a technical co-operation agreement between Britain and Fiji. The aim of the Unit in the first four years was to assess major and minor groundwater resources in Fiji, of both the major islands and the numerous small populated islands, and, additionally, to prepare hydrogeological maps. This report summarizes the work undertaken during those four years. See also Fiji (item no. 88) and Geology of Fiji (item no. 92). 96 Monasavu: hydro-power for Fiji. Suva: Fiji Electricity Authority, 1983. unpaged pamphlet. A multi-million dollar (Fijian) project, the Monasavu hydroelectric scheme is the largest development project undertaken by the Fijian government to date; it was designed to reduce the country's dependence on imported fuels. Overhead transmission lines carry the relatively cheap electricity to Suva and to Lautoka in the west. Here the Monasavu Project is discussed along with its potential benefits and development from initial conception through the various stages to completion. A separate section examines the role of consultants and contractors in the construction of the Project. 97 Outline of the geology of Vitilevu. P. Rodda. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, vol. 10 (1967), p. 1260-73. map. bibliog. Also published as Geological Survey of Fiji, Occasional Papers, 3, this describes in technical language the geology of the largest island in the Fiji group, Viti Levu, treating each geological group in turn. A detailed geological map accompanies the text.

< previous page

page_23

next page >


page_24

< previous page

page_24

next page > Page 24

98 The seismicity of the Fiji region, 1984. R. Singh. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1987. 30p. maps. bibliog. (Mineral Resources Department Reports, no. 61). In a series of annual seismicity reports, this is the third and latest. Singh discusses seismic activity in Fiji during 1984 with details of seismic zones, felt earthquakes, and deep earthquakes. Resumption of these reports is expected soon, but in the meantime the Mineral Resources Department Annual report contains information on the contemporary seismograph network and the year's seismicity.

< previous page

page_24

next page >


page_25

< previous page

page_25

next page > Page 25

Archaeology and Prehistory 99 Archaeological excavations of fortified sites on Taveuni, Fiji. E. L. Frost. Honolulu: University of Hawaii, Social Science Research Institute, 1974. 175p. bibliog. (Asian and Pacific Archaeology Series, no. 6). Focusing on the island of Taveuni, this study describes the ancient fortification patterns around the villages. To do this a 'sample of fortified archaeological sites in Fiji was surveyed, mapped and either briefly tested or partially excavated'. This is a revision of the author's 1970 thesis presented to the University of Oregon and includes a detailed bibliography (pages 167-75). See also Ring-ditch fortifications I (item no. 105) and II (item no. 106). 100 Archaeological fishbones collected by E. W. Gifford in Fiji. H. W. Fowler. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin, no. 214 (1955). 51p. This is a descriptive list with illustrations of archaeological fishbones collected on the north and northwest coasts of Viti Levu in 1947. The specimens listed and identified provide insights into the adaptation of prehistoric peoples to their environment. 101 Cannibalism in Fiji: the analysis of butchering marks on human bones and the historical record; with an appendix on experimental butchering with bamboo blades. D. H. R. Spenneman. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly. vol. 5, no. 1/2 (1987), p. 29-46. bibliog. Spenneman examines the existence and practice of cannibalism through detailed analysis of bones and cut-marks, as well as consideration of some eyewitness accounts of butchering of humans. The study suggests that, while archaeological records of cannibalism as reflected in human bones cannot match eyewitness accounts of dismemberment, these records do confirm that the butchering system described in

< previous page

page_25

next page >


page_26

< previous page

page_26

next page > Page 26

the literature actually did exist. Given the limited archaeological research in Fiji that exists on cannibalism, this is an important contribution to the field. 102 Fiji. E. L. Frost. In: The Prehistory of Polynesia. Edited by J. D. Jennings. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1979, p. 61-81. map. bibliog. This study provides an outline of Fijian prehistory through an examination of ceramics, fortifications and ceremonial sites. Frost offers a three-phase ceramic outline of Fijian prehistory: Lapita ceramics and the Sigatoka phase; impressed ceramics and the Navatu phase; incised ceramics and the Vuda and Ra phases. Following this the most frequent kind of archaeological settlement the fortification is discussed; windward Viti Levu ring-ditch forts, Sigatoka forts, Wakaya forts, Taveuni forts, Lau forts are all covered. The paper concludes with an examination of ceremonial sites. See also Archaeological excavations of fortified sites on Taveuni (item no. 99) and Ring-ditch fortifications I (item no. 105) and II (item no. 106). 103 The megalithic culture of Melanesia. A. Riesenfeld. Leiden, Netherlands: E. J. Brill, 1950. 736p. bibliog. This important archaeological study shows the geographical distribution of megalithic stonework and also discusses the elements constituting megalithic culture in Melanesia. Riesenfeld includes Fiji in his discussion, which treats myths as valuable guides to events in ancient history and which clearly describes megalithic cultural migrations in the Pacific. An extensive bibliography of more than 1,000 items concludes the work. 104 A preliminary report on the Sigatoka burials. S. Best. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 3/4 (1987), p. 2-15. This paper describes coral mounds containing burials. It outlines the process of excavation and preliminary findings. The final report is purported to have been ready in 1990. See also The Sigatoka valley (item no. 109). 105 Ring-ditch fortifications [I]: ring-ditch fortifications in the Rewa Delta, Fiji. Air photo interpretation and analysis. J. T. Parry. Bulletin of the Fiji Museum, no. 3 (1977), 88p. maps. bibliog. The first part of a two-part study, this covers the ring-ditch fortifications found in one of the most densely populated regions of the nineteenth century. This was the Rewa Delta, which was noted for continuous warfare, intensive cultivation and extremely fertile soils. The ring-ditch fortification served as '... a crude but effective defence against surprise attack. ... In its simplest form, this consisted of an outer bark and a roughly circular ditch or moat, enclosing the habitation area, which was reached by causeways'. This exercise in the interpretation of aerial photography of ring-ditch fortifications includes information on the physical and historical background of these fortifications. There is a good bibliography (pages 80-83). See also Archaeological

< previous page

page_26

next page >


page_27

< previous page

page_27

next page > Page 27

excavations of fortified sites on Taveuni (item no. 99), Ring-Ditch fortifications II item no. 106) and The Sigatoka valley (item no. 109). 106 Ring-ditch fortifications II: ring-ditch fortifications in the Navua Delta, Fiji. Air photo interpretation and analysis. J. T. Parry. Bulletin of the Fiji Museum, no. 7 (1981), 84p. maps. bibliog. As with Ring-ditch fortifications I (item no. 105), this interpretation of the aerial photography of ring-ditch fortifications includes information on the physical and historical background of the fortifications. The analysis establishes a pattern, followed in Parry's later work, The Sigatoka valley (item no. 109), and clearly shows the value of aerial photography in Fijian archaeological investigations. The bibliography is useful (pages 80-83). See also Archaeological excavations of fortified sites on Taveuni (item no. 99). 107 Rock carvings in Fiji. P. A. Snow. Transactions and Proceedings of the Fiji Society, vol. 4, no. 1-3 (1948-50), p. 71-83. This is an illustrated account of the rock carvings at Dakuniba on South Vanua Levu, in the Yasawa group at Sawa-ilau, at Naaqilai on the Taveuni coast opposite Dakuniba, and at Vuinadi in Natewa Bay. See also Rock paintings and engravings (item no. 108). 108 Rock paintings and engravings in Fiji. J. B. Palmer, F. Clunie. Suva: Fiji Museum, 1970. 12p. map. bibliog. (Fiji Museum Educational Series, no. 1). This brief, popular introduction to the better-known petroglyphs in Fiji is suitable for the general reader who wishes to have basic information on Fiji's rock paintings and engravings. See also Rock carvings in Fiji (item no. 107). 109 The Sigatoka Valley: pathway into prehistory. J. T. Parry. Bulletin of the Fiji Museum, no. 9 (1987), 157p. maps. bibliog. The Sigatoka Valley has long been a major corridor to the sea, and this study examines a number of archaeological sites in the Valley, using aerial photography as a means of archaeological investigation. Parry not only discusses the advantages of the form of enquiry but also describes the sites investigated in this manner, providing interesting insights into the ethnohistory of Fiji. See also Ring-ditch fortifications I and II (item nos. 105-106) and A preliminary report on the Sigatoka burials (item no. 104).

< previous page

page_27

next page >


page_28

< previous page

page_28

next page > Page 28

History 110 Adventurous spirits: Australian migrant society in pre-cession Fiji. J. Young. St Lucia, Queensland: University of Queensland Press, 1984. 417p. bibliog. An interesting study of settler society in Fiji that focuses on the period 1804-73, examining the migrant group of planters, traders, speculators and adventurers who became established in Fiji during the mid-nineteenth century. The events which contributed to its rise and fall are discussed, and there is a concluding chapter on the 'politics of culture contact'. A substantial bibliography (pages 395-408) concludes this study. See also The part-time european community in Fiji (item no. 225). 111 Britain in Fiji 1858-1880. J. D. Legge. London: Macmillan, 1958. 307p. map. bibliog. Divided into two parts: Part one covers Britain and Fiji, 1858-74; Part two discusses the native administration of Gordon, 1875-80. The first part is concerned with the development of British policy towards events in Fiji, from 1858 until the decision to take control of the territory in 1874. Individual chapters deal with key themes in Fiji's colonial development (for example Chapter three treats the formation of land policy). Part two examines Gordon's innovative native administration during the first five years of the Colony's existence. Legge praises Gordon as a very capable administrator who laid down rules for colonial administration, not merely as an economic or political expedient but also as an expression of a developed view of the nature of native society. He addresses the matter of the probable effects of too close a contact between a primitive and a more advanced culture. More specifically, Legge attempts to answer the following questions: how did contemporaries view the task awaiting Britain in Fiji; and what were the reasons behind Britain's decision to accept control of Fiji? This is an essential title on an important formative period in Fiji and a useful sequel to Derrick's History of Fiji (item no. 132). See also Broken waves (item no. 113) and The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon (item no. 117).

< previous page

page_28

next page >


page_29

< previous page

page_29

next page > Page 29

112 Britain in the Pacific islands. W. P. Morrell. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1960. 454p. maps. This work on the spread of British influence to the Pacific islands summarizes the pre-British situation and covers first contacts and the beginnings of trade, settlement and missions. Separate chapters focus on Fiji from early Western contacts to the establishment of Fiji as a crown colony, and on the British administration (white settlement, plantations, labour and land policy). The epilogue refers to problems in twentieth-century Fiji, including ethnic differences. See also The charter of the land (item no. 118). 113 Broken waves: a history of the Fiji islands in the twentieth century. B. V. Lal. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1992. 404 p. maps. bibliog. (Pacific Islands Monograph Series, no. 11). A noted Fiji-Indian historian writes this detailed study of Fiji's colonial history and affairs since independence in 1970. Lal examines the political, economic and social variables that have shaped Fiji since the turn of the century, the military coups of 1987 and events since then. The work analyses the complexity of Fiji's social fabric and outlines the divisive factions in each of the country's three main ethnic groups. The first five chapters treat historical developments in chronological order (1900-20, 1920-39, 1939-59, 1959-69, 1970-87), and the last two chapters deal with the coups and their aftermath. A glossary and excellent bibliography conclude this major history of Fiji. See also Britain in Fiji (item no. 111) and Derrick's History of Fiji (item no. 132). 114 Brown or white? a history of the Fiji sugar industry, 1873-1973. M. Moynagh. Canberra: Australian National University, 1981. 306p. map. bibliog. (Pacific Research Monographs, no. 5). Moynagh's study of the Fijian sugar industry covers the period from its origins until the state-owned Fiji Sugar Corporation replaced the Australian sugar company, the Colonial Sugar Refining Company, in 1973. It is the first comprehensive study of the industry that has been Fiji's main source of revenue and employment for more than a century. In it Moynagh examines the foundation of the sugar industry, the development of plantation agriculture before the First World War, and the evolution of Fiji's unique small farm system of sugar production. The conflicts of interest between Indian growers and Australian mills and the withdrawal of CSR in 1973 are also addressed. Relying on contemporary records which were not previously available to scholars, Moynagh assesses the contribution of CSR to Fiji's economic development. This is a valuable historical study of Fiji's major industry. See also Cane train (item no. 116) and The Sugar industry of Fiji (item no. 152). 115 Cakobau and Ma'afu: contenders for pre-eminence in Fiji. D. Scarr. In: Pacific island portraits. Edited by J. W. Davidson, D. Scarr. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1970, p. 95-126. map. bibliog. Reprinted 1973, 1976. Scarr relates the battle between the Bau chief Cakobau and the Tongan Ma'afu for supremacy in Fiji in the 1840s to the 1870s. With the cession of Fiji to Great Britain, the power of both chiefs waned. Much of the paper investigates the relationships between these two rivals and their interactions with missionaries, the Europeans in

< previous page

page_29

next page >


page_30

< previous page

page_30

next page > Page 30

Fiji and, later, the British colonial administration. See also The charter of the land (item no. 118), The King and people of Fiji (item no. 138) and Matanitu (item no. 142). 116 Cane train: the sugar cane railways of Fiji. P. Dyer, P. Hodge. Wellington: New Zealand Railway and Locomotive Society, 1988. 178p. maps. This is an extension of the authors' first work on the topic, Balloon stacks and sugar cane (1961). Dyer and Hodge describe the railways that were responsible for transporting sugar cane, and the various products and by-products associated with it, from the field to mill to wharf and back to field. Although the main purpose of this title is to discuss the building of railways and the engines and equipment needed to run them, it also provides useful historical background on the development of the sugar industry. It is very well-illustrated with monochrome plates and drawings of locomotives and railway tracks in mill yards. See also Brown or white (item no. 114) and The sugar industry of Fiji (item no. 152). 117 The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon, First Lord Stanmore, 1829-1912. J. K. Chapman. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1964. 387p. The only major modern study of Gordon as a colonial administrator, this detailed work includes an extensive discussion of his successes and failures in Fiji. See also Fiji: records of private and public life (item no. 125), Toward a reassessment of Gordon in Fiji (item no. 153) and Thurston's biography, The majesty of colour (item no. 141). 118 The charter of the land: custom and colonization in Fiji. P. France. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1969. 229p. maps. bibliog. A major work on the foundation of the chiefly establishment during the period of colonial rule. France's examination offers perhaps more astute insights into this topic than either Derrick (item no. 132) or Legge (item no. 111), both of which cover much the same ground. This is a significant contribution to our understanding of the structure of indirect rule and its implementation. See also Britain in the Pacific islands (item no. 112) and Cakobau and Ma'afu (item no. 115). 119 Evanescent ascendency: the planter community in Fiji. J. Young. In: Pacific island portraits. Edited by J. W. Davidson, D. Scarr. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1970, p. 147-175. map. bibliog. Reprinted 1973, 1976. Young discusses the arrival, social relationships and integration of European planters who arrived in Fiji from the late 1850s to the early 1870s. A powerful group in Fiji in the latter part of the nineteenth century, the planters, many from Australia and New Zealand, were said to believe in their own historic destiny, omnipotence and the moral justification of what this implied. This paper concentrates on the influence and impact of the planters on Fijian society until as a group they fell into economic decline in the 1870s. See also Men from under the sky (item no. 143) and People from the horizon (item no. 145).

< previous page

page_30

next page >


page_31

< previous page

page_31

next page > Page 31

120 Fiji. A. Burns. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 1963. 255p. maps. bibliog. This history was sponsored by the Colonial Office and part of The Corona Library Series and was 'designed to fill the place between the official Blue Books on the one hand and the writings of occasional visitors on the other, to be authoritative and readable, and to give a vivid yet accurate picture'. The author draws on his experience as Chairman of the 1959-60 Commission of Enquiry into the Natural Resources and Population Trends of Fiji. After a general introduction to life in Fiji, Burns outlines, in Part one, the history of Fiji until the end of the Second World War. A short chapter by R. T. Sanders, discussing life in the villages and more remote parts of the islands precedes Part two, which concentrates on present and future problems, specifically industrial troubles, sugar, trade and production, land problems and social services. The Deed of Cession is included in the appendix. Burns, a key colonial administrator during the post-war period, espoused views which favoured indigenous development rather than the continuation of the colonial status quo. This is an interesting and readable account of the history of Fiji and the major challenges facing it at the time of writing. See also Britain in Fiji (item no. 111). 121 The Fiji journals of Baron Anatole von Hügel: 1875-1877. Edited by J. Roth, S. Hooper. Suva: Fiji Museum in association with the Cambridge University Museum of Archaeology and Anthropology, 1990. 479p. map. bibliog. Regarded as an expert on Fiji by his contemporaries, Baron Anatole von Hügel spent several years in the country, during which time he kept journals of his experiences there. Large sections of these still survive and are reproduced here as a tribute to his work. The journals, which not only provide information on the anthropology, zoology and history of Fiji, but also offer an insight into life in the country, form part of the collections of the Cambridge University Museum of Archaeology and Anthropology. 122 Fiji: a short history. D. Scarr. Sydney: Allen & Unwin, 1984. 202p. bibliog. A standard history by a leading historian of Fiji which emphasizes the 185 years of European contact, colonization and subsequent independence up to 1982. Discussion of major influences during this period is suitably focused for example, the author deals with Indian emigration, the Colonial Sugar Refining Company, colonial influence and rule. Scarr's analysis of the colonial period is more objective and dependable than his treatment of post-colonial history. Because of its thorough coverage but uninteresting narrative style, this work is primarily of reference value. The bibliography (pages 189-195) offers suggestions for further reading. See also Derrick's A history of Fiji (item no. 132). 123 Fiji and the western Pacific. C. S. Ross. Geelong, Victoria: H. Thacker, 1909. 292p. This older colonial history combines first-hand observations, stories and personal vignettes with more scholarly information on Fiji and its surrounds. Substantial attention is devoted to the administration, opinions and actions of Sir John Thurston,

< previous page

page_31

next page >


page_32

< previous page

page_32

next page > Page 32

Governor of Fiji. The title is thus of particular value for its focus on the work of a key colonial administrator. See also The majesty of colour (item no. 141). 124 Fiji: from colony to independence, 1874-1970. A. Ali. Suva: University of the South Pacific, School of Social and Economic Development, 1977. 83p. (Fiji Monograph Series, no. 2). The five chapters in this study of colonial Fiji cover the period from cession to political independence, focusing on the events from 1937 to 1963. Ali devotes particular attention to the growth of differences between ethnic groups, the rise of political parties and the independence movement. See also The Fijian colonial experience (item no. 126) and The Fijian voice (item no. 127). 125 Fiji: records of private and public life, 1875-1880. Arthur Hamilton Gordon. Edinburgh: R. & R. Clark, 1897-1912. 4 vols. These volumes include records covering Gordon's career as a colonial administrator in Fiji. See also The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon (item no. 117). 126 Fiji: the three-legged stool. Selected writings of Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna. Edited by D. Scarr. London: Macmillan Education for the Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna Biography Committee, 1983. 528p. This is a collection which contains public and private correspondence of an important Fijian soldier and statesman. Particularly illuminating are the letters which show his links with the colonial establishment, as little was known of this during his career. It is a useful companion volume to Scarr's Ratu Sukuna (item no. 147). 127 The Fijian colonial experience: a study of the neotraditional order under British colonial rule prior to World War II. T. J. McNaught. Canberra: Australian National University, 1982. 203p. bibliog. (Australian National University. Pacific Research Monographs, no. 7). McNaught presents a thematic analysis of Fiji's colonial experience in the early twentieth century. Topics include land rights, village and district politics, chiefly leadership, underground movements and the various British attempts to change the structure of Fijian society. Of special interest are the historical chapters on land rights and chiefly power, topics often treated superficially or uncritically in other historical discussions. A selective bibliography (pages 191-98) concludes the work. See also Fiji: from colony to independence (item no. 124) and The Fijian Voice (item no. 128). 128 The Fijian voice in Fiji's colonial history. A. J. Chappele. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 1 (1975), p. 47-62. Offers an alternative to the traditional view that historical developments in a society originate from the administrative/ governmental centre and spread to affect the people in general. In actual fact, ideas were often generated among the people and then

< previous page

page_32

next page >


page_33

< previous page

page_33

next page > Page 33

spread to the government. Fiji's history is replete with examples of this 'unofficial' voice, and Chappele describes a number of these. See also Fiji: from colony to independence (item no. 124) and The Fijian colonial experience (item no. 126). 129 Fijians at war. A. Ravuvu. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1988. 69p. map. bibliog. In this short history of the Fijian response to and participation in the First and Second World Wars Ravuvu traces the impact of the experiences of war on relations in Fiji between Indians, Europeans and Fijians. The author concentrates on the response of the Fijians to the Second World War, their military training for it, the campaigns for the Solomon Islands and New Guinea and the return home of Fijian soldiers. Oral and written evidence is used to produce this readable account. See also The history of the Fiji military forces (item no. 133). 130 The fruit of the Rewa: oral traditions and the growth of the pre-Christian Lakeba state. A. C. Reid. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 12 (1977), p. 2-24. Lakeba is in the frontier zone between the ethnic and cultural divisions of Polynesia and Melanesia. This article investigates the original settlement and early growth through oral traditions of the Waciwaci people, as well as records of early European discoverers and missionaries. 131 Grass huts and warehouses: a study of five Pacific beach communities of the nineteenth century. C. Ralston. Canberra: Australian National University Press; Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1977. 268p. bibliog. Ralston compares five Pacific beach communities which developed in the first half of the nineteenth century. Communities in Papeete, Kororareka, Levuka, Honolulu and Apia are compared in the following areas: contact and early trade; beachcombers and early beach community development; consuls; missionaries and company traders; pattern of daily life; later years; and race relations. 132 A history of Fiji. Volume 1. R. A. Derrick. Suva: Government Press, 1950. 250p. bibliog. Although dated, this does provide a detailed early history of Fiji, which ends with the cession of the islands to Britain; Volume two was never completed. The existing volume is widely recognized as an important survey of the period of early European contact, although some have criticized its European bias. It provides substantial detail on Fiji up to the Deed of Cession and in this regard is a valuable complement to the later period covered in Legge's Britain in Fiji (item no. 111). See also Broken waves (item no. 113) and Fiji: A short history (item no. 122).

< previous page

page_33

next page >


page_34

< previous page

page_34

next page > Page 34

133 The history of the Fiji military forces, 1939-1945. R. A. Howlett. London: Crown Agents for the Colonies on behalf of the Government of Fiji, 1948. 267p. maps. bibliog. Covering Fiji's involvement in the Second World War, this is a straightforward discussion of the Fijian military and its activities during the period of 1939-45. Compiled from official records and diaries, it is one of the few works on this important factor in the history of Fiji. See also Fijians at War (item no. 129). 134 A history of the Pacific from the Stone Age to the present day. G. Barclay. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1978. 264p. maps. bibliog. This popular treatment of Pacific history covers the period from prehistory through to decolonization and independence. Fiji figures at appropriate points throughout the book, which is one of the histories more suitable for general readers. Descriptions of the lives and work of key figures (adventurers and conquerors, for example) add valuable colour to the title, which includes a very useful chronology of Pacific history from AD100 to 1977. The bibliography directs readers to more detailed studies. See also Campbell's History of the Pacific islands (item no. 135). 135 A history of the Pacific islands. I. C. Campbell. St. Lucia, Queensland: University of Queensland Press, 1990. 240p. maps. bibliog. Although this is a general history of the Pacific region, it does include reasonable coverage of Fiji in several of the geographical/chronological chapters (foreign discovery, trade and social change, colonial policy). Each of the seventeen chapters offers a refreshing insight into how the Pacific islanders (Polynesians, Melanesians and Micronesians) helped shape the histories of their own countries. It is, in other words, written from the viewpoint of the islanders, which gives it a special place among the more Eurocentric histories of the region. The maps, glossary and further reading are all suitable for the beginner student. See also Scarr's History of the Pacific islands (item no. 136) and Where the waves fall (item no. 154). 136 History of the Pacific islands: kingdoms of the reef. D. Scarr. South Melbourne: Macmillan, 1990. 426p. bibliog. Consisting of twenty chapters in four parts, this general history of the Pacific Islands offers a study which covers a full range of themes across island groups. Writing from an historical and anthropological viewpoint, Scarr puts forward a scholarly history of origins, colonization and recent developments. Fiji is treated across the volume, providing sound introductory material in the broader Pacific context. Scarr is more scholarly and detailed than Campbell's work of a similar nature (item no. 135). See also Where the waves fall (item no. 154).

< previous page

page_34

next page >


page_35

< previous page

page_35

next page > Page 35

137 The journal of William Lockerby, sandalwood trader in the Fijian islands during the years 1808-1809, with an introduction and other papers connected with the earliest European visitors to the islands. Edited by E. F. Im Thurn, L. C. Wharton. Nedeln: Kraus Reprint, 1967. 250p. maps. bibliog. Originally published in 1925, this collection includes, in addition to Lockerby's journal, the following items: Samuel Patterson's narrative of the wreck of The Eliza in 1808; the journal of missionaries put ashore from The Hibernia in Fiji in 1809; Captain Richard Siddon's experiences in Fiji in 1809-15; and an appendix containing extracts from periodical publications. This is an interesting collection of early Western views of Fiji. See also Life in Feejee (item no. 139). 138 The king and people of Fiji; containing a life of Thakombau, with notices of the Fijians, their manners, customs and superstitions, previous to the great religious reformation in 1854. J. Waterhouse. New York: AMS Press, 1978. 435p. First published by the Wesleyan Conference Office in London (1866), this work by a nineteenth-century missionary to Fiji includes a biography of Thakombau, an important king during the period of colonial expansion into Fiji. While much of the anthropological observation is coloured by the author's missionary agenda, the biographical data remain useful. See also Cakobau and Ma'afu (item no. 115) and Matanitu (item no. 142). 139 Life in Feejee; or, five years among the cannibals by a lady. Mary Wallis. Ridgewood, New Jersey: Gregg Press, 1967. Reprint. 422p. First published in 1851, this is a journal of one woman's life among the Fijians, through the years of 1844-49. Although coloured by colonial attitudes, it does provide some interesting insights into the lives of early European settlers in Fiji, and their views on native society. See also The journal of William Lockerby (item no. 137). 140 The Lodge of Fiji No. 1931 E.C., 1882-1982. L. G. Usher. Suva: The Lodge of Fiji, 1982. 30p. Brief outline which discusses the origins of freemasonry in Fiji and the history of the Lodge there. Several pages list present and past masters and members. Freemasonry has exercised considerable influence in Fiji, and this is the only work devoted to the movement. Clearly, however, it is not a critical, objective history. 141 The majesty of colour: a life of Sir John Bates Thurston. D. Scarr. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1973-80. 2 vols. maps. bibliog. (Pacific Research Monographs, no. 4). Scarr provides a comprehensive biography of a controversial colonial administrator (1836-97) who lived in Fiji for thirty-two years, for fifteen of which he was Governor. A detailed, two-volume history is offered, not only of the individual, but also of events in which he was intimately involved. Volume one, entitled I, the very bayonet, covers the period up to 1875. The second volume, Viceroy of the Pacific, covers the

< previous page

page_35

next page >


page_36

< previous page

page_36

next page > Page 36

period from 1875 to Thurston's death. A particular strength of Scarr's biography is its extensive reliance on Thurston's private correspondence, which offers invaluable insights into his relations with Fijian chiefs. Scarr seeks to show that Thurston was a sympathetic administrator who was interested in native self-government to an unusual degree, as well as in Fijian rights generally. Although somewhat uncritical of Thurston and his administrative policies, this is one of the most detailed histories of the period. Comprehensive bibliographies and interesting illustrations and plates are included in both volumes. See also The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon (item no. 117) and Fiji and the western Pacific (item no. 123). 142 Matanitu: the struggle for power in early Fiji. D. Routledge. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the University of the South Pacific, Fiji Centre Extension Services, 1985. 247p. bibliog. In this study based on his 1965 doctoral dissertation, Routledge examines the struggle for political dominance among the great chiefdoms of Fiji until the end of the first half of the nineteenth century, and then between Fijians, Tongans and Europeans from 1855 to 1874. This is a study of considerable detail and value, in an area that contributes significantly to our understanding of modern political developments in Fiji. Routledge is an excellent supplement to many of the standard histories, which tend to treat tribal and chiefly conflict only in passing. See also Cakobau and Ma'afu (item no. 115) and The King and people of Fiji (item no. 138). 143 Men from under the sky: the arrival of Westerners in Fiji. S. Brown, foreword by R. Burr. Rutland, Vermont: C. E. Tuttle, 1973. 327p. bibliog. An eclectic history which discusses a cross-section of the men who affected the history of Fiji in the first one hundred years of Western discovery and interest in the islands. Brown also covers the rise of the Bau chieftancy. The treatment of individual Westerners is a useful complement to some of the less personalized histories. See also Evanescent Ascendency (item no. 119) and People from the horizon (item no. 145). 144 My father's land. B. Singh. New Delhi: Tamavua Enterprises, 1984. 154p. This is the autobiography of Bhagwan Singh which traces his family's involvement in Fiji over four generations. Singh was High Commissioner of India to Fiji, Tonga, Nauru and other Pacific countries from 1971 to 1976. Although sometimes embarrassingly naïve in its perceptions, this work does offer some interesting insights into the history of Indians in Fiji. 145 The people from the horizon: an illustrated history of the Europeans among the South Sea islanders. P. Snow, S. Waine. Oxford: Phaidon Press, 1979. 296p. maps. bibliog. The fourteen chapters in this history of the Pacific islands deal essentially with the period from European discovery to the present day. The authors discuss the development of trade, the arrival of the missionaries and planters, depopulation, war,

< previous page

page_36

next page >


page_37

< previous page

page_37

next page > Page 37

political unrest, administration and the other topics of modern history in the islands. This is a sound regional history that covers Fiji very adequately. See also Evanescent Ascendency (item no. 119) and Men from under the sky (item no. 143). 146 Protest and dissent in the colonial Pacific. P. Hempenstall, N. Rutherford. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1984. 200p. This is a collection of case studies which deals with political protests against colonial rule in the Pacific islands. Among the papers is Rutherford's study of the 1959 Fiji strike (pages 73-86). From their study of this and four other cases Hempenstall and Rutherford conclude that colonial rulers in the Pacific islands failed to respond appropriately to initiatives for change arising from the indigenous people. See also Recruits and recruiters (item no. 148). 147 Ratu Sukuna: soldier, statesman, man of two worlds. D. Scarr. London: Macmillan Education for the Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna Biography Committee, 1980. 220p. map. bibliog. Although Scarr's biography has been viewed in some quarters as somewhat hagiographical, it does provide much useful historical information on a key leader in Fiji's history. Chief of the House of Bau, Sukuna worked with the Native Lands Commission for most of his career; but he was also a soldier, politician and first Speaker of the Legislative Assembly. See also Fiji: The three-legged stool (item no. 126). 148 Recruits and recruiters: a portrait of the labour trade. D. Scarr. In: Pacific island portraits. Edited by J. W. Davidson, D. Scarr. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1970, p. 225-251. maps. bibliog. Reprinted 1973, 1976. Covers the recruitment of labour for plantations in Fiji and Queensland between 1863 and 1911. Over 22,000 islanders, initially from the Gilbert and Ellice Islands but later from the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands, were taken to Fiji to work, first in the cotton plantations and then in the sugar plantations. Attention is paid to the role the government administration played in obtaining labourers and in methods of recruitment. See also Protest and dissent (item no. 146). 149 A short history of Rotuma. W. J. E. Eason. Suva: Government Printing Department, 1952. 127p. map. bibliog. Discussion of the history, customs and development of Rotuma is particularly useful for the way in which it brings together the generally scattered Fijian literature on Rotuma. See also Rotuma: split island (item no. 25).

< previous page

page_37

next page >


page_38

< previous page

page_38

next page > Page 38

150 The southwest Pacific since 1900: a modern history. Australia, New Zealand, the islands, Antarctica. C. H. Grattan. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1963. 759p. maps. bibliog. (University of Michigan History of the Modern World). A companion to The Southwest Pacific to 1900 (item no. 151), this volume carries the story until the end of the 1950s. Following a similar structure to its companion volume, this work treats the history of Fiji in a set of three chapters entitled 'the islands' (pages 337-560). Here Grattan discusses Fiji and its neighbours, focusing on native paramountcy. While the overall coverage of the subject matter is adequate, this volume is neither as detailed nor as thorough as the first. 151 The southwest Pacific to 1900: a modern history. Australia, New Zealand, the islands, Antarctica. C. H. Grattan. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1963. 558p. maps. bibliog. (University of Michigan History of the Modern World). A standard history of the Pacific up until 1900, this work includes Fiji in its coverage of 'the islands' (pages 179-242, 453-512). Grattan treats major events and personalities fairly and objectively, and the work is useful in placing Fiji in its wider regional context. See also the companion volume (item no. 150). 152 The sugar industry of Fiji. In: South Pacific enterprise: the Colonial Sugar Refining Company Limited. Edited by A. G. Lowndes. Sydney: Angus & Robertson, 1956, p. 67-90. A eulogistic history of the sugar industry in Fiji to 1955 was commissioned by the Colonial Sugar Refining Company and in it Lowndes discusses the environment for growing cane in Fiji, the problems of labour supply and the various labour schemes. He also examines the agricultural methods used, the role of CSR officers in supervising sugar production, harvesting, milling, purchasing and the marketing of sugar. Attention is also given to industrial relations and social relations between the CSR and the labour unions. While critics of the role of the CSR in Fiji find this account unacceptable, it is nonetheless a useful contribution to the literature on Fiji's sugar industry, especially in its discussion of the social, economic and agricultural aspects of sugar production. See also Brown or white? (item no. 114) and Cane train (item no. 116). 153 Toward a reassessment of Gordon in Fiji. I. Heath. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 9 (1974), p. 81-92. Maintaining that Gordon has been poorly-treated in biographical accounts of his time in Fiji, Heath deals especially with Chapman's The career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon (see item no. 117), France's The charter of the land (see item no. 118) and Legge's Britain in Fiji (see item no. 111). Weaknesses in each of these are described in turn, with Heath suggesting that neither polemics nor eulogy helps to understand Gordon as a colonial administrator in Fiji.

< previous page

page_38

next page >


page_39

< previous page

page_39

next page > Page 39

154 Where the waves fall: a new South Seas islands history from first settlement to colonial rule. K. R. Howe. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press and Center for Pacific Islands Studies, 1984. 403p. maps. bibliog. (Pacific Islands Monograph Series, no. 2). Presenting a broad historical overview of the Pacific islands, Howe covers Pacific prehistory, ethnography, European exploration, monarchies, missionaries and trade. He offers a revisionist view of the Pacific island history, treating it not simply as an adjunct to European colonialism but as a legitimate history in its own right. There is a detailed chapter on the early political history of Fiji, which is the work's particular value in the present context. See also History of the Pacific Islands by Campbell (item no. 135) and by Scarr (item no. 136).

< previous page

page_39

next page >


page_40

< previous page

page_40

next page > Page 40

Population 155 Island populations of the Pacific. N. McArthur. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1967. 381p. maps. bibliog. This demographic history of the Pacific islands includes a separate chapter on Fiji which covers the pre-census and census periods, the course of population change, age and sex composition, the registration of births and deaths, analyses of mortality and fertility and a summary of the period up until the 1950s. A key finding of the overall study is that population decline following contact with European civilization has not been universal, thereby casting some doubt on the widely-accepted view of Pitt-Rivers and others that such decline is an inevitable consequence of contact with the West. 156 Migration, urbanization and development in South Pacific countries. A. C. Walsh. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1982. 192p. maps. Covering ten Pacific island nations (including Fiji), this is a comprehensive analysis of population distribution and change, internal migration, urbanization and development. The individual country chapters are preceded by a general overview of the geographical, political and cultural setting of the islands and special attention is devoted to contemporary migration patterns, which show a clear move from rural to urban areas. This is a continuing trend, as in urban areas there is a greater chance of improving one's financial status than in rural areas. See also Out of Fiji (item no. 157). 157 Out of Fiji: a perspective on migration after the coups. R. D. Bedford. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 142-53. This piece, in which Bedford describes the increased volume of emigration since 1987, comes from a special issue of the journal devoted to the subject of Fiji since the

< previous page

page_40

next page >


page_41

< previous page

page_41

next page > Page 41

coups. Some 30,000 people left the country in 1988-89, most migrating to Canada, New Zealand and Australia. Changes in New Zealand's immigration policy have favoured Fijians with skills or capital, but Canada has been the preferred destination for most Fijian migrants. See also Migration, urbanization and development (item no. 156) and Population movement in post-colonial Fiji (item no. 158). 158 Population movement in post-colonial Fiji: review and speculation. R. D. Bedford. GeoJournal, vol. 16, no. 2 (1987), p. 179-92. Bedford reviews the developments in population movement between Fiji's first and second population censuses, in 1970 and 1986. He pays particular attention to the acceleration in levels of Indian migration overseas and to an exodus of Fijians from rural village communities to towns on Viti Levu and Vanua Levu. Bedford also speculates on the possible effects of the 1987 political changes on population movements both within Fiji and to overseas destinations. See also Out of Fiji (item no. 157). 159 Population of Fiji. Edited by R. Chandra, J. Bryant. Noumea, New Caledonia: South Pacific Commission, 1990. 258p. map. bibliog. (South Pacific Commission Population Monographs, no. 1). Chandra and Bryant seek to provide a comprehensive study of the population of Fiji, which they do in sixteen chapters covering size and growth of population, composition and distribution, mortality and fertility trends. Also examined are family planning, internal population mobility, urbanization patterns, housing and emigration from Fiji. Data from the 1976 census and, where available, the 1986 census are included and each chapter is replete with tables, figures and bibliographic references. This study offers a thorough and detailed analysis of population trends and developments in Fiji. It was originally intended to be part of the United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific country monograph series; when this was abandoned, the SPC undertook publication of the volume. See also Report on Fiji population census (item nos. 161, 162). 160 Population, resources and development in the eastern islands of Fiji: information for decision making. Paris: Unesco and United Nations Fund for Population Activities, 1977. 407p. map. bibliog. (Unesco/UNFPA Population and Environment Project. Research Reports). This is the first of the Project's reports on the eastern islands of Fiji. The opening summary chapter is followed by further chapters describing and analysing Fiji's resources, population trends, production and social and economic conditions. The evolution of these conditions receives special attention and in the last two chapters the consequences of present trends and policies are examined. A final chapter sets out a series of planning recommendations for the region in the context of changing national development policies. See also The eastern islands of Fiji: a study of the natural environment, its use and man's influence on its evolution (item no. 550).

< previous page

page_41

next page >


page_42

< previous page

page_42

next page > Page 42

161 Report on Fiji population census, 1986. Suva: Bureau of Statistics, 1989. 6 vols. maps. The six volumes in this census report contain general tables in volume one; small area data on enumeration areas and maps in volume two; and economic characteristics in volume three. Volume four covers fertility and mortality, volume five, migration and volume six contains information on housing and services. This is the primary source of statistical information on these aspects of Fiji and the islands population. See also the analysis of these data (item no. 162) and Population of Fiji (item no. 159). 162 Report on Fiji population census, 1986: analytical report on the demographic, social and economic characteristics of the population. Suva: Bureau of Statistics, 1989. 188p. bibliog. This detailed analysis of the 1986 census covers population growth and distribution, sex and age composition, marital structure, fertility and mortality and internal migration. Education, economic activity, household structure and housing and population projections are also dealt with. In addition it includes comparisons with previous census results. This is a useful analytical supplement to the main report (item no. 161). See also Population of Fiji (item no. 159).

< previous page

page_42

next page >


page_43

< previous page

page_43

next page > Page 43

Anthropology and Ethnography 163 Canoes of Oceania. A. C. Haddon, James Hornell. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press, 1975. Rev. ed. 884p. maps. bibliog. Including Fiji in its coverage, this collective work contains three Bernice P. Bishop Museum titles, first published in 1936, 1937 and 1938 respectively: James Hornell, The canoes of Polynesia, Fiji, and Micronesia (Special Publications, no. 27); A. C. Haddon, The canoes of Melanesia, Queensland and New Guinea (Special Publications, no. 28); A. C. Haddon, James Hornell, Definition of terms, general survey, and conclusions (Special Publications, no. 29). The three works provide very detailed descriptions of types of canoes and canoe construction and there are more than 500 illustrations and drawings of canoe manufacturing techniques and types of canoes. The work is also an important contribution to understanding migration and settlement in Fiji, as well as in other Pacific islands. See also Fijian material culture (item no. 172) and Yalo i viti (item no. 199). 164 The centre-poled houses of Western Vitilevu. S. Freeman. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 4, no. 1 (1986), p. 2-19. map. bibliog. Opening with a general outline of thatched house characteristics in Fiji, this well-illustrated paper then discusses the centre-poled houses which are found in Western Viti Levu. Freeman reports on fieldwork aimed at locating, recording and photographing this unique type of housing. Methods of construction are outlined, as are influences that may have given rise to this particular style of house. See also Fijian material culture (item no. 172).

< previous page

page_43

next page >


page_44

< previous page

page_44

next page > Page 44

165 Deuba: a study of a Fijian village. W. R. Geddes. Wellington: Polynesian Society, 1945. 70p. map. (Polynesian Society Memoirs, no. 22). This is a traditional ethnographic study of a coastal Fijian village, providing useful details of native Fijian society in the 1940s, before the developments of the 1960s affected life in the villages around Suva. See also Fijian frontier (item no. 170). 166 Disease, religion and society in the Fiji islands. D. M. Spencer. New York: J. J. Augustin; Seattle: University of Washington Press, 1941. 82p. bibliog. (Monographs of the American Ethnological Society, no. 2). This description of native Fijian society in Colo West is based on fieldwork undertaken in the mid-1930s. Spencer offers an account of Fijian definitions of disease situations and how these relate to other aspects of indigenous culture. In so doing she discusses social organization, religious beliefs and practices, theories of disease causation and therapeutic practices. A useful chart outlines Fijian pharmacological therapy. Interestingly, a key conclusion of the work is that chiefly titles carried little authority at the time of the study. See also Fijian society (item no. 174) and Fijian village (item no. 176). 167 Fijian and Tongan war arrows. F. Clunie. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 3, no. 1 (1985), p. 11-40. bibliog. This heavily-illustrated paper discusses the adoption of Fijian bows and arrows as weapons of war by the Tongans and the consequent use of these weapons. Most of the discussion concentrates on the design of these arrows, the type and nature of the wounds they inflicted and the surgery carried out on the victims of arrow wounds. See also Fijian weapons and warfare (item no. 177) and Yalo i viti (item no. 199). 168 Fijian canoe hearths. F. Clunie. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 2, no. 3 (1984), p. 102-12. This well-illustrated article discusses water-borne fireplaces (namely, the earthenware brazier and the portable hardwood equivalent of the pit oven) and it includes early descriptions of them. See also Fijian house lamps (item no. 171) and Yalo i viti (item no. 199). 169 Fijian ethos. A. D. Ravuvu. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1987. 360p. map. bibliog. Written by a prominent Fijian nationalist and academic, this title examines the role of traditional ceremonies in Fijian life. These ceremonies highlight the critical points of Fijian existence: the initiation of young people into adulthood, marriage, death, reconciliation. They also reflect the Fijians' world view, define their social and political structures, their religious beliefs, values and practices. Ravuvu focuses on the Fijian inhabitants of the central area of Viti Levu (Colo). Much of the work is devoted to translations of ceremonial speeches into English, although considerable

< previous page

page_44

next page >


page_45

< previous page

page_45

next page > Page 45

attention is given to describing the place of these ceremonies in Fijian life and to analysis of ceremonial presentations. This is an important work on the role of ceremonies in maintaining the traditional order and as a tool of manipulation for achieving new goals and aspirations in the quest for a better life. 170 Fijian frontier. L. Thompson, introduction by B. Malinowski. San Francisco: American Council, Institute of Pacific Relations, 1940. Reprinted New York: Octagon Books, 1972. 153p. maps. (Studies of the Pacific, no. 4). Focusing on Fijian society on Kambara in the southern Lau Group, this popularly written ethnographic study looks briefly at how a Fijian grows up, his views on existence, religion, society and science, and a range of related topics. Although now dated, it does offer a clear view of American views on Fiji at the beginning of the Second World War. See also Deuba (item no. 165). 171 Fijian house lamps. F. Clunie. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 1 (1983), p. 154-64, bibliog. This article discusses the forms of lamps and their fuels as used in traditional Fijian houses. Clunie commences with a close look at cooking hearths and progresses to the types of oil or resin-fuelled lamps used. These lamp types are illustrated and described in detail. See also Fijian canoe hearths (item no. 168) and Yalo i viti (item no. 199). 172 Fijian material culture: a study of cultural context, function and change. A. R. Tippett. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press, 1968. 193p. maps. bibliog. (Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletins, no. 232). Tippett employs case studies of four kinds of artefacts as a means of studying cultural change in Fiji. These four artefacts are clubs, canoes and boats, turtle nets and houses. In each case study Tippett presents a functional typology and an analysis of the artefact within its ethno-historical context. The functional typology is offered as an alternative to the standard classification of artefacts according to form, and the analysis throws substantial light on how and why Fijian society has changed and evolved, especially since the time of European discovery. The work ranges widely across Fijian culture, making it a valuable cultural and anthropological study. See also Canoes of Oceania (item no. 163), The centre-poled houses of western Vitilevu (item no. 164) and Fijian weapons and warfare (item no. 177). 173 Fijian mutilatory practices I: earlobe splitting and distortion. F. Clunie, W. Ligairi. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 1 (1983), p. 22-44. bibliog. The religious custom of splitting and stretching earlobes following the death of a chief or close relative is outlined here, with reference to early written descriptions of the practice. There is also some discussion of how the operation was performed, the attachment of earlobe ornaments and their various styles. An extensive bibliography concludes the paper.

< previous page

page_45

next page >


page_46

< previous page

page_46

next page > Page 46

174 Fijian society; or the sociology and psychology of the Fijians. W. Deane. London: Macmillan, 1921. 255p. map. bibliog. Deane, an anthropologist and missionary principal of Teachers' Training College in Fiji, draws heavily on reminiscences of the elderly to describe all aspects of native life: initiation; religion; ancestor worship; sacred stones; symbolism; clan and the individual; moral character; etiquette; superstition; fishing; and communication. This is an interesting and reasonably objective account of Fijian society, based on fieldwork early in the century. See also Disease, religion and society (item no. 166) and Fijian village (item no. 176). 175 Fijian studies. K. E. Larsson. Goteborg, Sweden: Etnografiska Museet, 1960. 147p. (Etnologiska Studier, no. 25). This Scandinavian study discusses a range of anthropological topics related to Fiji: human images in Fiji; the conch shells of Fiji; and the grouping of data from literature and museums concerning human figures in any form. 176 Fijian village. B. H. Quain. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1948. 459p. bibliog. Based primarily on the author's experience during the mid-1930s in Nakoroka, a village in Vanua Levu, this ethnographic study describes village life and includes narrative passages to highlight the main findings. It is the only ethnographic study of Fijian society in an area of strong Tongan influence. A concluding chapter by Ruth Benedict offers a discussion of 'dissonance between theoretical hierarchy and the random and confused determinants of status'. See also Disease, religion and society (item no. 166) and Fijian society (item no. 174). 177 Fijian weapons and warfare. F. Clunie, drawings by K. Moce. Bulletin of the Fiji Museum, no. 2 (1977). 121p. bibliog. Clunie discusses the combat weapons used by Fijian warriors in the nineteenth century from the perspective of the part these weapons played in battle and their physical form. Both traditional Fijian weapons (clubs, throwing clubs, spears, slings, bow and arrows, man traps) and arms introduced into the islands by European traders (battleaxes, muskets and cannon) are discussed. The first part provides background information on the nature of Fijian warfare, and fighting weapons are discussed in Part two. This well-illustrated title is both a useful introduction to the conduct of warfare and to the weapons used in war. See also Fijian and Tongan war arrows (item no. 167), Fijian material culture (item no. 172) and Yalo i viti (item no. 199). 178 The Fijians: a study of the decay of custom. B. Thomson, B. G. Corney, J. Stewart. London: Dawsons, 1968. Facsimile of 1908 edition. 396p. bibliog. This detailed nineteenth-century study by a major colonial administrator of the period was motivated by the decision to investigate the notable decline in native Fijian population at the time. Although enshrining the typical colonial officer's view that 'modernization' could not have been a contributing factor, Thompson's study is

< previous page

page_46

next page >


page_47

< previous page

page_47

next page > Page 47

valuable for its wealth of information on nineteenth-century Fijian society and traditions. See also The hill tribes of Fiji (item no. 181). 179 A grammar of conflict: informal procedure on an island in Lau, Fiji. A. Arno. In: Access to justice. Volume 4: the anthropological perspective. Patterns of conflict management: essays in the ethnography of law. Edited by K.-F. Koch. Amsterdam, Holland: Sijthoff and Noordhoff - Alphen Ann den Rijn; Milan, Italy: Giuffre Editore, 1979, p. 41-68. bibliog. This paper is part of the Comparative Research Project on Law and Conflict, and describes the informal processes of conflict management on Lau, where traditional patterns of social control constitute the basis of this management. Arno shows that the informal procedures take several forms, including violent self-help, avoidance, enlistment of public opinion, appeal to authorities, use of the police and ritual apology. The appropriateness of a given procedure in a given conflict situation is determined according to a number of factors. As with Hierarchy, conflict and apology in Fiji (item no. 180), this is an interesting study in legal anthropology. See also The world of talk (item no. 198). 180 Hierarchy, conflict and apology in Fiji. L. Hickson. In: Access to justice. Volume 4: the anthropological perspective. Patterns of conflict management: essays in the ethnography of law. Edited by K.-F. Koch. Amsterdam, Holland: Sijthoff and Noordhoff - Alphen Ann den Rijn; Milan, Italy: Giuffre Editore, 1979, p. 17-39. bibliog. Based on fieldwork carried out on Viti Levu and Vanua Levu, this paper, part of the Comparative Research Project on Law and Conflict, discusses how conflict is managed in traditional, hierarchical Fijian society. Hickson analyses the relationship between hierarchy and the process of conflict management; in particular she seeks to explain how Fijians resolve their disputes through ceremonial apology. The conclusion is that the emphasis is on restitution in the form of ceremonial apology. This reflects the hierarchical structure of Fijian society and the value that Fijians place on complementary forms of deferential behaviour between status unequals. See also A grammar of conflict (item no. 179) and The world of talk (item no. 198). 181 The hill tribes of Fiji. A. B. Brewster. London: Seeley Service, 1922; Reprinted New York: Johnson Reprint Corporation, 1967. 308p. maps. bibliog. Brewster, a colonial administrator in Fiji, concentrated on the western areas of Fiji and drew on his considerable experience among the people at the end of the nineteenth century. The Tuka and other cults in western Viti Levu are described in some detail. Although not a sound ethnographic study and given to the usual generalizations of colonial officers, this does provide interesting data on a generally neglected region. See also The Fijians (item no. 178) and King of the cannibal isles (item no. 185).

< previous page

page_47

next page >


page_48

< previous page

page_48

next page > Page 48

182 The history of Melanesian society. W. H. R. Rivers. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1914. 2 vols. maps. This ethnographic study of Melanesian society is based primarily on research in the Solomon Islands, but it does include information gathered from visits to Fiji and other islands as well. The emphasis is on kinship and marriage and how these differ among the islands. A key theme in the work is 'the importance of the contact of peoples in the history of human cultures'. Volume one contains the empirical data; volume two, the theoretical discussion of these data. 183 Kava: a bibliography. Y. N. Singh, the Pacific Information Centre. Suva: Pacific Information Centre, 1986. 111p. Kava or Yaqona is a national drink prepared from the pulverised root of a plant belonging to the pepper family (Piper methysticum). This comprehensive bibliography on kava includes monographs, theses, reprints, unpublished papers and analytical entries found in edited and collected works and periodicals, plus a few newspaper entries. Entries are arranged alphabetically by author (or title if there is no author) and are sequentially numbered in the following subject sections: general; botany; chemistry; ethnology and medicine. Ethnology contains the largest number of entries, followed by chemistry, medicine and botany; in total there are 793 entries. There is an author/title but no subject index. This is a very useful guide to a significant social and cultural custom in Fiji. See also The water of life (item no. 197). 184 King of the cannibal isles. A. B. Brewster. London: Robert Hale, 1937. 286p. A colonial administrator describes his personal experiences of life in Fiji in the 1870s in this work. It has anthropological value for its descriptions of the hill tribes of Fiji and of Thakombau, chief of the islands. Emphasis is on the customs of Fijians after they have had some contact with Europeans in the nineteenth century. See also The Fijians (item no. 178) and The hill tribes of Fiji (item no. 181). 185 Lau islands, Fiji. A. M. Hocart. Honolulu: Bishop Museum, 1929. 241p. bibliog. (Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletins, no. 62). This classic ethnographic study is generally regarded as the benchmark for all subsequent studies of Fijian society. Concerned essentially with the diffusion of culture within Fijian society, it focuses on the Lau group of islands and puts forward the thesis that the inhabitants of western Fiji gradually overcame and dominated the original residents of the central and eastern regions. In exploring this thesis Hocart discusses many other areas such as kinship, ceremonies, industries, warfare and legends; this offers a comprehensive treatment of Lau ethnography. In addition, there is a useful glossary and genealogical abstract. See also Northern states of Fiji (item no. 188), which is Hocart's second volume and follows a similar thesis.

< previous page

page_48

next page >


page_49

< previous page

page_49

next page > Page 49

186 Mat-weaving in Gau, Fiji. R. Ewins. Suva: Fiji Museum, 1982. 21p. maps. bibliog. (Fiji Museum Special Publications, no. 3). Ewins indicates the importance of mats both functionally and as property for ritual exchange and tribute. All aspects of mat-making in Gau are discussed, from propagation and cultivation of the raw material to harvesting, preparation and weaving. Clear illustrations accompany the details of weaving practices, and there is some discussion of mat types and designs. See also Yalo i Viti (item no. 199). 187 Moala: culture and nature on a Fijian island. M. D. Sahlins. Ann Arbor, Michigan: University of Michigan Press, 1962. 453p. bibliog. This ethnographic field study based of the eastern island of Moala views Moalan culture as an adaptive organization, as a human means of dealing with nature in order to ensure survival. Emphasis is on the interrelationships between such factors as economics, kinship and political organization. Sahlins is recognized as a key figure in symbolic anthropology, and his work is one of several that contribute to our understanding of the chiefly oligarchy. See also his The strangerking (item no. 192). 188 Northern states of Fiji. A. M. Hocart. London: Royal Anthropological Institute, 1929. Reprinted in London: Royal Anthropological Institute, 1952. 304p. maps. bibliog. (Occasional Publications, no. 11). Published in the same year as Hocart's classic, Lau islands, Fiji (item no. 185), this volume follows the same theme (the diffusion of culture in Fijian society) but here investigates whether Lau is basically Polynesian or Fijian. He finds in favour of the latter. While not as significant as Hocart's other volume, this is nevertheless an important work by a major figure in Fijian ethnography. 189 Oral tradition and ethnohistory: the transmission of information and social values in early Christian Fiji, 1835-1905. A. R. Tippett. Canberra: St Mark's Library, 1980. 70p. This somewhat specialized monograph by a former missionary and anthropologist concentrates on the oral tradition value system, particularly the artistic and aesthetic values of rhythm, imagery response, liturgy, poetic legalisms and dirges. Tippett maintains that by doing this 'we have moved a step closer to the meaning of indigeneity' and to understanding the church in Fiji. 190 Premier catalogue sélectif international de films ethnographiques sur la région du Pacific. Paris: Unesco, 1970. 342p. This list of 341 films provides detailed content notes together with information on the year of production, film type, length and distributor. Although the ethnography of Fiji is treated only marginally, this is a useful resource for teaching purposes in particular.

< previous page

page_49

next page >


page_50

< previous page

page_50

next page > Page 50

191 Saulaca: Fijian sail needles. D. H. R. Spenneman. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 4, no. 2 (1986), p. 82-96. This illustrated article outlines Fijian bone-working techniques by analysing sail needles belonging to the Fiji Museum. It also discusses tools used, chronological assessment and Fijian sail needles in other collections. See also Yalo i Viti (item no. 199). 192 The stranger-king, or Dumézil among the Fijians. M. D. Sahlins. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 16 (1981), p. 107-32. Also published in Islands of history (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1985), this account focuses on 'a Polynesian philosophy of social life'. Sahlins offers an ethnohistorical study of divine kingship, paying particular attention to Fiji. Aspects covered include the ritual rebirth of the sovereign, the tradition of cooked men and raw women, the structural permutations that are both vertical and horizontal and also pyramidal in a complex interchange of categories and hierarchies. See also Moala: culture and nature on a Fijian island (item no. 187). 193 String figures from Fiji and Western Polynesia. J. Hornell. Honolulu: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 1927. 88p. bibliog. Hornell discusses the string figure games which he identified in Fiji and Western Polynesia. Most Fijian string figures are named after the familiar objects which they represent (animals, trees, household objects, for example). The author maintains that Fijian string games, unlike many others, do not appear to have any mythological significance. A large number of Fijian string games were originally 'played' to the accompaniment of a chant, but some of the meanings of these chants appear to have become clouded. Writing in 1927, Hornell suggests that the games are being played solely for leisure and that 'this custom is dying out before the spread of hymn singing, the attendance at football matches, and the general and rapid deterioration of the native culture'. See also Yalo i Viti (item no. 199). 194 Tradition and change in the Fijian village. R. R. Nayacakalou, foreword by R. G. Crocombe, A. Ravuvu. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association in association with the University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1978. 164p. map. bibliog. Essentially a published version of a master's thesis completed in the mid-1950s, this is a study of three villages one near Sigatoka and two near Suva. The author examines the change from subsistence agriculture to an economy organized partly on a monetary basis. Special attention is devoted to the ways in which the social structure has been affected and to how economic factors have affected social organization. The author also investigates whether these same factors are likely to operate similarly throughout Fijian society or whether alternative developments are possible. The study provides valuable ethnographic data from the 1950s. See also Under the ivi tree (item no. 196).

< previous page

page_50

next page >


page_51

< previous page

page_51

next page > Page 51

195 Traditional Fijian spirit masks and spirit masquers. F. Clunie, W. Ligairi. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 1 (June 1983), p. 46-71. bibliog. Clunie and Ligairi discuss the role of traditional masks in Fijian society, describe some existing masks and report on an early description of pre-Christian Fijian dancing by a masquer in traditional war dances. There is also some reference to the role of masks in Fijian harvest festivals. See also Yalo i Viti (item no. 199). 196 Under the Ivi tree: social and economic growth in rural Fiji. C. S. Belshaw. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, c. 1964. 336p. map. This ethnographic study of Fijian society in the Sigatoka Valley emphasizes economic development and its impact on the organization of social life. Belshaw, widely regarded as a major figure in Fijian anthropology, has contributed much to our understanding of the country during its pre-independence period. This is a classic ethnographic study that provides prototypal data for later studies of the Sigatoka region. See also Tradition and change in the Fijian village (item no. 194). 197 'The water of life': kava ritual and the logic of sacrifice. J. W. Turner. Ethnology, vol. 25 (1986), p. 203-14. In Fiji, kava is associated with a ceremonial not found elsewhere, which involves ritual seating, preparing and serving the beverage. This essay deals with the cultural meanings that inform this social, cultural and religious ritual. For a more detailed treatment of the same topic see R. H. Lester, 'Kava Drinking in Vitilevu, Fiji' in Oceania 12 (1942): 226-54. See also Singh's kava bibliography (item no. 183). 198 The world of talk on a Fijian Island: an ethnography of law and communicative causation. A. Arno. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex Publishing Corporation, 1993. 167p. bibliog. Arno investigates the ethnography of conflict management on a Lauan island. In particular he tries to understand the social realities of deference and hierarchy. Seven chapters deal with the communication system on Yanuyanu, talk and conflict, communicative causation in theory and practice, the gossip system, the kava networks and related topics. An appendix includes a political debate recorded on Yanuyanu in 1971. See also A grammar of conflict (item no. 179) and Hierarchy, conflict and apology (item no. 180). 199 Yalo i Viti: shades of Viti. A Fiji museum catalogue. F. Clunie, photographs by J. Brooke-White. Suva: Fiji Museum, 1986. 196p. bibliog. The Catalogue consists of two parts: a series of short chapters on a theme introduces photographs of sequentiallynumbered artefacts which are linked to a catalogue of numbered, descriptive entries. Clunie covers the Vitian past of Fiji, emphasizing Vitian society at the dawn of European discovery. He describes Viti's heritage as one of immigration and emigration and of restless internal movements. The following topics are also covered: pots and prehistory; canoes; agriculture and fishing; the Vitian household; dance and music; dress and adornment; ritual and religion; war; cannibalism; and barkcloth. See also Fijian artefacts (item no. 600).

< previous page

page_51

next page >


page_52

< previous page

page_52

next page > Page 52

Ethnic Groups 200 Approaches to the study of Indian indentured emigration with special reference to Fiji. B. V. Lal. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 15 (1980), p. 52-70. Using analysis of emigration passes of North Indian migrants and poetic evidence from Hindi folksongs, Lal probes the structural characteristics and dynamics of indentured migration in India and the responses of indentured labourers at the time. The structure and process of indentured emigration to Fiji is discussed in particular. See also The Indo-Fijian experience (item no. 216) and The violence of indenture in Fiji (item no. 235). 201 Banabans in Fiji: ethnicity, change and development. H. Dagmar. In: Ethnicity and nation-building in the Pacific. Edited by M. C. Howard. Tokyo: United Nations University, 1989, p. 198-217. Dagmar traces the settlement on the Fijian island of Rabi of the inhabitants of Banaba. They arrived in 1945, having been forced to leave their homeland because of intensive phosphate mining. Dagmar addresses issues of Banaban ethnicity and socioeconomic development, with attention to the broader social and economic structures within which Banaban life has evolved and the special way in which the Banabans have perceived and reacted to these external constraints. See also Disconcerting issue (item no. 205), Exiles and migrants (item no. 207) and Treasure islands (item no. 232). 202 A Chinese community in Fiji. A. Fong. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1974. 40p. Fong's study outlines the history of the Chinese in Nausori. She discusses issues of kinship, social organization, religious activities, contact with other groups, education and the general aspirations of young Fiji Chinese. The work is thus fairly wide-

< previous page

page_52

next page >


page_53

< previous page

page_53

next page > Page 53

ranging but in forty pages provides only a brief analysis of the various topics. See also The Chinese in the Pacific (item no. 203) and The overseas Chinese in Fiji (item no. 223). 203 The Chinese in the Pacific. S. J. Yee. Suva: South Pacific Social Science Association, 1976. Reprint. 29p. map. bibliog. This study of some 74,000 Chinese living in the Pacific includes Fiji in its terms of reference. The author describes how the status of the Chinese varies from island to island. Also discussed is the decline in the number of full Chinese in the region as a result of intermarriage with members of other ethnic groups. See also A Chinese community in Fiji (item no. 202) and The overseas Chinese in Fiji (item no. 223). 204 Demographic constraints on caste: a Fiji Indian example. C. H. Brown. American Ethnologist, vol. 8 (1981), p. 314-28. Brown re-examines previously-published data on endogamous marriage among Indians in Fiji in an attempt to determine whether marriage within the tribe is disappearing. The results show that, as caste populations increase, so does the frequency of endogamy. These facts are discussed in terms of the structural theory of caste, particularly with regard to the relation between a structure of ideas and the material conditions of existence which determine expression of that structure. See also The disintegration of caste (item no. 206). 205 Disconcerting issue: meaning and struggle in a resettled Pacific community. M. G. Silverman. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1971. 362p. map. bibliog. (Symbolic Anthropology Series). This is the story of the Banabans, whose home island of Banaba (Ocean Island) was destroyed in the process of 'mining' it for fertilizer. The study outlines the history of these people on Ocean Island and describes their situation as a resettled group on the Fijian island of Rabi. Dealing inter alia with political and economic rights, the main thrust of the work is on cultural identity in a time of adversity. See also Banabans in Fiji (item no. 201), Exiles and migrants (item no. 207) and Treasure islands (item no. 232). 206 The disintegration of caste in Fiji Indian rural society. C. Jayawardena. In: Anthropology in Oceania. Edited by C. Jayawardena, L. R. Hiatt. Sydney: Angus & Robertson, 1971, p. 89-119. This chapter examines the processes by which caste disintegrated in the course of emigration of Indians and their settlement in Fiji. It covers immigration, caste in the indentured period, local organization, kinship networks, caste hierarchy, caste and occupation and caste and marriage. Jayawardena concludes that caste does not exist as a system in Fiji Indian society. See also Demographic constraints on caste (item no. 204).

< previous page

page_53

next page >


page_54

< previous page

page_54

next page > Page 54

207 Exiles and migrants in Oceania. Edited by M. D. Lieber. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii, 1977. 417p. maps. bibliog. Based on a project investigating resettled communities in the Pacific region, this collection of papers offers useful comparative data derived from a substantial amount of fieldwork. This includes discussion of the Banabans on Rabi Island in Fiji. A final chapter offers general views and perceptions regarding resettled communities in the Pacific. See also Banabans in Fiji (item no. 201), Disconcerting issue (item no. 205) and Treasure islands (item no. 232). 208 A Fiji-Indian rural community. R. M. Frazer. Wellington: Victoria University of Wellington, Department of Geography, 1968. 48p. maps. bibliog. (Pacific Viewpoint Monographs, no. 3). Based on fieldwork undertaken for a doctorate at the Australian National University, this monograph investigates the rural Indian community in Ra Province. Attention focuses on social organization, issues related to credit and debt, labour and work habits, land tenure and land use. See also Maro, rural Indians of Fiji (item no. 219) and Peasants in the Pacific (item no. 226). 209 The Fiji Indians: challenge to European dominance, 1920-1946. K. L. Gillion. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1977. 231p. bibliog. Covering the period from the end of indenture to the end of the Second World War, this sequel to Fiji's Indian migrants (item no. 210) offers major insights into the economic and political development of a significant migrant community. Of special value are the chapters on the 1920 strike and the subsequent economic and political organizing that occurred among Fiji Indians. Gillion emphasizes the emergence of a pluralist society in Fiji and the Indian challenge to the established order. Both the European-Indian conflict and disunity among Fiji Indians are treated. There is a useful bibliography (pages 217-23). 210 Fiji's Indian migrants: a history to the end of indenture in 1920. K. L. Gillion. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1962. 234p. maps. bibliog. Together with the companion volume, The Fiji Indians (item no. 209), this is widely regarded as the major history of Indian migrants in Fiji. This particular volume focuses on the period up until 1920, giving a valuable insight into the background of Fiji Indian society. It discusses the origins of the 60,000 indentured Indians who were brought to Fiji, their life on the plantations and subsequent settlement or repatriation. The attitudes and politico-economic conditions behind the indenture system and government participation in the scheme are also examined. See also Girmityas (item no. 212) and Indians in Fiji (item no. 215). 211 Girmit: the indenture experience in Fiji. Introduced by A. Ali. Bulletin of the Fiji Museum, no.5 (1979). 57p. Based on the personal recollections, gathered during interviews, of twenty-four Indians who worked as indentured labourers, this collection is presented from the

< previous page

page_54

next page >


page_55

< previous page

page_55

next page > Page 55

perspective of those who underwent girmit. Ali's introduction attempts to describe the system from other sources and to explore briefly the implications of girmit (the agreement under which Indians were originally engaged to work) for Fiji. See also Fiji's Indian migrants (item no. 210) and Girmityas (item no. 212). 212 Girmityas: the origins of Fiji Indians. B. V. Lal. Canberra: Journal of Pacific History, 1983. 151p. maps. bibliog. Sixty thousand Indians were brought to Fiji as indentured labourers for the cane plantations, and this detailed investigation, published as a monograph by the Journal of Pacific History, focuses on their social and economic background. It is based primarily on an exhaustive analysis of emigration passes from The Calcutta. The extensive bibliography (pages 133-47) contains references to a wide range of related material. See also Fiji's Indian migrants (item no. 210) and Indian indenture historiography (item no. 213). 213 Indian indenture historiography: a note on problems, sources and methods. B. V. Lal. Pacific Studies, vol. 6, no. 2 (1983), p. 33-50. Maintaining that past studies of the Indian indenture experience have involved a general, 'top-down' approach, Lal proposes a 'bottom-up' approach, using oral tradition and quantification. This allows one to look at what actually happened as distinct from what is assumed to have happened. He discusses quantification in particular, referring to his study of emigration passes, Girmityas (item no. 212). 214 Indian indentured workers in Fiji. S. Prasad. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1974. 37p. bibliog. Prasad describes the lives of Indian indentured workers in Labasa based on data from interviews with some twenty elderly indentured workers who were still living in the area in the 1970s. These data are supplemented by a study of written records. Prasad investigates conditions related to housing, food and nutrition, medical care, work on the plantations, employer/worker relations, cultural values and social activities. See also Labouring men and nothing more (item no. 218) and A new system of slavery (item no. 222). 215 Indians in Fiji. A. C. Mayer. London: Oxford University Press, 1963. 142p. map. bibliog. This study traces the development of the Fiji-Indian community within the framework of Fijian society. It examines indenture and initial settlement, post-indenture internal divisions, strikes, demands for a common electoral role and the Fiji Indian war record. Mayer also discusses the situation between Fiji Indians and Fijians in the early 1960s, attempting to show how the two communities are interdependent. See also The Fiji Indians (item no. 209), Fiji's Indian migrants (item no. 210) and Plantation to politics (item no. 227).

< previous page

page_55

next page >


page_56

< previous page

page_56

next page > Page 56

216 The Indo-Fijian experience. Edited by Subramani. St Lucia, Queensland: University of Queensland Press, 1979. 207p. bibliog. (Asian and Pacific Writing no. 12). This collection of twenty-four papers attempts to offer an insight into the evolving character of the Fiji Indian experience from an historical and literary perspective. See also Approaches to the study of Indian indentured emigration (item no. 200). 217 Kioa: an Ellice community in Fiji. G. M. White. Eugene, Oregon: University of Oregon, Department of Anthropology, 1965. 177p. maps. bibliog. Based on research undertaken in 1962-63, this project investigates continuities and changes in the social, economic, technological and ideological systems of the community of Kioa, which is composed of migrants from Vaitupu in the Ellice Islands. The three chapters present a brief history of the settlement and the ethnography of the Kioan community along with comparisons with Vaitupuan culture, external and internal variables of cultural change and stability. See also Village of the conquerors (item no. 234). 218 Labouring men and nothing more: some problems of Indian indenture in Fiji. B. V. Lal. In: Indentured labour in the British Empire, 1834-1920. Edited by K. Saunders. London: Croom Helm, 1984, p. 126-57. Lal relates the experience of indentured labourers who left India in search of income. He discusses the primitive legislation governing them, the powerful control exercised by the Colonial Sugar Refinery (CSR), the attitude of planters and the generally uncaring attitude of the government. The old values of the Girmitayas (hierarchy, honour, caste, corporate brotherhood) lost their meaning in this new environment. This is a clear commentary on social, living and working conditions accompanied by some useful tables. See also Indian indentured workers in Fiji (item no. 214). 219 Maro, rural Indians of Fiji. R. Chandra. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association and University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1980. 71p. maps. bibliog. Chandra reports on his study of the village of Maro, with chapters on land and settlement, economic development, the social scene, religion and religious conflict, politics and education. This paper offers a useful insight into the life of rural Indians in Fiji. See also A Fiji-Indian rural community (item no. 208) and Peasants in the Pacific (item no. 226). 220 Memories of Fiji, 1887-1987. G. D. Sharma. Suva: G. D. Sharma, 1987. 261p. bibliog. Certainly not a scholarly treatise, this chatty and wide-ranging investigation covers the arrival of Indian migrants, their experience in the cane fields, the struggle for education and political enfranchisement. Sharma also records his own views on the development of the news media, press and radio in Fiji up until 1982, as well as some reflections on political development. See also Pacific Indians (item no. 224).

< previous page

page_56

next page >


page_57

< previous page

page_57

next page > Page 57

221 Nepalese in Fiji. C. C. M. Griffin. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 5, no. 3/4 (1987), p. 16-27. This paper discusses the Nepalese community in Fiji, including family and kinship, the Feast of Dahsara, and liquor and the Fiji Nepalese Association. It is the only study devoted to this small but nonetheless important ethnic group in Fiji. 222 A new system of slavery: the export of Indian labour overseas, 1830-1920. H. Tinker. London: Oxford University Press, 1974. 432p. bibliog. Examines the process of emigration from rural India from the early nineteenth century to the 1920s and 1930s. The treatment is thematic rather than geographic, but the index provides a guide to material on Fiji, for example, emigration of Indians to Fiji, land and labour, indentures, wages, and protests and strikes. See also Indian indentured workers in Fiji (item no. 214). 223 The overseas Chinese in Fiji. S. W. Greif. Taipei, Taiwan: College of Chinese Culture, 1977. 109p. bibliog. This is a personal look at the life experiences of Fiji's Chinese community and its relations with the Indian and Fijian communities. Part one examines the political and social background of the Chinese in Fiji and presents the history of their migration to the country. Part two, looks at public opinion in 1974, and considers responses to questions put by the author to Chinese residents in Fiji; and the third part offers ten case studies of citizens with Chinese or part-Chinese ancestry, again discussing their answers to the author's questions. This is an interesting, if somewhat amateur and perhaps outdated, investigation of a significant ethnic group in Fiji. See also A Chinese community in Fiji (item no. 202) and The Chinese in the Pacific (item no. 203). 224 Pacific Indians: profiles in twenty Pacific countries. A. Ali (et al.) Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the Hanns Seidel Foundation, 1981. 240p. bibliog. The twenty-four papers in this collection present descriptions of Indian communities throughout the Pacific region; for the most part the studies are by members of those communities. 'Indian' is taken to include those whose primary ethnicity is Indian, Sri Lankan or Bangladeshi. The second essay describes the migration of indentured Indians to Fiji in the period 1879-1916 and the final three papers discuss the possible future of Indians in the Pacific. See also Memories of Fiji (item no. 220). 225 The part-time European community in Fiji. W. S. Simpson. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1974. 35p. bibliog. This short monograph discusses the origins, growth, cultural heritage and possible future of Fiji's part-European community. It provides an interesting personal interpretation of the situation of this multicultural group through a brief history of the author's family in Fiji. See also Adventurous Spirits (item no. 110).

< previous page

page_57

next page >


page_58

< previous page

page_58

next page > Page 58

226 Peasants in the Pacific: a study of Fiji Indian rural society. A. C. Mayer. Berkeley, California: University of California Press, 1973. 2nd ed. 233p. bibliog. (International Library of Sociology and Social Reconstruction). First published in 1961, this ethnographic study of Fiji Indian society is based on fieldwork conducted in the early 1950s. The author studied the people of three villages, two on Viti Levu and one on Vanua Levu; in 1971 he revisited two of the villages, and this edition includes a chapter on the findings from that visit. The work presents an account of the rural Indian community in Fiji, which concentrates on the rural social structure together with the economic, religious and political affairs of the people. Caste, kinship and culture are all highlighted, and there is some general discussion of the place of rural settlements within Fiji's wider social context. See also A Fiji-Indian rural community (item no. 208) and Maro, rural Indians of Fiji (item no. 219). 227 Plantation to politics: studies on Fiji Indians. A. Ali. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies and Fiji Times and Herald, 1980. 222p. bibliog. This collection of seven papers by Ali deals with Fiji Indian politics during the period of the 1870s to the 1970s. Among the more valuable studies are those on the strikes of 1920 and 1921, the election of March/April 1977 and the origins of Muslim separatism. See also The Fiji Indians (item no. 209) and Indians in Fiji (item no. 215). 228 Rama's banishment: a centenary tribute to the Fiji Indians, 1879-1979. Edited by V. Mishra. Auckland, New Zealand: Heinemann Educational Books, 1979. 144p. bibliog. The seven papers in this collection deal with the history, politics and society of Fiji's Indian community. Of special value are the essays on Fiji Indian society (Jayawardena) and on Fiji Indian Hinduism (Wilson). Other papers discuss linguistic adaptations, the labour force, background to emigration and the experience of Fiji Indians residing in Fiji. 229 Samoans in Fiji: migration, identity and communication. M. A. Tuimaleali'ifano. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies and University of the South Pacific, Extension Centres, 1990. 247p. bibliog. The author, himself of Samoan descent, raises a number of points in his essay on Samoan resettlement in Fiji. The following topics are covered: the oral traditions linking the two cultures; the Samoan community in Wailekutu; reciprocity and kinship co-operation; the Samoan church in Fiji; language and power; Fa'a Samoa in Fiji; contemporary Fiji/Samoan relations and multiple-Pacific identities.

< previous page

page_58

next page >


page_59

< previous page

page_59

next page > Page 59

230 The Sikhs of Fiji. G. Singh. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, [1973?]. 63p. bibliog. (South Pacific Series). The six chapters in this introductory history of Fiji's Sikh community cover the origin of Sikhism, migration to Fiji, Sikh occupations, settlement patterns, education and future directions. Although somewhat basic in content, this is a useful summary of the Sikh community in Fiji. 231 The Solomons community in Fiji. A. Kuva. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, [1980?] 41p. bibliog. Concentrating on the largest settlement of Solomon Islanders, Wailoku near Suva, this monograph tells the story of the Fijians, descended from Solomon Islanders, who came to Fiji as indentured labourers at the turn of the century. Kuva first describes the labour trade in general and then focuses on the migrants from the Solomon Islands: the experiences of those recruited to work in Fiji; their assimilation; the Wailoku community; and future possibilities. Although perhaps lacking the insights possible to be gained from empirical studies, this is the only known treatment of Solomon Islanders in Fiji. 232 Treasure islands: the trials of the Ocean Islanders. P. Binder. London: Blond & Briggs, 1977. 191p. maps. bibliog. This detailed history of Ocean Island offers a full description of the Banaban culture and shows how it was changed by missionaries and blackbird-hunters. The majority of the work deals with the British Phosphate Company and Commission and how it destroyed the island through its mining operations. There is also substantial detail on the relocation of the Banabans to Rabi and a description of the trial in London at which the Banabans unsuccessfully argued for the rehabilitation of their island. This is the most comprehensive study of Banaba and the way in which the Banabans became an ethnic minority in Fiji. See also Banabans in Fiji (item no. 201), Disconcerting issue (item no. 205) and Exiles and migrants (item no. 207). 233 Turn northeast at the tombstone. W. Gill. Adelaide, Australia: Rigby, 1979. 171p. Although essentially the author's autobiography and the story of his travels in Fiji, this highly personal narrative does include some interesting accounts of the experience of indentured workers in Fiji. As such, it serves as a colourful adjunct to the more scholarly studies on this topic. A chapter has been reprinted in Indo-Fijian experience (item no. 576). 234 Village of the conquerors: Sawana, a Tongan village in Fiji. A. P. Lessin, P. J. Lessin. Eugene, Oregon: University of Oregon, Department of Anthropology, 1965. 258, 38, 24p. maps. bibliog. Based on research undertaken in 1964-65, this study of a village in the Lomaloma District on Vanua Mbalavu examines the physical environment relinquished by the Tongans in their homeland and that which they appropriated in Fiji. The Lessins then describe the government, religion, economy and interpersonal relations in Tonga before Ma'afu (the son of the Tongan king) relocated to Fiji. This detailed description

< previous page

page_59

next page >


page_60

< previous page

page_60

next page > Page 60

is followed by a discussion of the relocated Tongan community in terms of its early, middle and recent history. See also Kioa: an Ellice community in Fiji (item no. 217). 235 The violence of indenture in Fiji. V. Naidu. Suva: University of the South Pacific in association with World University Service, 1980. 94p. map. bibliog. (Fiji Monograph Series, no. 3). Based on documentary evidence and interviews with survivors of the indenture experience, this study of the Indian indentured labour system in Fiji focuses on the problem of violence among indentured migrants. Naidu emphasizes the social environment in particular and factors in it that contributed to the high level of violence, including suicide, among Indian labourers. The study then looks at the background to indentured labour, recruitment of workers, conditions of their journey and plantation life, and major aspects of violence (murder, rape and suicide). See also Approaches to the study of Indian indentured emigration (item no. 200).

< previous page

page_60

next page >


page_61

< previous page

page_61

next page > Page 61

Language 236 Duwosavosa. Fiji's languages: their use and their future. G. B. Milner, D. G. Arms, P. Geraghty. Fiji Museum Bulletin, no. 8 (1984). 84p. The three papers in this collection on Fiji's languages cover language, culture and education in Fiji (Milner); the church and the vernacular (Arms); and language policy in Fiji and Rotuma (Geraghty). The papers by Milner and Arms defend the Fijian language and plead for its continued use. Geraghty's fifty-two page contribution is divided into two parts; Part one deals with language policy in the colonial period and the pre-eminence of Fijian, while Part two discusses the emergence of the Indians and of English. This substantial essay outlines the history and development of the Fijian language in conjunction with the development of the country. Geraghty discusses the use of language by different ethnic groups, as well as attitudes towards language, languages of the media and radio, government language policy, the Fijian Dictionary Project, education and finally church language policy. Geraghty concludes with forecasts of future language development. See also History of the Fijian languages (item no. 243) and Language contact in a plantation environment (item no. 244). 237 Fiji Hindi: a basic course and reference grammar. R. F. Moag in conjunction with R. Narayan. Canberra: Australian National University Press in collaboration with the University of the South Pacific Extension Services, 1977. 291p. This is a textbook for non-Hindi speakers wishing to learn the Fiji Hindi language. Hindi script and English transcription are used, and exercises are provided. The six units include structural models, vocabulary, dialogues and exercises. Answer guides, glossaries and appendices of verb forms, comparative grammar and sound changes complete this comprehensive introductory course. See also Fiji Hindi-English (item no. 238).

< previous page

page_61

next page >


page_62

< previous page

page_62

next page > Page 62

238 Fiji Hindi-English, English-Fiji Hindi dictionary. Compiled by S. Hobbs. Suva: Ministry of Education, 1985. 204p. This is a basic guide to colloquial Fiji Hindi and its English equivalents and it is intended for non-Hindi speakers and those learning Fiji Hindi. The Hindi is written in transcription using English letters. There are more than 2,100 entries and definitions in each of the two sections, and a short guide to pronunciation is also provided. This is useful for anyone seeking a list of Fiji Hindi words and their English equivalents. See also Fiji Hindi (item no. 237). 239 Fijian and English and an English and Fijian dictionary; with examples of common and peculiar modes of expression and uses of words, also, containing brief hints on native customs, proverbs, the native names of natural productions, the notices of the islands of Fiji, and a grammar of the language, with examples of native idioms. D. Hazlewood, 2nd ed. edited by J. Calvert. Reprinted New York: AMS Press, 1979. 281, 64p. map. First published in 1872, this is an important early Fijian-English, English-Fijian dictionary, prepared by the Wesleyan missionary, David Hazlewood. The most substantial section of the title is devoted to an explanation of Fijian words in the Fijian-English dictionary. This is followed by an English and Fijian word section which is designed to function as an index to the Fijian-English dictionary. English words are listed, followed by the Fijian equivalent(s). Other inclusions are a short guide to the islands of Fiji, botanical and zoological names not included in the dictionary and a Fijian grammar. See also A new Fijian dictionary (item no. 247). 240 Fijian grammar. G. B. Milner. Suva: Government Printing Department, 1967. 2nd ed. 150p. A short grammar intended for those wishing to study the Fijian language. After the introduction the content is arranged in twenty-one lessons, most of which are followed by exercises. The book concludes with keys to the exercises plus several appendices covering such topics as special terms and kinship terms. See also Say it in Fijian (item no. 248) and Spoken Fijian (item no. 249). 241 The Fijian language. A. J. Schütz. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1985. 688p. map. bibliog. Schütz has produced a comprehensive study of standard Fijian which is intended as a reference work. It treats in detail such topics as verb and noun classification, transitivity, phonological hierarchy, orthography, specification, possession, subordination and the definite article, as well as other topics. Schütz also attempts to draw these topics together into a unified picture of the standard Fijian language. See also Languages of Fiji (item no. 245).

< previous page

page_62

next page >


page_63

< previous page

page_63

next page > Page 63

242 Grammar of Boumaa Fijian. R. M. W. Dixon. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1988. 375p. maps. bibliog. Dixon offers a comprehensive grammar of Boumaa, a dialect of the eastern language that is mutually intelligible with Standard Fijian. Where Boumaa differs from Standard Fijian, comparative notes are included. Standard Fijian is used almost to the exclusion of local dialects in schools, in newspapers and books, in radio programes, and in government documents. It is also the lingua franca, used for communication between people whose own dialects differ markedly. The twenty-five chapters cover such elements as phonology, syntax, parts of speech, numbers, word derivations, sentence structure and clauses. This is a detailed grammar of a particular Fijian dialect. 243 The history of the Fijian languages. P. A. Geraghty. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1983. 483p. maps. bibliog. This is an intensive study of the construction of the Fijian language. Chapters cover the sound patterns of Fiji, regular and less regular sound changes, Fijian morphology and syntax, grouping of 'communalects' and the development of the Fijian languages. Also included is an index of proto-eastern Oceanic reconstructions, an index of proto-central Pacific and proto-Tokalau Polynesian reconstructions, an index of proto-Polynesian reconstructions and an index of Fijian words. See also Duwosavosa (item no. 236) and Language contact in a plantation environment (item no. 244). 244 Language contact in a plantation environment: a sociolinguistic history of Fiji. J. Siegel. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1987. 305p. maps. bibliog. Siegel initially provides an introduction to the language contact in Fiji before the plantation era and language as it developed on the early plantations. He then examines the use and development of the Fijian language, the introduction and influence of languages from India and their development. The study concludes with a discussion of the linguistic legacy of the plantations, with special reference to the development of Fiji Hindi, the Gilbertese language and Wai (a Malaitan language in Fiji) and pidgin languages in Fiji today. See also Duwosavosa (item no. 236) and History of the Fijian languages (item no. 243). 245 The languages of Fiji. A. J. Schütz. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972. 120p. maps. bibliog. This account of the languages of Fiji includes interesting information on the reactions of missionaries, residents and linguists to these languages, from the early nineteenth century right up until the 1970s. Schütz concentrates on the opinions of linguists on the various languages, their descriptions of structure and their ideas regarding interrelationships among the languages both within Fiji and elsewhere in Oceania. There is substantial discussion of the unique writing system, the solution to grammatical problems unknown in European languages and the high degree of linguistic variation within a small geographic region. A key bibliography (pages 110-15) concludes the discussion. See also The Fijian language (item no. 241).

< previous page

page_63

next page >


page_64

< previous page

page_64

next page > Page 64

246 Na i vosavosa vakaviti e so: a collection of Fijian idioms. A. K. Raiwalui, preface by G. K. Roth. Melbourne: Oxford University Press in association with the South Pacific Commission Literature Bureau, 1954. 51p. This simple booklet was originally prepared for the use of Methodist mission staff who wished to study Fijian. It contains English and Fijian versions of idioms, with a literal translation of each one and a bilingual note explaining its meaning. Containing 160 expressions, this is not intended to be more than a basic, preliminary listing. The author's introduction and Roth's preface are both bilingual. 247 A new Fijian dictionary. A. Capell. Suva: Government Printer, 1968. 3rd. ed. 407p. This is the standard dictionary of the Fijian language. A revision of Hazlewood's 1850 Dictionary of the Fijian language, it is a Fijian-English/English-Fijian dictionary, prepared for the Government of Fiji. The Fijian-English section forms the most substantial section of the dictionary and provides all meanings and uses of known words, but pronunciation is not given. The English-Fijian section is less substantial and provides the word(s) corresponding to the English word. See also Fijian and English and an English and Fijian dictionary (item no. 239). 248 Say it in Fijian: an entertaining introduction to the language of Fiji. A. J. Schütz. Brisbane, Australia: Robert Brown & Associates, 1990. 55p. map. bibliog. A leading linguist, Schütz provides some early history of the language and information on the making of the alphabet along with this basic introduction to the Fijian language. Essentially, however, it is devoted to grammatical detail on how the language works. Schütz includes common sentences, words and phrases in his discussion, and there is also a basic English-Fijian/Fijian-English vocabulary. The work was first published in 1972 and has undergone several revisions. See also Fijian grammar (item no. 240) and Spoken Fijian (item no. 249). 249 Spoken Fijian: an intensive course in Bauan Fijian with grammatical notes and glossary. A. J. Schütz, R. T. Komaitai. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1971. 258p. This is the only detailed text on learning Fijian and is also recognized as the standard work on the subject. It draws heavily on the linguistic expertise of Schütz, generally acknowledged as the leading scholar of the Fijian language. See also Fijian grammar (item no. 240) and Say it in Fijian (item no. 248).

< previous page

page_64

next page >


page_65

< previous page

page_65

next page > Page 65

Religion 250 The Arya Samaj in Fiji: a movement in Hindu diaspora. P. Bilimoria. Religion, vol. 15 (1985), p. 103-30. Outlines the impact that Hinduism has had on Fiji through the sect of Arya Samaj. Bilimoria makes particular reference to encounters with other religious bodies, involvement in socio-cultural and economic life and the contribution to education and social 'betterment'. The author argues that Gandhi's freedom movement raised the spiritual consciousness of Hindu Indians in Fiji. See also From Holi to Diwali in Fiji (item no. 261), Holy torture (item no. 265) and Text and context in Fijian hinduism (item no. 287). 251 The Cannibal islands, or Fiji and its people. Philadelphia: Presbyterian Publication Committee, 1863. 369p. Early missionary observations of Fijian society form the basis of this descriptive account of Fiji and its people. Against the background of general observations on the culture and life of Fijians at the time, the work discusses the role and activities of early missionaries in Fiji and the practice of cannibalism. The narrative tends more towards a description of missionary activity in Fiji, aimed at an American audience than a detailed discussion on cannibalism. See also Churches and church workers in Fiji (item no. 253). 252 Christianity, people of the land, and chiefs in Fiji. M. Kaplan. In: Christianity in Oceania: ethnographic perspectives. Edited by J. Barker. Lanham, Maryland: University Press of America, 1990, p. 127-47. (Association for Social Anthropology in Oceania Monographs, no. 12). Based on the author's fieldwork in Ra Province, Viti Levu and on archival research and residence in Fiji, this paper explores ways in which Fijians have made Christianity part of their system of meaning. The intention is to show how a Fijian cultural logic underlies the different ways in which Fijians have apprehended and

< previous page

page_65

next page >


page_66

< previous page

page_66

next page > Page 66

encompassed a foreign god. To do this Kaplan presents an ethnographic analysis of Christianity in the village of Drauniivi and contrasts this with other versions of Fijian Christianity, especially as revealed during the 1987 coups. See also Meaning, agency and colonial history (item no. 276). 253 Churches and church workers in Fiji. C. S. Ross. Geelong, Victoria: H. Thacker, 1909. 108p. Ross, himself a Presbyterian missionary in Fiji, tells the story of a long line of other Presbyterian missionaries in the islands. Although the work is intended as an appeal for Australian support for the needs of Presbyterian settlers in Fiji, it does offer a reasonable account of missionary activity by a church that has exercised an important influence in the islands. See also The cannibal islands (item no. 251). 254 The congregation of the poor. P. Rokotuiviwa. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1975. 58p. Founded by Sekaia Loaniceva in the 1950s, the Congregation of the Poor has grown significantly since then. Rokotuiviwa describes it as a Christian sect, as distinct from a native cult movement, and offers details of the group's growth, members and practices. In eight brief chapters the author covers the founder of the Congregation and his five visions, the beginnings of the new religion, its precepts and covenants, healing ministry, beliefs and prophecies. 255 The diaries and correspondence of David Cargill, 1832-1843. Edited, with an introduction and annotations by A. J. Schütz. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1977. 255p. bibliog. (Pacific History Series, no. 10). Although only in Fiji for a few years (1835-40), Cargill had a significant impact on nineteenth-century developments in the islands. This was as much for his linguistic abilities as his missionary zeal, for he devised the most widely-accepted alphabet for the Fijian language. The diaries show painful personal insights into how an alien culture affected this sensitive missionary. The introduction and annotations by Schütz are particularly useful in explaining references in the diaries and placing the work in context. See also Fiji and the Fijians (item no. 256), Friendly and Feejee islands (item no. 260) and The inseparable grief (item no. 269). 256 Fiji and the Fijians; and, missionary labours among the cannibals. Extended with notices of recent events; also new preface and index. T. Williams, J. Calvert, edited by G. S. Rowe, introductory notice by C. F. Gordon Cumming. London: Charles H. Kelly, 1884? 592p. Contains two notable missionary works which are often cited in historical and religious studies of Fiji: Fiji and the Fijians by Thomas Williams (pages 1-224) and Missionary labours among the cannibals by James Calvert (pages 225588). Williams writes on the islands and their inhabitants generally, but also covers religion; his study, however, is of more value for its anthropological and cultural notes than its religious content. Calvert writes on the history of missions in Fiji, and this is the work's real strength in terms of religion. He covers all regions (Rewa, Lakemba,

< previous page

page_66

next page >


page_67

< previous page

page_67

next page > Page 67

Somosomo, Ono, for example) and discusses the foundation of Christian colleges, printing and publishing, key personalities, general religious development in the islands, and other topics associated with missionary endeavours. The two works have been reprinted many times, most recently in two volumes under the common title, Fiji and the Fijians (New York: AMS Press, 1977; Suva: Fiji Museum, 1982). See also The journal of Thomas Williams (item no. 272), James Calvert of Fiji (item no. 270) and Unto the perfect day (item no. 290). 257 Fiji revisited: a Columban father's memories of twenty-eight years in the islands. E. Fischer. New York: Crossroad, 1981. 158p. The narrative, which details the work of the Columban Fathers in the Fijian islands, is based largely on stories told to the author by Father Martin Dobey, a long-time missionary in Fiji. It is very much a personal story based on Dobey's experiences but also draws material from conversations with many other Columbans and locals. See also Historical notes on the Catholic mission (item no. 263), The Marist Brothers (item no. 275), Pearls of the Pacific (item no. 284) and Petite histoire à Fiji (item no. 285). 258 Footsteps in the sea: Christianity in Oceania to world war II. J. Garrett. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the World Council of Churches, 1992. 514p. Sequel to To live among the stars (item no. 289) which covers Christianity in Oceania from 1900 to the Second World War. Fiji is discussed in two chapters (pages 155-85, 390-99), with particular attention paid to the activities of Methodists, Catholics, Adventists and Anglicans in the period 1900-20. Garrett is objective, factual and ecumenical in his treatment, although perhaps somewhat more detailed in his analysis of Methodism in the islands. 259 Forbidden islands. J. P. L. Gray. Mountain View, California: Pacific Press Publishing Association, 1969. 106p. Here is a general description of the author's time in Fiji as a Seventh-Day Adventist missionary. In a highly personal, autobiographical account, consisting of ten chapters, Gray describes the work of Adventists in Fiji, recounting both their successes and failures as missionaries in particular. See also Fulton's footprints (item no. 262). 260 Friendly and Feejee islands: a missionary visit to various stations in the South Seas in the year 1847. W. Lawry, edited by E. Hoole. London: Charles Gilpin, 1850. 303p. map. Lawry was a General Superintendant of Wesleyan Missions in New Zealand and also Visitor of Missions in the Friendly Islands and Fiji, which he visited in the midcentury. Parts two to four of this descriptive account of his visit (page 77) discuss Fiji, but in a rather naïve travelogue fashion that adds little to our understanding of religion in the islands. Nevertheless, there is certainly some useful information on missionary activity, and the appendix provides accurate data on local customs,

< previous page

page_67

next page >


page_68

< previous page

page_68

next page > Page 68

religion and mythology of the period. See also Diaries and correspondence of David Cargill (item no. 255) and Fiji and the Fijians (item no. 256). 261 From Holi to Diwali in Fiji: an essay on ritual and history. J. D. Kelly. Man, vol. 23, no. 1 (1988): 40-55. bibliog. When Indians first arrived in Fiji, Holi was their principal religious festival, although this was subsequently replaced by Diwali. This ritual shift, Kelly argues, transformed religious attitudes from transcendence to perfection-oriented devotionalism. Fiji Indian participation in Indian 'nationalism' and in political devotionalism set new priorities in Indian ritual and also in their political and economic activities. Thus much of Fiji Indian history was determined by a transformation in devotional orientations, enacted in changing ritual practices. See also The Arya Samaj in Fiji (250), Holy torture (item no. 265) and Text and context in Fijian hinduism (item no. 287). 262 Fulton's footprints in Fiji. Eric B. Hare. Washington, DC: Review and Herald Publishing Association, 1969. 225p. map. (The Best of Eric B. Hare Stories). Fulton was a Seventh-Day Adventist missionary in Fiji at the turn of the century and well into the twentieth century. It was he who was responsible for beginning Fulton Missionary College, which had a major impact on education in the islands. This collection deals with Fulton's work in Fiji from 1896, but it is also useful as a source of information on other Seventh-Day Adventist missionaries and related topics. See also Forbidden islands (item no. 259). 263 Historical notes on the Catholic mission of Wairiki, Taveuni. F. Terrien, translated and amplified by 'BAM', Suva, 1943. Canberra: Australian National University, Pacific Manuscripts Bureau, [n.d.] 35mm microfilm. 1 reel. These extensive notes on an important Catholic mission cover the period from 1844 to 1922. They were compiled by Father Terrien, SM, who directed the mission from 1895 to 1922. The original document is held in the Roman Catholic Archdiocesan Archives in Suva. See also Fiji revisited (item no. 257), The Marist Brothers (item no. 275), Pearls of the Pacific (item no. 284) and Petite histoire à Fiji (item no. 285). 264 History of the Methodist Church in its Rotuman setting. J. Langi. In: Island churches: challenge and change. Edited by C.W. Foreman. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1992, p. 1-73. map. bibliog. Based on a thesis presented to the Pacific Theological College, this is an important contribution to our understanding of one of the first churches established in the islands by Europeans. A brief survey of religious beliefs and pre-European contact opens the study, which is followed by details on the arrival of Europeans and European missionaries and the conversion of Rotumans to Christianity. The development of the Methodist Church and its fluctuating relations with other churches to the present day is also outlined. Primary, secondary and oral sources are utilized in this very specific study. See also A hundred years in Fiji (item no. 266) and The Methodist mission and Fiji's Indians (item no. 278).

< previous page

page_68

next page >


page_69

< previous page

page_69

next page > Page 69

265 Holy torture in Fiji. Muneshwar Sahadeo (et al.), photographs by S. Ritova. Sydney: Pacific Publications, 1974. 64p. Informative and easy to read, this lavishly-illustrated study of 'holy torture' is in three parts. Part one, by Muneshwar Sahadeo and Sister Mary Stella, looks at Hindu practices associated with the worship of Durga near Suva whipping, dancing on knives, hands plunged into boiling ghee and piercing the body with steel. Part two, by Bhairo Lal and Semi Seruvakula, covers fire-walking as practised at the Mariamma Temple in Suva; and part three discusses these rituals in a wider perspective. A similar (but unseen) study of indigenous Fijian religious practices is M. D. Sahlins, Raw women, cooked men and other good things of the Fiji islands (Washington, DC: Society for Psychological Anthropology, 1983). See also The Arya Samaj in Fiji (item no. 250), From Holi to Diwali in Fiji (item no. 261) and Text and context in Fijian hinduism (item no. 287). 266 A hundred years in Fiji. J. W. Burton, W. Deane. London: Epworth Press; 1936. 144p. This work records the work of the pioneer Methodist missionaries and their successors. It presents the positive views of the authors, one a General Secretary of the Methodist Missionary Society of Australasia and the other actually a missionary in Fiji for several years, towards the effects of missionary work 'in the transformation of a race from savagery and barbarity to happiness and healthy life'. Although clearly biased, this title does contain valuable information on the work of early Methodists in Fiji. See also History of the Methodist church in its Rotuman setting (item no. 264) and The Methodist mission and Fiji's Indians (item no. 278). 267 I remember: personal memories of a New Zealand missionary in Fiji. Inez Hames. Wesley Historical Society (New Zealand) Proceedings, vol. 27, no. 5 (1972). 90p. Inez Hames was a Methodist missionary teacher in Fiji from the 1920s. While this is not a particularly informative account for one who was in the islands for so many years, it does give some helpful background on Protestant missions. Hames was also an avid collector of Fijian legends and folklore; see Legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 582). 268 Imprints of the Fiji Catholic mission, including the Loreto Press, 1864-1954. P. O'Reilly. London: Francis Edwards; Suva: Catholic Mission, 1958. 60p. bibliog. O'Reilly presents a chronological listing of 127 books and pamphlets, largely devotional and catechetical, which were published by an important mission in Fiji. Full bibliographical details and an abstract are provided for each item, and there is also a brief history of Loreto Press.

< previous page

page_69

next page >


page_70

< previous page

page_70

next page > Page 70

269 The inseparable grief: Margaret Cargill of Fiji. M. Dickson. London: Epworth Press, 1976. 174p. In this moving story of the wife of David Cargill, known for his linguistic skills and missionary zeal (item no. 255), the author offers a different perspective on life and religion in the islands. She provides an invaluable insight into the personal life of Cargill, who died an alcoholic after the death of his wife and baby in Fiji. 270 James Calvert of Fiji. G. S. Rowe. London: Charles H. Kelly, 1893. 304p. This biography of a noted Wesleyan missionary to Fiji contains seven chapters which deal with his life, work in the mission field and the major accomplishments he achieved in such centres as Lakemba, Ono, Viwa and Bau. Although somewhat hagiographical, Rowe's work offers a reasonably clear portrait of Calvert, whose stay in the islands chronologically followed John Hunt (item no. 274). See also James Calvert (item no. 271), Fiji and the Fijians (item no. 256) and Unto the perfect day (item no. 290). 271 James Calvert; or, from dark to dawn in Fiji. R. Vernon. New York: Fleming H. Revell, 1890. 3rd ed. 160p. While dealing in general with the history of Christian missions in Fiji, this work concentrates mainly on the work of James Calvert, the noted Wesleyan missionary, in Lakemba, Ono, Viwa and Bau during the mid-nineteenth century. Vernon offers a rather uncritical view of Calvert and his work, treating him as an example of a successful evangelical Protestant in a somewhat hostile society. See also James Calvert of Fiji (item no. 270). 272 The journal of Thomas Williams, missionary in Fiji, 1840-1853. Edited by G. C. Henderson. Sydney: Angus & Robertson, 1931. 2 vols. map. bibliog. This is an extremely detailed journal of an important Protestant missionary and ranks as the most comprehensive of a whole host of diaries and journals from a number of other missionaries. Of particular value are the extensive introduction and annotations by the editor. The detailed footnotes are based on manuscript and archival sources, offering useful guidance on what is available in this area. See also Fiji and the Fijians (item no. 256). 273 Levuka days of a parson in Polynesia. C. W. Whonsbon-Aston. London: The Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, for the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, 1936. 95p. map. Written by a long-serving Anglican priest in Fiji, this brief study outlines the development of Anglicanism in the islands and especially the work of William Floyd, the first Archdeacon of Fiji, and of the author. Although this work could not be considered as scholarly and even though the author is very anecdotal in his approach, the title is one of only two to have been written about the Anglican Church in Fiji; see also The moon and Polynesia (item no. 279), which offers even less detail on this denomination. Whonsbon-Aston has also written more specifically on the work of Floyd in Pacific Irishman (item no. 283).

< previous page

page_70

next page >


page_71

< previous page

page_71

next page > Page 71

274 The life of John Hunt: missionary to the cannibals. G. S. Rowe. London: Hamilton, Adams, 1860. Although he died at the young age of thirty-six, Hunt was a major missionary figure in Fiji for a decade (1839-48). The fourteen chapters in this work offer a reasonably objective portrait of the man and his work, referring inter alia to the work of James Calvert (item no. 256). Rowe does not take an overly hagiographical approach to Hunt, which gives the work continuing biographical value. See also Unto the perfect day (item no. 290). 275 The Marist Brothers in New Zealand, Fiji and Samoa, 1876-1976. P. O. Gallagher. Tuakau, New Zealand: New Zealand Marist Brothers Trust Board, 1976. 210p. bibliog. This is a detailed history of the Marist Brothers in the Pacific islands that treats their presence in Fiji as part of the wider study. Arriving in Fiji in 1888, the Marists made rapid progress in establishing a Catholic presence in the islands through the development of schools, a novitiate and other related activities. This somewhat uncritical volume presents numerous details on Catholic life and missions in Fiji. See also Fiji revisited (item no. 257), Historical notes on the Catholic mission (item no. 263), Pearls of the Pacific (item no. 284) and Petite histoire à Fiji (item no. 285). 276 Meaning, agency and colonial history: Navosavakadua and the Tuka movement in Fiji. M. Kaplan. American ethnologist, vol. 17 (1990), p. 3-22. bibliog. Reconsiders Navosavakadua, a nineteenth-century Fijian oracle/priest, and his Tuka movement, which was once considered a paradigmatic cargo cult. This cult contested the developing colonial orthodoxy, yet both the cult and colonial orthodoxy are shown by Kaplan to be articulates of Fijian ritual politics, colonial authority and the God of Christianity. See also Christianity, People of the Land (item no. 252). 277 Messengers of grace: evangelical missionaries in the South Seas 1797-1860. N. Gunson. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1978. 437p. maps. bibliog. In this scholarly account of the activities of Protestant missionaries in the South Seas Gunson provides students of Pacific and missionary history with an analytical account of the first successful missionaries in the Pacific islands. Relying on primary sources he attempts to separate propaganda from reality in this history. References to Fiji can be followed up from the index, but there is no separate section on Fiji missionaries. The book includes an excellent bibliography and a useful biographical listing of missionaries who served in the South Seas. See also Overseas missions of the Australian methodist church (item nos. 281, 282). 278 The Methodist mission and Fiji's Indians, 1879-1920. A. Thornley. New Zealand journal of history, vol. 8, no. 2 (1974), p. 137-53. Thornley examines the reaction of Methodist missionaries in Fiji to the arrival of indentured Indian labourers from 1879 onwards. He considers evangelization by individual missionaries, changes in mission policy, problems facing the missions,

< previous page

page_71

next page >


page_72

< previous page

page_72

next page > Page 72

their impact on the Indians and the shift from evangelization to education and welfare work by the missions. See also Our Indian work in Fiji (item no. 280). 279 The moon and Polynesia. C. W. Whonsbon-Aston. London: Society for the Propagation of the Gospel; Stanmore, New South Wales: Australian Board of Missions, 1963. 20p. maps. One of three short studies by the former Archdeacon of Polynesia (also item nos. 273, 283), this work is mainly about the region, its features and its people. There is nonetheless, a small amount of information (ten pages) on Fiji and the Anglican Church there. 280 Our Indian work in Fiji. J. W. Burton. Suva: Methodist Mission Press for the Australasian Methodist Missionary Society, 1909. 64p. Burton, a Methodist missionary, discusses the condition of the Fiji Indians and the work of the missionaries among them. Clearly written to motivate support for the Methodist missions in Fiji, this work adds a certain amount of local colour to our limited knowledge of missionary work among the Indian population. See also The methodist mission and Fiji's Indians (item no. 278). 281 Overseas missions of the Australian Methodist Church. Volume 2: Fiji. A. H. Wood. Melbourne: Aldersgate Press, 1978. 410p. 2 maps. bibliog. In this second volume of his trilogy on Methodist missions in the Pacific, Wood covers the development of Methodism in Fiji, a religion which is pre-eminent among the indigenous population and which has strongly influenced the development and shape of modern Fiji. This is a detailed and thorough history covering important events in the growth of the Methodist Church and of Fiji. The influence and impact of the Church on all aspects of life are examined, from education and politics to relationships with other religious groups. This is an essential work for those interested in the development of modern Fiji and the Methodist Church. See also Volume 3 (item no. 282) and Messengers of grace (item no. 277). 282 Overseas missions of the Australian Methodist Church. Volume 3: Fiji-Indian and Rotuma. A. H. Wood. Melbourne: Aldersgate Press, 1978. 146p. 2 maps. bibliog. The introductory chapter ('Wesleyan Missions in the Pacific') in volume one (which covers Samoa and Tonga) of this three-volume work should be read for a general overview of the topic. In volume three Wood discusses the influence of Methodist missionaries on the Indian population in Fiji and Rotuma, and stresses the work of particular missionaries. He concludes that, in general, the influence of these missionaries was not great in terms of gaining new believers in the primarily Hindu and Muslim Indian community. See also Volume 2 (item no. 281) and Messengers of grace (item no. 277).

< previous page

page_72

next page >


page_73

< previous page

page_73

next page > Page 73

283 Pacific Irishman: William Floyd memorial lecture, Holy Trinity Anglican Cathedral, Suva, Fiji, August 28, 1970. C. W. Whonsbon-Aston. Stanmore, New South Wales: Australian Board of Missions, 1970. 63p. This is an address by the Anglican priest who succeeded Floyd as Archdeacon of Fiji. It offers a largely first-hand historical account of the Anglican Church in Fiji and of the pivotal role of William Floyd in establishing an Anglican presence in Polynesia. To a lesser extent the author discusses other churches in the islands. See also Levuka days (item no. 273). 284 Pearls of the Pacific: an account of the visit of the Apostolic Delegate to the Catholic missions of Fiji, Samoa and Tonga. W. M. Collins. Melbourne: The Advocate Press, 1925. 54p. map. Records the first visit by a papal representative to Fiji and the surrounding islands. It is largely pious and hortatory, but it is also one of the few items that exist about Roman Catholicism in Fiji. Cattaneo, the Apostolic Delegate, visited Fiji twice in 1924, and his impressions are recorded on pages 11-23 and 48-54. See also Fiji revisited (item no. 257), Historical notes on the Catholic mission (item no. 263), The Marist Brothers (item no. 275) and Petite histoire à Fiji (item no. 285). 285 La petite histoire à Fiji. Canberra: Australian National University, Pacific Manuscripts Bureau, [n.d.] 35mm microfilm. 1 reel. This copy of an original document held in the Roman Catholic Archdiocesan Archives in Suva presents a brief history of the Catholic Church in Fiji. Although not scholarly, it does offer factual data which is not available elsewhere. See also Fiji revisited (item no. 257), Historical notes on the Catholic mission (item no. 263), The Marist Brothers (item no. 275) and Pearls of the Pacific (item no. 284). 286 A search for soil for the mustard seed: the impact of ecumenical social thought in Fiji and the Pacific. S. Siwatibau, W. Flannery. Ecumenical review, vol 40, no. 2 (1988), p. 233-40. Brief paper which focuses on the influence of ecumenical social thought on the churches in Fiji and extrapolates from this the likely influence of this thought in the wider region. The authors cover the religious situation in Fiji during the 1980s, outline the social and cultural problems facing Fiji and other island nations in the Pacific, and discuss the impact of the World Council of Churches and its programmes on these problems. See also Thinking theology aloud (item no. 288). 287 Text and context in Fijian Hinduism: uses of religion. J. Wilson. Religion, vol. 5 (1975), p. 53-68. Using a sample of urban Hindus in Fiji, Wilson assesses the six main uses they make of their religion: entertainment (kama); aid in crises (artha); help in success and happiness (artha); moral guidance (dharma); a framework for life; and a path to freedom (moksha). He finds that these six uses can be correlated with the four aims of

< previous page

page_73

next page >


page_74

< previous page

page_74

next page > Page 74

life stressed in Hindu texts. See also The Arya Samaj in Fiji (item no. 250), From Holi to Diwali in Fiji (item no. 261) and Holy torture (item no. 265). 288 Thinking theology aloud in Fiji. S. Tuwere. In: The gospel is not Western: black theologies from the Southwest Pacific. Edited by G. W. Trompf. Maryknoll, New York: Orbis Books, 1987, p. 148-54. In this brief paper Tuwere attempts to reconcile Christian theology in Fiji with the Fijian outlook on human relationships and the attempts to live in a society confronted by different but related forces: traditionalism; pluralism and modernization. See also A search for soil (item no. 286). 289 To live among the stars: Christian origins in Oceania. J. Garrett. Geneva: World Council of Churches in association with the University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1982. 412p. Fiji is primarily covered in two chapters (pages 102-15, 279-88) in this history of Protestant and Catholic origins in Oceania and of church growth until 1900. Garrett discusses the Wesleyan initiative in Fiji in some detail, including key figures in the missionary movement. He also treats later Methodism in the islands and Roman Catholic missions to a lesser extent. See also Footsteps in the sea (item no. 258). 290 Unto the perfect day: the journal of Thomas James Jaggar, Feejee, 1838-1845. Edited by Esther Keesing-Styles, William Keesing-Styles. Auckland, New Zealand: Solent Publishing, 1988. 136p. maps. Jaggar, along with Hunt and Calvert, was a particularly important figure in the nineteenth-century Protestant missions in Fiji. This transcription of his Fiji journal contains interesting information on life among the natives and the work of the missionaries, with special reference to the establishment of the printing presses which contributed significantly to literacy among the native population. Copied from the original by the author's descendant, Esther Keesing-Styles, and by William Keesing-Styles, it is presented in diary format without an index or substantial introduction. See also James Calvert (item no. 271), James Calvert of Fiji (item no. 270) and The life of John Hunt (item no. 274).

< previous page

page_74

next page >


page_75

< previous page

page_75

next page > Page 75

Society and Social Conditions 291 Acceleration of social change in a Fijian community. W. R. Geddes. Oceania, vol. 16 (1945), p. 1-14. Geddes discusses aspects of change in native Fijian society during 1941-45, based on his personal experience, gained during service with the Fiji Military Forces. He focuses on village society, and in particular on the effects of war on communal organization, social values and race relations. See also Under two laws (item no. 313). 292 Aspects of ageing in Fiji. N. K. Plange. Suva: University of the South Pacific, School of Social and Economic Development, 1987. 133p. bibliog. The study commences with an overview of the world's ageing population and then examines the social and economic environment in which the elderly find themselves in Fiji. The differing situation for the elderly in developing countries compared with developed countries is highlighted, and the role of the family in support of the elderly is emphasized. The absence of a pension system, extensive government and other welfare subsidies and old-age insurance programmes places and increasing emphasis on the role of the family. Plange offers suggestions for future study and ways of improving the situation. 293 Colonial capitalism and class formation in Fiji: a retrospective overview. N. K. Plange. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 11 (1985), 91-116. This substantial paper presents an historical discussion of the process of class formation in Fiji's capitalist economic system. Plange offers a classic Marxist interpretation of class formation that has informed much writing on this topic. See also Making Sense of Hierarchy (item no. 304).

< previous page

page_75

next page >


page_76

< previous page

page_76

next page > Page 76

294 Colour, culture and conflict: a study of pluralism in Fiji. A. F. Mamak. Rushcutters Bay, New South Wales: Pergamon Press Australia, 1978. 203p. bibliog. Based on the author's doctoral dissertation, this detailed study investigates a wide range of issues related to pluralism in Fiji: politics; religion; voluntary associations; education; trade unions; working environment; and economic activities. Of special interest is the discussion of social conditions in relation to urban migration and settlement. Mamak's treatment of the 1972 election, trade union movements and related aspects of urban Fijian society at the time of independence is also of particular value. There is a useful bibliography (pages 198-203) covering the major works on this topic. See also The 'conflict' model of pluralism (item no. 295). 295 The 'conflict' model of pluralism: some evidence from Somosomo, Taveuni. V. Naidu. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 3 (1977), p. 55-67. Focusing on Somosomo in Taveuni, Naidu questions the assumption of pluralist thinkers that diversity invariably leads to disagreement and conflict and that the existence of differences is sufficient in itself to cause social discord. Somosomo is a pluralist community but is not riddled with tensions and hostility as the conflict model would suggest. See also Colour, culture and conflict (item no. 294). 296 Cottage housing scheme. C. N. Nettleton. Sydney: South Pacific Commission, Social Development Section, 1952. 12p. map. (Social Development Circulars, no. 14). This outline of low-cost housing construction for Fiji provides details of construction and costings for various prototypes. 297 Development or dependence: the pattern of change in a Fijian village. A. Ravuvu. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies and University of the South Pacific, Fiji Extension Centre, 1988. 204p. maps. bibliog. This is a study of rural development and modernization which focuses on the declining self-sufficiency and self-reliance among Fijians as development efforts intensify in rural areas. The author concentrates on his home village of Nakorosule in tracing the historical development of independence and reduced self-sufficiency and self-respect. He also highlights some of the causes and unforeseen effects of development, and offers suggestions whereby increased dependence could be lessened and self-sufficiency and self-reliance revived. See also Farms, suburbs or retirement homes? (item no. 299) and Koro (item no. 303). 298 Domestic violence and social relations of conflict in Fiji. P. McK. Aucoin. Pacific Studies, vol. 13, no. 3 (July 1990), p. 23-42. Aucoin examines conflict and the use of violence in Fijian society from the perspective of social relations, with a focus on disputes in domestic groups. The use and legitimacy of violence to discipline children and junior members of a clan is

< previous page

page_76

next page >


page_77

< previous page

page_77

next page > Page 77

compared with the use of violence during marital disputes. The practice of violence by men against women, and not vice versa, is explored as is the means of resolution, especially within the extended family. See also Rule by the Danda (item no. 309). 299 Farms, suburbs or retirement homes? The transformation of village Fiji. J. Overton. The Contemporary Pacific, vol. 5, no. 1 (1993), p. 45-74. Drawing on studies of two villages, Overton investigates the range of villagers' economic responses to changes wrought by commercialization of land, labour and agriculture. The paper discusses migrations from and to the villages as people leave to seek employment or return to retire. The author concludes that, while villages are retaining their form, their communal substance is changing from subsistence agriculture to low-cost suburbs and retirement homes. See also Development or dependence (item no. 297) and Koro (item no. 303). 300 The Fiji trade union movement at the cross-roads: social and political options for the labour movement. S. Durutalo. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 11 (1985), p. 190-209. Although somewhat polemical in approach, this paper offers interesting thoughts on how the trade union movement can become involved in economic policy-making in Fiji and thereby help restore accountability of the government to the people. Durutalo draws on examples from the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand in his discussion of the feasibility of establishing a labour party in Fiji. See also Suva in a Storm (item no. 310) and Trade unionism in Fiji (item no. 312). 301 Fijians in town. Edited by C. Griffin, M. Monsell-Davis. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1986. 224p. bibliog. The twelve papers in this collection focus on emigration from rural areas in Fiji to urban areas, especially Suva. The experiences of those who have emigrated and the effects of this emigration on urban areas are examined. The papers also include a discussion on a number of the social processes which constitute 'urban experience' for ethnic Fijians. The first part contains the following papers: Goneyali, 'Who wants to stay on the farm'; Frazer, 'Fijian interprovincial migration and urbanisation'; Ponter, 'The growth of wage labour and its consequences for a Fijian village'. In Part two there are three contributions: Gounis and Rutz, 'Urban Fijians and the problem of unemployment'; Nabavu and Schütz, 'Prostitution: problem or profitable industry?'; and Griffin, 'Crime and punishment: social meanings'. The third part contains Davis, 'It's a man's game: identity, social role, social change and delinquency'; Vusoniwailala, 'Communication, social identity and the rising cost of Fijian communalism'; and Rakot, 'Can custom be custom built?' The three papers in the final part are Suguta, 'The dilemma of tradition'; Rika, 'Is kinship costly?'; and Bakker, 'Ceremony and complication in an urban setting'. See also Urbanization in Fiji (item no. 314).

< previous page

page_77

next page >


page_78

< previous page

page_78

next page > Page 78

302 Growing up in Fiji. J. Veramo. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1984. 56p. bibliog. In this study of child-rearing practices in Fiji Veramo bases his analysis on data collected from an urban housing estate (Raiwaqa) and a village district (Nakasaleka). He looks at both traditional and present child-rearing practices from infancy to youth, suggesting future improvements. 303 Koro: economic development and social change in Fiji. R. F. Watters. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1969. 305p. maps. bibliog. This detailed study of Fijian society in transition examines the cases of four villages in different ecological zones. Through these village studies Watters offers a perspective on economic growth which is focused on social conditions and their impact on economic development, political advancement and social policies. He also presents a model of social change that seeks to minimize dislocation. A major aim of the book is to study the condition and problems of Fijian society and to consider what policies might be needed to promote the economic, social and political development of Fiji. There is a glossary and an excellent bibliography of works on a wide range of related issues (pages 285-98). See also Development or dependence (item no. 297) and Farms, suburbs or retirement homes? (item no. 299). 304 Making sense of hierarchy: cognition as social process in Fiji. C. Toren. London: Athlone Press, 1990. 287p. bibliog. (Monographs on Social Anthropology, no. 61). Toren reports on the results of fieldwork conducted between mid-1981 and early 1983 in the village of Sawaieke on the volcanic island of Gau. The author examines social relations which find their most obvious expression in people's disposition in space. Chapters examine hierarchy and spacial relations, covering kinship and hierarchy within the household, the transformation of equality into hierarchy, hierarchy and equality beyond the household and hierarchy and space in the church. Also considered are government and traditional hierarchy, learning about seniority and gender, understanding above/below and cognition as a micro-historical process. See also Colonial capitalism and class formation in Fiji (item no. 293). 305 Moturiki: a pilot project in community development. H. Hayden. London: Oxford University Press, 1954. 180p. maps. Published under the auspices of the South Pacific Commission, this report on the feasibility of promoting community development in Moturiki analyses the various stages of the project, which took place over a period of two years, 195051, and describes the results. Conclusions are drawn on the success of the project, and some criticisms of its administration are discussed. 306 Poverty in Fiji. K. J. Barr. Suva: Fiji Forum for Justice, Peace and the Integrity of Creation, 1990. 210p. bibliog. Barr examines the matter of poverty in Fiji from a Christian viewpoint, seeking answers to the following questions: what is poverty? who are the poor in Fiji? what are the causes of poverty? Starting from the premise that there has been a dramatic

< previous page

page_78

next page >


page_79

< previous page

page_79

next page > Page 79

increase in poverty since the 1987 coups, the author uses statistics and case studies to analyse the situation in Fiji and to offer recommendations for tackling the problem. 307 A protective labour policy? An alternative interpretation of early colonial labour policy in Fiji. A. Bain. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 23 (1988), p. 119-36. The argument put forward by Bain in this paper is that there has been insufficient critical investigation of the impact of early colonial policy on Fijian society to validate the protectionist thesis. He claims that the economic and social autonomy of the Fijian people has become unjustifiably enshrined as established fact. The paper explores in some depth colonial labour policy and administration, both of which are crucial to the perspective of benevolent protectionism. Bain concludes that the ideology of state protectionism masked an array of legislative measures which defended the interests of plantation capital. See also Suva in a storm (item no. 310). 308 Rotuma: Hanua Pumue. A. Fatiaki (et al.) Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1991. Rev. ed. 267p. map. bibliog. This collection offers a useful social and cultural insight into the world of the Rotuman as it is affected by change in the twentieth century. The authors cover such important areas as marriage, influence of missions, kinship, emigration to Fiji, housing and social relationships, change and the mamasa ceremony. 309 Rule by the danda: domestic violence among Indo-Fijians. S. Lateef. Pacific Studies, vol. 13, no. 3 (1990), p. 43-62. Lateef examines the varying degrees of violence imposed on Fiji Indian women and this includes their 'control' by the occasional use of the danda (stick). Both the threat and use of physical violence are said to be a powerful mechanism for ensuring the maintenance of traditional gender relations among Fiji Indians. Often violence is not needed to maintain female submission to male control, since the women control their own behaviour and actions in accordance with the prevailing gender ideology. This is an interesting study of the way in which violence is used as a supplementary means of social control among Fiji Indians, and in order to assert and consolidate male dominance and female subordination within the family. See also Domestic violence and social relations (item no. 298). 310 Suva in a storm, 1920. A. Ali. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 2 (1976), p. 1-24. This article deals with causes and effects of the 1920 strike by Indian labourers in Suva. Ali shows that the implications were primarily economic, but that it also had political ramifications. In particular, it was a warning that the Indians were ready to resort to direct action in order to remedy their economic situation, and it indicated to Europeans that Indians could be assertive and confrontational. See also Trade unionism in Fiji (item no. 312) and The Fiji trade union movement (item no. 300).

< previous page

page_79

next page >


page_80

< previous page

page_80

next page > Page 80

311 Tourism and ethnic competition in a ritual form: the firewalkers of Fiji. C. H. Brown. Oceania, vol. 54 (1984), p. 223-44. bibliog. Brown analyses firewalking as a tourism commodity in an attempt to understand the dynamics of the tourist/host society dialectic in Fiji. Her intention is to show that, while tourism has provided a catalyst for this activity, tourists have done little more than subsidize a complex system of communication, some of which is aimed at the competition between Fijians and Fiji Indians. The paper thus examines the manner in which an ancient South Indian rite has been transplanted to Fiji and is used in interethnic competition between South and North Indians and Indians and Fijians, while the subsidizing tourists simply look on. 312 Trade unionism in Fiji in 1990: after twenty years of independence and two military coups. K. Hince. Wellington: Victoria University of Wellington, Industrial Relations Centre, 1990. 38p. bibliog. (Working Papers, 4/90). After a short introduction outlining trade union development in Fiji, Hince considers developments which have taken place between 1970 and 1984, especially in terms of 'trade unions as independent institutions, as instruments of bargaining and representation with employers, as agencies for dialogue with government on behalf of the interests of workers, and as part of the international labour milieu'. The next section, covering 1984-88, concentrates on the role of the state in union affairs; and the third section on change looks at the current position of trade unionism in Fiji. Union membership, influence, size, number and structure, politicization and problems experienced are all analysed. In the final section the future possibilities and potential for union development are discussed. See also The Fiji trade union movement (item no. 300). 313 Under two laws: the Fijian dilemma. O. H. K. Spate. Meanjin, vol. 19 (1960), p. 166-81. Also published in Spate's Let me enjoy: essays partly geographical (London: Methuen, 1960), this paper employs a series of vignettes based on the village of Daku and its leader, Ratu Emosi, to discuss the difficulties Fijian villagers' experience in living under 'the old law of custom' and 'the new law of money'. Spate concentrates on socio-political dilemmas posed by this transition and the variety of villager reactions. See also Acceleration of social change (item no. 291). 314 Urbanization in Fiji, 1966-1976. R. Chandra. Demography India, vol. 9, no. 1/2 (1980), p. 139-60. This paper explores the accelerated rate of urbanization that occurred in Fiji between 1966-76. Differences between the rate of urbanization of Fijians and Indians and the resulting stress on urban resources are discussed. Using mainly the published census information and other government data, Chandra examines the extent and nature of urbanization in Fiji, the consequences of this move to the towns and likely implications. A substantial bibliography is included. See also Fijians in town (item no. 301).

< previous page

page_80

next page >


page_81

< previous page

page_81

next page > Page 81

315 Veil of dishonour: sexual jealousy and suicide on Fiji plantations. B. V. Lal. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 20, no. 3/4 (1985), p. 135-55. In the early twentieth century the suicide rate among Indian workers was very high. Lal discusses this phenomenon, showing that it was not a function of sexual imbalance in the indentured population as was maintained by the colonial bureaucracy. It was in fact due to a range of social factors, especially taking the form of an act of protest against the dehumanizing and alienating indenture system. 316 White women in Fiji, 1835-1930: the ruin of empire? C. Knapman. Sydney: Allen & Unwin, 1986. 226p. map. bibliog. Specifically intended to show that women did not play a negative role in colonial race relations in Fiji, this thoughtful study looks at the history of European women in the colony. It offers interesting glimpses into the lives of these women and pays particular attention to the way in which they related to members of various ethnic groups. Using a combination of interviews and examination of written sources (both archival and published), Knapman devotes considerable attention to the arrival of women during the 'Fiji rush' and the mistress/servant relationship. The overall presentation is sociological-historical, presenting valuable insights into racism and sexism in colonial societies. 317 Women and work in the South Pacific. Edited by J. Leckie. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 19 (1977), special issue. Ostensibly covering the issue of women and work across the whole of the South Pacific, this important collection of papers in fact focuses almost exclusively on women in Fiji. It contains a series of insightful articles on a range of social and economic topics which include: S. Shameem, 'Gender, class and race dynamics: Indian women in sugar production in Fiji' (pages 10-35); C. Pollard, 'Domestic service in Suva, Fiji: social and occupational mobility of Fijian housegirls' (pages 36-46); C. Slatter, 'Women factory workers in Fiji: the ''half a loaf" syndrome' (pages 47-59); S. Lateef, 'Marriage: choice or destiny? the case of Indo-Fijian women in Suva' (pages 60-79); J. Cameron, 'Assessing the quality of life for women and men in Fiji using active profile analysis' (pages 80-93). See also Women's role in Fiji (item no. 318). 318 Women's role in Fiji. J. Amratlal (et al.) Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1975. 63p. Emphasizing the social conditions of women in Fiji, this collection of four papers is based on accounts by the women themselves. The topics covered are: 'Three generations of Indian Women'; 'Gujarati women in Fiji'; 'Lolohea Akosita Waqairawai'; and 'Two Fijian women'. There is some attention paid to the upbringing of women in the past and the changes which are occurring in the present. See also Women and work (item no. 317).

< previous page

page_81

next page >


page_82

< previous page

page_82

next page > Page 82

Health and Welfare 319 Alcohol in Oceania. S. Casswell. Auckland, New Zealand: University of Auckland, Department of Community Health and General Practice, Alcohol Research Unit, 1986. 98p. Casswell presents a wide-ranging examination of the supply and consumption of alcohol in Pacific communities, with a special focus on Papua New Guinea, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Western Samoa. Topics investigated include alcohol availability, the alcohol industry, alcohol consumption, drinking patterns and values, alcohol-related problems, public concern and societal responses, policies and profitability. Conclusions are drawn with regard to the potentially devastating effects of alcohol in developing countries and ways of dealing with the problem are suggested. See also Public health in Fiji (item no. 323). 320 Food and nutrition in Fiji: a historical review. Edited by A. A. J. Jansen, S. Parkinson, A. F. S. Robertson. Suva: Fiji School of Medicine and University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, Department of Nutrition and Dietetics, 1991. 2 vols. maps. bibliog. These volumes gather together most of the accurate records, studies and research work relating to nutrition and allied topics associated with Fiji since the Second World War. Contributors are drawn primarily from government departments, the University of the South Pacific and the Fiji School of Medicine. Volume one covers food production, composition and intake; volume two studies nutrition-related diseases and their prevention. Papers are substantial and generally include a historical overview of the disease or problem and considerable statistical detail. Both general and regional health problems are examined. This is an essential source, extremely well-referenced, for anyone interested in health and nutrition in Fiji. See also Food composition tables (item no. 321) and Public health in Fiji (item no. 323).

< previous page

page_82

next page >


page_83

< previous page

page_83

next page > Page 83

321 Food composition tables for use in the Pacific Islands. Compiled by Fiji Ministry of Health, Fiji School of Medicine and South Pacific Health Service. Noumea, New Caledonia: South Pacific Commission, Fiji National Food and Nutrition Committee and Fiji School of Medicine, 1983. 33p. Compiled in the 1960s, these tables were intended to suggest ways of improving routine dietary and health practices in the Pacific region. See also Food and nutrition in Fiji (item no. 320). 322 Makogai: image of hope. A brief history of the care of leprosy patients in Fiji. Sister Mary Stella. Christchurch, New Zealand: Lepers' Trust Board, 1978. 186p. bibliog. This brief, readable history of organized care for leprosy patients in Fiji concentrates on the island of Makogai. It examines the day-to-day situation for the staff and patients during the period that the leprosarium operated on Makogai (1911-68). 323 Public health in Fiji. D. B. Evans. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, National Centre for Development Studies, 1990. 22p. (Islands Australia Working Papers, 90/6). This paper offers an excellent summary of disease patterns in Fiji, bringing together statistics from a range of publications to present the broad picture. Evans shows that the incidence of infectious diseases has declined, while a number of lifestyle diseases have emerged as major causes of morbidity and mortality. Strategies are put forward to remedy this situation, and current problems in the health system in Fiji are also discussed. See also Alcohol in Oceania (item no. 319) and Food and nutrition in Fiji (item no. 320). 324 Review of the administrative aspects of the management of health services in Fiji. D. J. Coombe. Suva: Government Printer, 1982. 513p. Coombe conducted this review of Fiji's health services in his capacity as Health Advisor in 1982-83. Identified in his findings are areas in which the health services are performing well within the national policy, in terms of preventive and primary health care, as well as areas that may be leading to potential crises. The report covers all aspects of topics such as appointments and basic training in the health services, diagnostic services, press and public relations, budgetary control and planning. Capital works, dietary services, environmental health, anaesthetic services, accident and emergency services, hospital standards and dental services are also considered. Over 230 recommendations are made for the improvement of the country's government health service.

< previous page

page_83

next page >


page_84

< previous page

page_84

next page > Page 84

325 Secrets of Fijian medicine. M. A. Weiner. Suva: [Government Printer], 1984. 141p. bibliog. This is an introduction to the uses of plants in the treatment of disease in Fiji. Weiner covers the collecting of medicinal plants and the ethnobotany of Fiji. He includes a pharmacopoeia and index, and a list of Fijian disease names. Enough information is provided to identify illnesses and to provide the recommended treatment by the appropriate plant.

< previous page

page_84

next page >


page_85

< previous page

page_85

next page > Page 85

Politics and Government 326 American influence on the politics of Fiji, 1849-1874. D. Routledge. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 4 (1978), p. 66-88. Routledge argues that from the earliest contact with Fiji, the United States has followed a confusing and confused foreign policy agenda. He sees the Battle of Kaba (1855) as a turning point in foreign intervention; pre-Kaba European interference in Fijian political processes had been circumspect and the possibility of eventual control was remote. Thereafter, all was changed. Some 1,850 claims were made against Fijians for compensation of American citizens who had lost property to Fijians. Gunboat diplomacy was put into operation even though the claims were plainly unjust. See also Fiji: the arrival of communal franchise (item no. 364) and Planets around the sun (item no. 379). 327 As the dust settles: impact and implications of the Fiji coups. Edited by B. V. Lal. The Contemporary Pacific, vol. 2, no. 1 (1990). 146p. This special issue of The Contemporary Pacific consists of six articles which examine various aspects of the 1987 military coups and their consequences. Ghai writes on the politics of legality (pages 11-36); Alley, on regional implications of the coups (pages 37-58); Knapman discusses the economy and the state (pages 59-86); Garrett, social and religious life since the coups (pages 87-112); Lateef analyses the implications of the coups for women (pages 11330); and Thomas looks at regional politics, ethnicity and custom in Fiji (pages 131-46). A useful introduction by the editor places these various themes into context. This is one of the more insightful works dealing with wider issues of the coups, but with an overriding political focus. See also Coup and crisis (item no. 337) and The coups in retrospect (item no. 338).

< previous page

page_85

next page >


page_86

< previous page

page_86

next page > Page 86

328 Bavadra: prime minister, statesman, man of the people. Selection of speeches and writings, 1985-1989. Edited by A. Bain, T. Baba. Nadi, Fiji: Sunrise Press, 1990. 379p. map. Arranged in chronological sections (1985-86, 1986-87, 1987, 1987-88, 1988-89), this collection contains addresses, speeches, newspaper columns, formal responses to government commissions and other occasional writings by Bavadra. The editors have sought to present documents that represent Bavadra's many interests as a leading political figure; taken together the materials provide unusual insights into his life. Given the ephemeral nature of many of the items, the editors have managed to preserve speeches and writings that otherwise might be lost to posterity. See also Developments in Fiji (item no. 345) and Rabuka (item no. 388). 329 Before the storm: an analysis of the Fiji general election of 1987. B. V. Lal. Pacific Studies, vol. 12, no. 1 (1988), p. 71-96. Examines important aspects of the 1987 general election in order to reach a better understanding of its character and the causes of the outcome. Lal discusses political parties, the campaign itself and such campaign issues as leadership, conduct of government, the economy, foreign policy and voting. 330 Beyond the politics of race: an alternative history of Fiji to 1992. W. Sutherland. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Political and Social Change, 1992. 251p. maps. bibliog. (Political and Social Change Monographs, no. 15). Written by an academic and former secretary to the late Timoci Bavadra, this title analyses current changes in Fiji. Sutherland's perspective is one of class exploitation which underlies racial and other conflict in Fiji. He sees the crises of 1987 as having less to do with racial tension than with class power. In coming to these conclusions Sutherland examines the following areas: structural change in pre-colonial Fiji; race and class in the colonial economy, 1874-1960; and contradiction and crises in neocolonial Fiji, 1960-92. This is an important work for its recognition of and emphasis on the importance of class in Fiji's development process. See also Fiji: race and politics (item no. 361). 331 Blood on their banner: nationalist struggles in the South Pacific. D. Robie. Leichhardt, New South Wales: Pluto Press Australia; London: Zed Books, 1989. 313p. maps. bibliog. Prepared by a New Zealand journalist, this book covers nationalist movements in New Caledonia, Belau, Vanuatu, East Timor, Irian Jaya and Fiji. Although material on Fiji occurs throughout the book, Part four is devoted specifically to Fiji. In this section Robie discusses the events which gave rise to the election of Bavadra and focuses on the coups and early days of the Rabuka regime. Robie suggests that Bavadra and his coalition changed the political emphasis from race to economic class, social justice and common interest which the Fijian oligarchy refused to accept. This is more than a journalist's personal impressions of political events in Fiji; it is a well-referenced analysis of nationalist struggles in the South Pacific, including Fiji. See also Culture and democracy (item no. 340).

< previous page

page_86

next page >


page_87

< previous page

page_87

next page > Page 87

332 Changes in Fijian leadership. C. Bolabola. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, vol. 14, no. 2 (1978), p. 154-59. Bolabola argues that in Fiji today effective leadership is usually a combination of the mana of tradition, the leverage of education and the power of administrative position. The chiefs have served as a model for the emerging position of an elite based on wider criteria than tradition alone, but they also remain part of the new elite. His paper presents a sociopolitical analysis of this thesis, investigating the tradition of chieftancy, the nature of present-day leaders in Fiji, the role of education and business success in leadership and the likely future of the Fijian elite. This is one of two Fiji contributions to the Symposium on the South Pacific reported in this issue of the journal; see also Ethnicity and politics in Fiji (item no. 349). 333 Chiefly civil servants? Ambiguity in district administration and the preservation of a Fijian way of life, 1896-1940. T. J. Macnaught. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 9 (1978), p. 3-20. Macnaught discusses actions by the colonial administration to supplant Fijian chiefs as administrators, the purpose of which was to curb their power. This would also increase European control at the provincial level, as a means of achieving material improvements in native life. Macnaught also considers the counter view of the Fijian chiefs and how they used the system to their own advantage. This is a valuable contribution to understanding the nature of colonial government and administration See also Colonialism and the perception of tradition (item no. 334) and Customs of respect (item no. 341). 334 Colonialism and the perception of tradition in Fiji. J. Clammer. In: Anthropology and the colonial encounter. Edited by T. Asad. London: Ithaca Press, 1973, p. 199-220. Examined here are the ways in which the colonial administration interposed a model of its own creation between the social reality and home-made reality of a subject people. Clammer uses Fijian society of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and the activities of the British colonial government, as a case study in support of his thesis. He maintains that the government attempted to codify customary practices of the Fijian people as a means of governing more effectively. This is a challenging study of the relationship between government and indigenous social traditions. See also Chiefly civil servants? (item no. 333) and Customs of respect (item no. 341). 335 Colour, class and custom: the literature of the 1987 Fiji coup. R. Ewins. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Department of Political and Social Change, 1992. 79p. bibliog. (Regime Change and Regime Maintenance in Asia and the Pacific Discussion Paper Series, no. 9). Using key material published up until late 1990 on the 1987 coup, the author categorizes the major explanations given for the coup and offers his own comment on those explanations. The literature survey is arranged under several headings: the coup and its explanations; the racial explanation; the class explanation; the custom explanation; and explanations involving specific interest (organizations and

< previous page

page_87

next page >


page_88

< previous page

page_88

next page > Page 88

individuals). Ewins concludes by suggesting that custom provides the best framework for explaining the coup and adds that it also provides the model for Fiji's politics in the 1990s and beyond. In addition to drawing together much of the literature on the coup this paper is a useful contribution to the literature of that period in its own right. See also As the dust settles (item no. 327) and The coups in retrospect (item no. 338). 336 Constitutional challenge: the rise of Fijian nationalism. R. R. Premdas. Pacific Perspective, vol. 9, no. 2 (1980), p. 30-44. Outlines ethnic pluralism and the move to disenfranchise Fiji-Indians, focusing on the Fijian Nationalist Party (FNP). Premdas covers social structure and political issues, the bases of FNP power and FNP charges against the Indian population. He describes weaknesses in FNP ideology and outlines the Party's revolutionary aims. 337 Coup and crisis: Fiji a year later. Edited by S. Prasad. North Carlton, Victoria: Arena Publications, 1989. 119p. map. This collection of essays by scholars at the University of the South Pacific assesses the political situation in Fiji one year after the coup. Although the essays offer only very gentle criticisms, the Mara regime found the collection unacceptable. The sixteen essays in this collection focus on changes in Fiji since the coup in the following areas: education; trade unions; women; tax; the poor; the economy; foreign policy; religion; health and Parliament. Noted authors of papers include Vijay Naidu, Tupeni Baba, Satendra Prasad and Claire Slatter. See also As the dust settles (item no. 327) and The coups of 1987 (item no. 339). 338 The coups in retrospect: the new political geography of Fiji. J. Overton, R. G. Ward. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 207-16. One of eight papers in a special issue of this journal devoted to Fiji since the coups, the focus here is on political issues. In particular Overton and Ward discuss the suffering that has resulted from disenfranchisement, unemployment and falling incomes. While the government has sought to redress inequalities between Fijians and Fiji-Indians, this does not address the fundamental causes of inequality that stem from changes in business reorganization, agricultural commercialization or land accumulation. Furthermore, the coups have exacerbated struggles for power not only between Indians and Fijians but also between competing groups of ethnic Fijians. Thus the restoration of the Eastern Fijian chiefly elite to political ascendency has not solved Fiji's underlying political problems. See also As the dust settles (item no. 327) and Colour, class and custom (item no. 335). 339 The coups of 1987: a personal analysis. J. Sanday. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 116-132. bibliog. This is a special issue of the journal, devoted to Fiji since the coups, and containing eight papers on that topic. In Sanday's contribution he maintains that a racial diagnosis overlooks other important factors underlying the coups. The author examines the coup leader's justification for his intervention, as well as range of additional causes: Fijian ethnic nationalism; class conflict; tribal and regional loyalties; roles of the Taukei Movement and the military. Drawing on his own

< previous page

page_88

next page >


page_89

< previous page

page_89

next page > Page 89

insights as a senior officer in the Royal Fiji Military Forces, Sanday provides valuable personal observations on the 1987 political upheavals. See also As the dust settles (item no. 327) and Coup and crisis (item no. 337). 340 Culture and democracy in the South Pacific. Edited by R. G. Crocombe (et al.) Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1992. 280p. maps. bibliog. These studies by leading political, legal and academic figures in the South Pacific offer personal views on the interplay of culture and democracy in the region. The text is divided into five sections with four papers in the section on Melanesia relating specifically to Fiji. Ravuvu writes on 'Culture and tradition: implications for modern nation building'; Bole contributes the chapter entitled 'Fiji's chiefly system and its pattern of self-reliance'. Mataitoga considers 'Westminster-style democracy and cultural diversity: a critique of the Fijian experience', while B. V. Lal writes on 'Rhetoric and reality: the dilemmas of contemporary Fijian politics'. Crocombe, the volume editor, also provides a chapter on 'The future of democracy in the Pacific islands'. This is a useful contribution to the debate on the recent developments and current political situation in Fiji. See also Blood on their banner (item no. 331). 341 Customs of respect: the traditional basis of Fijian communal politics. J. Nation. Canberra: Australian National University, 1978. 168p. bibliog. (Australian National University, Development Studies Centre Monographs, no. 14). This is a historical study of chiefly rule and communalism that contains clear descriptions of how chiefly rule evolved and how it was practised. Nation also presents very detailed analyses of traditional social and political relationships and institutions, and their role in Fijian politics. See also Chiefly civil servants (item no. 333) and Planets around the sun (item no. 379). 342 Debates. Fiji. Parliament. Senate. Suva: Government Printer, 1970-. irreg. Includes all debates in the Fiji Senate and thus serves as an essential verbatim record of deliberations in the upper chamber. See also Fiji Republic Gazette (item no. 362) and Parliamentary Debates (item no. 377). 343 The decolonization of Oceania a survey 1945-70. J. W. Davidson. Wellington: Institute of International Affairs, 1971. 28p. Davidson offers an overview of prospects for decolonization in selected South Pacific territories and nations in 1971. He includes Fiji in his analysis, which is particularly useful for comparing the process of decolonization in different islands. Although now dated, this remains a sound introduction to the politics of decolonization from the perspective of the 1970s. See also Political advancement in the South Pacific (item no. 380).

< previous page

page_89

next page >


page_90

< previous page

page_90

next page > Page 90

344 The development of local government in Fiji. G. R. Sharan. In: Comparative local government: country papers. Edited by C. A. J. Symons. Mosman, New South Wales: International Training Institute, 1984, p. 39-50. (International Perspectives, no. 9). Contains a detailed discussion of the development and powers, functions and activities of municipal councils (city and town). A list of relevant ordinances is also included. See also Divided we stand (item no. 346) and The Fijian provincial administration (item no. 368). 345 Developments in Fiji since the second coup. T. Baba. Sydney: H. V. Evatt Memorial Foundation, [1987?]. 12p. Baba, Minister for Education in the Bavadra Government, includes a lengthy statement from Bavadra as part of this attempt to explain the background to the coups and the implications for human rights and democracy in Fiji. This is an important, albeit biased, discussion of the coups and their consequences by an influential figure in Fiji. See also Bavadra (item no. 328). 346 Divided we stand? Local government in Fiji. R. R. Qalo. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1984. 77p. bibliog. Intended as a description of local government in Fiji, this work covers municipal councils, rural advisory councils and the Fijian Administration. Qalo focuses on how local government functions from an administrative rather than a political standpoint and in this regard offers a useful overview of local administration. The work is basically an outline of local government in Fiji and a discussion of the principal problems encountered in local government administration. Qalo concludes his discussion with a brief look at the case for reform. See also The development of local government (item no. 344). 347 Elections in Fiji: restoration of the balance in September 1977. R. R. Premdas. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 14 (1979), p. 194-207. This short piece maintains that the concept of balance is fundamental to understanding current politics in Fiji and that the March-April 1977 elections upset the balance by giving NFP a victory, thereby allowing Indians to control both the economy and polity. The September 1977 elections, which restored the balance, were characterized by internal struggles within ethnic communities associated with the parties. See also The Fiji general election of 1977 (item no. 355) and The mediation of ethnic conflict (item no. 373). 348 Ethnic politics and small business: the case of the Fiji poultry industry. M. Chung. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 192-206. bibliog. One of eight papers in a special issue of this journal devoted to Fiji since the coups, this article examines government concern for indigenous Fijian business by recounting the recent history of the Fiji poultry industry. Chung argues that poultry

< previous page

page_90

next page >


page_91

< previous page

page_91

next page > Page 91

farmers, indigenous or otherwise, experience difficulty primarily because of the wider economic environment in which they operate. Policies of ethnic preference are irrelevant; rather there must be action taken to assist small rural businesses without regard for ethnicity. Where business development is seen primarily as an ethnic problem rather than one of institutional disadvantage, small rural enterprises will continue to be disadvantaged. 349 Ethnicity and politics in Fiji. A. Ali. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, vol. 14, no. 2 (1978), p. 149-53. Ali surveys ethnic pluralism in Fiji through politial behaviour, beginning with the 1970 Constitution and continuing through the General Election of 1977, in which race was a clear determinant in voting patterns. Based on evidence from political behaviour in these years, Ali concludes prophetically that 'racial ethnicity' is likely to extend into new areas rather than be replaced by class ties. The paper is a helpful contribution to understanding political behaviour and ethnic feeling in Fiji. This is one of two Fiji contributions to the Symposium on the South Pacific reported in this issue of the journal; see also Changes in Fijian leadership (item no. 332). 350 The facade of democracy: Fijian struggles for political control 1830-1987. A. Ravuvu. Suva: Reader Publishing House, 1991. 106p. bibliog. In five chapters Ravuvu traces how Fijians have struggled to maintain control over their land and people and to achieve independence from external domination. Chapter one looks at the encroachment of European politics; chapter two considers early colonial rule and chapter three, the Indian threat and demand for political ascendancy; in chapter four, the 1987 coup is treated; and in chapter five, the aftermath and current situation. This is a sympathetic portrayal, from the indigenous Fijian viewpoint, by a leading Fijian academic of the events which gave rise to the current political and socio-economic situation in Fiji. See also Political advancement in the South Pacific (item no. 380). 351 The failure of democratic policies in Fiji. S. Lawson. Oxford: Clarendon Press; New York: Oxford University Press, 1991. 307p. 2 maps. bibliog. Based on the author's doctorate, this publication argues that in addition to the number of groups hostile to the new government, the failure of democratic politics in Fiji can be attributed to the failure of those who held political power before the change of government in April 1987 to acknowledge and accept the legitimacy of their successors to office. Lawson does not believe that genuine democratic politics had been established before the coup in 1987. The successful promulgation of the myth of Fijian cultural homogeneity provided a sound basis for the Fijian chiefly establishment's claim to political legitimacy over Fijian Indians. The seven chapters in this book explain and develop the historical basis for this argument. See also Leadership in Fiji (item no. 372).

< previous page

page_91

next page >


page_92

< previous page

page_92

next page > Page 92

352 Fiji: a paradise in peril. P. N. Seth. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers, 1991. 168p. maps. bibliog. In this general and sympathetic analysis of the treatment of Fijian Indians Seth outlines the history of Fiji from an Indian viewpoint, paying particular attention to the Indian struggle for equality. Most of the discussion is devoted to recent years, from independence through the coups and after. While less scholarly than many other titles on this topic, the work does offer some interesting personal insights by a frequent Indian visitor. See also Fiji Indian politics (item no. 358). 353 Fiji: coups in paradise. Race, politics and military intervention. B. V. Lal. London: Zed Books, 1990. 268p. map. bibliog. Lal, a Fijian journalist who subsequently moved to Oxford University, offers a study of the events which led to the 1987 coups. His story begins with Fiji's moves toward independence and then follows the events leading up to 1987 and the coup. Special attention is given to external influences (the Australian connection, the Indo-Soviet connection, the Australian/US connection) on political change in Fiji. This is a useful contribution to recent literature on the coups and takes a fairly even-handed approach in representing the position of under-privileged Fijians and the descendants of Indian indentured labourers in Fiji. See also The 1987 Westminster crisis (item no. 375) and Power and prejudice (item no. 386). 354 The Fiji general election of 1972. A. Ali. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 8 (1973), 171-80. Ali maintains that the 1972 election confirms past patterns of political behaviour and that, as this is likely to persist, there will be no shift in the power base. Fijians favour the Alliance Party and reject the National Federation Party (NFP); Indians favour the NFP and reject the Alliance because the former is seen as a defender of Indian interests. The paper discusses these two major parties, the lead-up to the election and why the Alliance victory was smaller than expected. 355 The Fiji general election of 1977. A. Ali. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 12, no. 3/4 (1977), 189-201. Analyses the defeat of the Alliance Party through an examination of constituency results. According to Ali, the Indians supported the National Federation Party against the Fijian Nationalist Party and Butadroka; this, combined with Alliance actions against the Indians, was the major reason for defeat. See also Elections in Fiji (item no. 347) and The mediation of ethnic conflict (item no. 373). 356 The Fiji general election of 1982: the tidal wave that never came. B. V. Lal. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 18 (1983), p. 134-57. Although it was predicted that the 1982 election would result is a very close, historically significant outcome, this did not happen. The Alliance won twenty-eight seats in the House, and the NFP-WUF Coalition won twenty-four seats. The FNP did not win a single seat. Lal investigates why this was so, highlighting the development of the various parties and the issues that separated them.

< previous page

page_92

next page >


page_93

< previous page

page_93

next page > Page 93

357 Fiji goes to the polls: the crucial Legislative Council elections of 1963. N. Meller, J. G. Anthony. Honolulu: East-West Center Press, 1968. 185p. map. bibliog. Focusing on the political action preceding, during and following the important Legislative Council election of 1963, the seven chapters in this work investigate the political setting, voter registration, electoral administration, the candidates, campaign issues and political participation. Also included are election statistics and a description of the 1965 Constitutional Conference. 358 Fiji Indian politics. A. Ali. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 4 (1978), p. 1-23. After briefly describing the conditions in which Indians were encouraged to migrate to Fiji and the conditions of their work in Fiji, Ali concentrates on the interplay of aspirations of the various ethnic communities in Fiji. He maintains that this interplay created the issues not only of Fiji Indian politics but also of Fiji as a whole. He discusses these issues in the context of cane farmers, constitution and education. See also Fiji: A paradise in peril (item no. 352), Fiji: postindependence politics (item no. 360) and Leadership and social cleavages (item no. 371). 359 Fiji: politics of illusion. The military coups in Fiji. D. Scarr. Kensington, New South Wales: University of New South Wales Press, 1988. 161p. bibliog. In this work Scarr outlines and analyses some of the reasons for the 1987 coups and discusses the events of the coups themselves as well as reactions to them. This work lacks the historical substance of Scarr's other works and is regarded by many as a politically biased document written to support the military leadership. See also Fiji: shattered coups (item no. 363) and Two military coups in Fiji (item no. 399). 360 Fiji: post-independence politics. J. Nation. In: Melanesia: beyond diversity. Edited by R. J. May, H. Nelson. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 1982, vol. 2, p. 601-22. This analysis of post-independence politics in Fiji begins with a discussion of the constitution, including the electoral system and the protection of Fijian interests. It covers the treatment of Indian interests and the racial definition of some areas of concern such as land. The analysis then focuses on the predominantly Indian National Federation Party (NFP), its role and policies. Other factors which shape Fijian politics are considered, and future prospects, including the possibility of a coalition government, are canvassed. See also Fiji Indian politics (item no. 358) and Leadership and social cleavages (item no. 371). 361 Fiji: race and politics in an island state. M. C. Howard. Vancouver, British Columbia: University of British Columbia Press, 1991. 452p. bibliog. Howard offers a broad examination of politics and race in Fiji up until late 1989 and the coups of 1987 are discussed within a broad historical and geo-political context. In

< previous page

page_93

next page >


page_94

< previous page

page_94

next page > Page 94

ten chapters the following topics are discussed: race; class and democracy in Fiji; colonial and pre-colonial Fiji; Alliance Party rule; Fiji and the world; the Fiji Labour Party; the 1987 election and the coalition government; the May 1987 coup; aftermath of the first coup; the second coup and the Republic of Fiji; and Ratu Sir Kamasese Mara's return. See also Beyond the politics of race (item no. 330) and Race and politics in Fiji (item no. 389). 362 Fiji Republic Gazette. Suva: Government Printer, 1987- . weekly. A continuation of the Fiji Royal Gazette, produced from 1876-1987, this publication includes supplements which contain current acts, various administrative arrangements, announcements and proclamations such as promotions in the military forces and appointments of public servants. Trade mark information, appointments of clerics as marriage officers and deaths of public servants are also reported. See also Debates (item no. 342) and Parliamentary Debates (item no. 377). 363 Fiji: shattered coups. R. T. Robertson, A. Tamanisau. Leichhardt, New South Wales: Pluto Press in association with the Australian Council for Overseas Aid and the Fiji Independent News Service, 1988. 198p. bibliog. This is a controversial work issued by a respected 'left-wing' publisher and it describes the events of the May and September 1987 coups in Fiji. Both events leading up to and following the coups are discussed. One of the authors, Robertson, was teaching at the University of the South Pacific and was actually expelled by Rabuka for his views. An afterword by Bruce Knapman, author of Fiji's economic history (item no. 129), analyses the economic consequences of the coups. The views expressed in this title are uncompromisingly critical of the coups and their impact on Fiji. See also Fiji: politics of illusion (item no. 359) and Two military coups in Fiji (item no. 399). 364 Fiji: the arrival of communal franchise. A. Ali. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 1 (1975), p. 20-46. Ali describes how the paramountcy of Fijian interests had become a pillar of colonial rule in Fiji despite challenges from the British settlers. The article also covers the role of the sugar companies and considers the relationship between land and labour. The United States land settlement company compensated the people, and the US government lost interest in the matter. This had considerable effect on internal politics of Fiji in 1860 and was a significant element in European calculations preceding the cession of 1874. This topic is an important example of the activity which led to annexation. See also American influence on the politics of Fiji (item no. 326). 365 Fiji: the political economy of recent events. J. Cameron. Capital and Class, vol. 33 (1987), p. 29-45. Cameron gives an indication of the range of factors that contributed to the 1987 coups, including the threat to established social order and the economic status quo posed by the Bavadra government. It is these issues, he argues, more than the

< previous page

page_94

next page >


page_95

< previous page

page_95

next page > Page 95

supposed control of government by Fiji-Indians, that led to the coups. See also Fiji Today (item no. 366). 366 Fiji today: the politics of frustration. W. T. Roy. Round Table, no. 305 (1988), p. 45-52. Roy presents a background to the 1987 coups, maintaining that elements of extremism and divergent development of the Fijian and Indian communities fuelled the unrest leading up to the May and September uprisings. Roy also discusses the politics and major parties involved. See also Fiji: the political economy of recent events (item no. 365). 367 Fiji: unity through diversity. F. Higgins-Desboilles. The Pacific Review, vol. 3 (1990), p. 248-53. bibliog. This is a review article that focuses upon recent political events in Fiji and covers the history of the political situation, with particular reference to the role of external forces and tribal relations in this. An outline of future scenarios follows. 368 The Fijian provincial administration: a review under the auspices of PIDP. R. V. Cole, S. I. Levine, A. V. Matahau. Honolulu: East-West Center, Pacific Islands Development Program, 1984. 140p. (Fiji. Parliament. Parliamentary Papers, no. 55). This 1984 review of Fiji's provincial administration was instigated by the Great Council of Chiefs to assist in deliberations concerning administrative reorganization. The six chapters cover the background to the review, problems of the Fijian administration and proposed changes, the role of finance and development, the legal system, and district administration. Fourteen detailed recommendations and projections for the future conclude this important administrative review. See also The development of local government in Fiji (item no. 344). 369 Fiji's communal electoral system: a study of some aspects of the failure of democratic politics in Fiji. S. Lawson. Politics, vol. 23, no. 2 (1988), p. 35-47. Lawson offers a detailed discussion of imbalances in the racial composition of political parties in Fiji as established under the communal electoral system. This study also details the failure of the 1970 Constitution to promote political stability. 370 The guns of Lautoka: the defence of Kahan. C. Harder. Auckland, New Zealand: Sunshine Press, 1988. 249p. maps. In this personal account by the defence lawyer for Mohammed Kahan, events are described surrounding the 1988 Lautoka arms smuggling case in which twenty-one people were accused of importing and distributing a shipment of Soviet-made arms in Fiji. Harder describes his own detention in a Fijian military gaol after the trial and also discusses the attempted secession of Rotuma.

< previous page

page_95

next page >


page_96

< previous page

page_96

next page > Page 96

371 Leadership and social cleavages: political processes among the Indians in Fiji. I. S. Chauhan. Jaipur, India: Rawat Publications, 1988. 173p. bibliog. The author focuses on the Indian community in Fiji and seeks to shed some light on the political aspects of this community's adaptation to the social situation in the Labasa region in the period from 1890 through the 1970s. See also Fiji Indian Politics (item no. 358) and Fiji: post-independence politics (item no. 360). 372 Leadership in Fiji. R. R. Nayacakalou, foreword by Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1975. 170p. bibliog. Written by one of Fiji's native leaders, this study in nine chapters covers the following topics: problems of modern Fijian leadership; the structural basis of traditional leadership; the traditional framework of this leadership; traditional leadership in the modern village; the modern context of Fijian leadership; urban Fijians and emerging political leadership; conflict, integration and change in leadership; and some practical implications and recent changes in Fijian leadership. Nayacakalou focuses on the power of traditional leadership and its relationship to customary land tenure. The work includes substantial treatment of the Fijian chieftancy in the postwar period, as well as informed discussion of the chiefly oligarchy in the colonial period. See also The failure of democratic policies in Fiji (item no. 351). 373 The mediation of ethnic conflict: comparative implications of the Fiji case. R. Norton. Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics, vol. 19, no. 3 (1981), p. 309-28. Norton discusses the resolution of the 1977 election crisis in Fiji and compares this with more violent rivalries in other former British colonies, including Sri Lanka, Malaya and Guyana. He focuses on features of the economy and relations between and within ethnic groups, and also looks at sources of instability. He does, however, emphasize the accommodation reached in Fiji between ethnic groups. See also Elections in Fiji (item no. 347) and The Fiji general election of 1977 (item no. 355). 374 The military in Fiji: historical development and future role. J. Sanday. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 1989. 23p. map. bibliog. (Australian National University. Strategic and Defence Studies Centre. Working Papers, no. 21). Sanday evaluates the historical development and role of the military in Fiji in the 1980s, and from this he makes projections as to its likely role in the 1990s. The paper traces the military role in various stages of state formation in Fiji. The influence of class and ethnic considerations are also outlined as a means of clarifying the role and

< previous page

page_96

next page >


page_97

< previous page

page_97

next page > Page 97

position of the military in Fiji's class structure and economy, a role that has rendered the military susceptible to political manipulation. Sanday concludes by discussing the military's options for development in the 1990s, emerging traits in Fiji's military ideology and the immediate challenges facing a civilian regime in post-coup Fiji. This is a key political analysis of perhaps the most important factor in Fiji's development since the end of the 1980s. 375 The 1987 Westminster crisis in Fiji. W. E. H. Tagupa. Pacific Studies, vol. 12, no. 1 (1988), p. 97-151. This substantial study of the 1987 coup and its aftermath analyses events in the context of political, constitutional and social institutional relationships and transformations since independence in 1970. Tagupa focuses on popular reaction; constitutional ideology and legitimacy and on the organization and transformation of native Fijian political and military elites in tandem with class formation as indicators of the changing nature of institutional relationships and conditions in island society. Tagupa interprets the 14 May coup as the culmination of the pervasive failure of constitutional ideology and legitimacy in the collective consciousness. See also Fiji: coups in paradise (item no. 353) and Power and prejudice (item no. 386). 376 The paramountcy of Fijian interest and the politicization of ethnicity. S. Durutalo. Suva: University of the South Pacific Sociological Society, 1985. 70p. (South Pacific Forum Working Papers, no. 6). Including a critique of the 'three-Fiji' thesis postulated by Fisk in The political economy of independent Fiji (item no. 485), Durutalo's study offers a critical analysis of the chiefly oligarchy and the way in which it used ethnicity to retain power. Instead of analysing ethnicity in terms of political affiliation and economic activity, Durutalo suggests that it is more properly studied in terms of class and rule by a national oligarchy. This is a stimulating view that counters the more commonly accepted thesis. See also Politics in ethnically bipolar states (item no. 382). 377 Parliamentary Debates. Fiji. Parliament. House of Representatives. Suva: Government Printer, 1970-. irreg. Includes all debates in the Fiji House of Representatives and thus serves as an essential verbatim record of deliberations in the lower chamber. See also Debates (item no. 342) and Fiji Republic Gazette (item no. 362). 378 The party system, the Labour Party and the 'plural society' syndrome in Fiji. S. Hagan. Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics, vol. 25, no. 1 (1987), p. 126-40. In Fiji the party system is demarcated largely on the basis of race, with class interests repressed. The Fiji Labour Party (FLP) is the first party to have shifted the emphasis in Fijian political discourse from race to class. The FLP does, however, have to confront the plural society syndrome, that is, the practice of politics along ethnic lines and the perception of political conflict in ethnic terms. This article examines the colonial origins of the plural society syndrome, Fijian political parties and the party

< previous page

page_97

next page >


page_98

< previous page

page_98

next page > Page 98

system, the emergence of the Fiji Labour Party and the problems facing it. See also Politics in Fiji (item no. 383). 379 Planets around the sun: contradictions and dynamics of the Fijian Matanitu. N. Thomas. Sydney: University of Sydney, 1988. 73p. maps. bibliog. (Oceania Monographs, no. 31). This study of pre-colonial chiefs in eastern Fiji focuses on the elite marriage alliances and factional conflicts. With the intention of contributing to the theory of social stratification in the Pacific, Thomas concentrates on the period of early contact with the West. See also American influence on the politics of Fiji (item no. 326), Customs of respect (item no. 341) and Traditional leaders and modern Pacific island governance (item no. 397). 380 Political advancement in the South Pacific: a comparative study of colonial practice in Fiji, Tahiti and American Samoa. F. J. West. Melbourne: Oxford University Press, 1961. Reprinted Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1984. 188p. bibliog. West explores the establishment and development of colonial governments in Fiji, Tahiti and American Samoa, presenting their social and economic background. For each country, including Fiji, he suggests that leadership and village government are the weak links in government structure. This, he attributes to the introduction of Western institutions into non-Western societies rather than to the ineptitude of colonial governments. In the three chapters devoted to each state, the background of the country is examined, followed by a description and analysis of government structures and political development. For Fiji the background chapter does little more than outline its political and social development. The chapter dealing with the structure of Fiji's government covers the period from 1945, as does the chapter on political advancement. A short concluding chapter looks at comparative colonial practice. See also The decolonization of Oceania (item no. 343), The facade of democracy (item no. 350) and Self-regulation in the Fijian village (item no. 392). 381 Political handbook of the world. Binghamton, New York: CSA Publications, 1928-. annual. This is a standard source that provides excellent commentary and information on political developments around the world, including Fiji, on an annual basis. General information on each country precedes a discussion of political background, constitution and government, foreign relations and current issues. This is then followed by a useful section on political parties, providing details on the activities of each active party and its leadership. Final sections detail the names of cabinet members, the numbers of each party in the legislature and the current situation regarding the media. The five-page entry on Fiji in the current issue presents accurate information and a clear description of the present situation.

< previous page

page_98

next page >


page_99

< previous page

page_99

next page > Page 99

382 Politics in ethnically bipolar states: Guyana, Malaysia, Fiji. R. S. Milne. Vancouver, British Columbia: University of British Colombia Press, 1981. 279p. bibliog. Milne examines the attempts of governments to combine the exercise of power with the pursuit of such goals as stability, legitimacy and democracy. This work studies political behaviour in bipolar states, where, the author maintains, levels of competition and tension are likely to be high. Of particular value are chapters four to six on ethnic politics and state power. This is a useful, comparative contribution to understanding ethnic politics in Fiji. See also Planets around the sun (item no. 379). 383 Politics in Fiji: studies in contemporary history. Edited by B. V. Lal. Sydney: Allen & Unwin, 1986. 161p. bibliog. Fijian politics constitute the subject matter for this collection of essays, which includes a number of interesting contributions. Lal writes on 'Politics since independence', in which he examines the 1970 Constitution and the need for its revision, and on 'The emergence of the Fiji labour party', which reproduces Bavadra's speech at the inauguration of the Party. Other contributions include: Alley, 'The emergence of party politics in Fiji'; Ali, 'Fiji, political change, 18741960'; Norton, 'Colonial Fiji'; and Premdas, 'Ethnic conflict management'. This is a useful country-specific volume that brings more general treatments down to the national level. See also The party system, the labour party (item no. 378) and Politics in Melanesia (item no. 384). 384 Politics in Melanesia. Edited by R. G. Crocombe, A. Ali. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1982. 170p. maps. bibliog. (Politics in the Pacific Islands Series, no. 1). This collection reviews the development and situation of politics throughout Melanesia during the 1980s. Fiji is included in the treatment, with colonialism and ethnic politics as major themes. This is an interesting and insightful discussion of the political aspirations of indigenous Melanesian peoples, including the Fijians. For a more detailed treatment of the same period but specifically in Fiji, see Politics in Fiji (item no. 383). 385 A politics of virtue: Hinduism, sexuality and countercolonial discourse in Fiji. J. D. Kelly. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1991. 266p. bibliog. Between 1929 and 1932 Fiji Indian public discourse moved from anti-colonial politics to a series of religious debates about the sexuality of gods and the propriety of different forms of marriage. Kelly's thesis is that there is a clear connection between these debates and the social and political context, and he here presents a history of the dialogue as a contribution to a better understanding of colonial political developments in Fiji. More specifically, Kelly investigates a form of political discourse among the colonized, at a time when their resources were fragmentary, complex and incoherent and when the colonial political authority sought to deny them any political space. This is a stimulating and often unexpected contribution to our understanding of Fiji's political development among the indentured classes.

< previous page

page_99

next page >


page_100

< previous page

page_100

next page > Page 100

386 Power and prejudice: the making of the Fiji crisis. B. V. Lal. Wellington: Institute of International Affairs, 1988. 204p. bibliog. Lal offers a sound summary of political developments leading up to the coup of May 1987 and also of events following the coup during that year. The Governor General's speech of 11 May 1987 outlining Coalition policies is reprinted. See also Fiji: coups in paradise (item no. 353) and The 1987 Westminster Crisis (item no. 375). 387 Problems of political advancement in Fiji. F. West. Pacific Affairs, vol. 33, no. 1 (1960), p. 23-37. In this article West considers the population and economic background, and the evolution of Fijian administration. The Fijians are seen as being treated in isolation from the rest of the colony, and the Fijian administration is viewed as an obstacle to political advancement in so far as native administration is treated as part of a government distinct from the general government of the colony. 388 Rabuka: no other way; his own story of the Fijian coup. E. Dean, S. Ritova. Sydney: Doubleday, 1988. 174p. Written by an Australian journalist and with photographs by a Fijian photo-journalist, this is a somewhat uncritical report of Rabuka's actions. While not suitable for anyone seeking an objective, scholarly analysis, this work does have value for its insights into several factors behind the coup and for its presentation of Rabuka's viewpoint and the views of several close advisers. It is especially valuable for the information on Rabuka's thinking before and during the coup, and clearly indicates how he attempted to use religion to support his actions. The authors describe events leading up to the coups and the coups themselves, and there is some information on Rabuka's early life. See also Bavadra (item no. 328). 389 Race and politics in Fiji. R. Norton. St Lucia, Queensland: University of Queensland Press, 1990. 2nd ed. 212p. bibliog. In seven chapters Norton presents a major investigation of the relationship between race and politics, covering the development of Fiji as a multi-ethnic society, ethnic relations, party politics and the end of colonial rule and the crises of 1987. The author's viewpoint differs substantially from that favouring eastern chiefly orthodoxy and for this reason is an important contribution to the literature on this topic. The work is a comprehensive sociological analysis of the history and effects of the ethnic situation in Fiji, with particular reference to societal development, conflict and co-operation. See also Fiji: race and politics (item no. 361). 390 Race, politics and the coup in Fiji. S. Hagan. Bulletin of Concerned Asian Scholars, vol. 19, no. 4 (1987), p. 2-18. Hagan maintains that a simplistic racial interpretation of the 1987 coup is inadequate and misleading. Indigenous rights were clearly not endangered by the Bavadra government, and political leadership was still effectively in Fijian hands. The

< previous page

page_100

next page >


page_101

< previous page

page_101


Coalition government had changed the emphasis of government from race to economic class, social justice and commonality of interests. This would have undermined the foundations of the Alliance Party, and the chiefly establishment feared the loss of its hold over the people. These and related issues, over and above race, contributed to the coup. See also Two military coups in Fiji (item no. 399). 391 Report of the commission of enquiry into the resources and population trends of the colony of Fiji. A. Burns. Suva: Legislative Council of Fiji, 1960. 154p. maps. bibliog. (Legislative Council Papers, no. 1). The Burns Commission marked an important landmark in the analysis of Fiji's political development. It argued for a restructuring of the administration in Fiji that would see an end to paternalism and the introduction of means to enhance individual freedom and initiative. The Commission favoured a structure that would allow greater personal autonomy and freedom for Fijian commoners, thereby promoting economic development that would benefit the entire country rather than the elite. 392 Self-regulation in the Fijian village: its loss and proposals for reintroduction. A. Prasad. In: Justice programs for aboriginal and other indigenous communities: Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Fiji and Papua New Guinea. Proceedings, aboriginal criminal justice workshop, no. 1, 29 April to 2 May 1985. Edited by K. Hazelhurst. Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology, 1985, p. 67-74. (AIC Seminar Proceedings, no. 7). At the time of this workshop, Prasad was First Secretary of the Fiji High Commission in Australia. He provides a historical synopsis of the structure of the Fijian village and its welfare system, especially its human dimensions and government provisions. Special attention is devoted to reasons why the government changed its policy towards the village system and its subsequent shock at how matters developed after the dismantling of the system. See also Political advancement in the South Pacific (item no. 380). 393 Silent warriors. A. Singh, introduction by T. Baba. Suva: Fiji Institute of Applied Studies, 1992. Unabridged ed. 108p. map. Written by a founding member of the Fiji Labour Party, this is a highly personal account of events in Fiji during the 1980s. Singh describes his own abduction by Fijian nationalists and his subsequent detention, interrogation and torture. Although written in a laboured style, this account does allow one to see inside the events of 1987 from a Fiji-Indian perspective. As such, it is a useful contribution to our understanding of the coup and its aftermath. See also Treason at ten (item no. 398). 394 State ideology and national security in Fiji. A. Palmer. Australasian Law Students Journal (1989), p. 45-67. An important paper that examines the two recent coups in Fiji as a means of discussing the relationship between the state and national security. Palmer asks

< previous page

page_101

next page >


page_102

< previous page

page_102


whether a military coup can be conducted in the interests of national security, indicating that in his view this is not possible. The author uses the events in Fiji for his discussion of the relationship between state and national security, in particular between an ideology which legitimates the state and activities which can, in the light of that ideology, be regarded as a threat to the state. The paper also looks at the Internal Security Decree and Draft Constitution in order to help understand the nature of the emerging Fijian state. 395 Succession in East Fiji: institutional disjunction as a source of political dynamism in an ascription oriented society. M. A. H. B. Walter. Oceania, vol. 44, no. 4 (1974), p. 301-22. maps. This study in political anthropology discusses the mode of succession to headship, which is an important source of political dynamism in the highly stratified, ascription-oriented society of East Fiji. Walter shows that sibling succession and primogenital seniority present dual emphasis on distinct orders of ascribed status; this in turn has contributed to the inability of traditional headship to adjust to socio-economic developments. 396 Thirty years ago: a view of the Fijian political scene. Confidential report to the British Colonial Office, September 1959. O. H. K. Spate. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 25, no. 1 (1990). p. 103-24. This title contains the text of the author's confidential paper which was attached to his report commissioned by the Government of Fiji, The Fijian people (item no. 465). Released after expiry of the thirty year period of confidentiality, the author introduces the confidential report, 'The Fijian political scene: some reflections', which is reproduced in full. The report is a useful commentary of a more personal nature than the author's major and publicly available report and it provides some valuable insights into the political scene. 397 Traditional leaders and modern Pacific island governance. N. Meller. Asian Survey, vol. 24, no. 7 (1984), p. 759-72. Meller surveys the role of traditional leaders in modern Pacific island governments, including Fiji. He suggests that these modern governments fail to accommodate latent traditional power centres and argues that the exclusion of traditional leaders may lead to conflict. Viewing these traditional leaders sympathetically, Meller suggests that they have a key function in helping to deal successfully with problems associated with rapid cultural change. See also Planets around the sun (item no. 379). 398 Treason at ten: Fiji at the crossroads. K. Bain, foreword by T. Bavadra. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1989. 236p. map. An account of events prior to the 1987 coups that presents the largely personal views of a former Deputy High Commissioner of Fiji in London and an important figure in the Commonwealth Secretariat. It offers a day-by-day, sometimes even hour-by-hour, account of events from 14 May November 1987. The most detail is provided on

< previous page

page_102

next page >


page_103

< previous page

page_103


events leading up to the coup, with rather more general recollections of post-coup occurrences. See also Silent warriors (item no. 393). 399 Two military coups in Fiji. A. B. Van Fossen. Bulletin of Concerned Asian Scholars, vol. 19, no. 4 (1987), p. 19-31. Van Fossen discusses the first 1987 coup in terms of class conflict and associated internal colonialism, maintaining that Fiji is entering a new stage of ethnic relations comparable to that of Malaysia. He suggests that this process has been accelerated by the second coup of 25 September 1987. See also Fiji: shattered coups (item no. 363), Fiji: politics of illusion (item no. 359) and Race, politics and the coup (item no. 390).

< previous page

page_103

next page >


page_104

< previous page

page_104


Constitution 400 Communalism and constitution making in Fiji. R. K. Vasil. Pacific Affairs, vol. 45, no. 1 (1972), p. 21-41. Vasil discusses the widespread opposition of the Fiji-Indians to political paramountcy of the Fijians. He focuses on the inherent problems in the 1970 Fijian constitution, which maintains this Fijian supremacy, and on the roles of the political parties (Alliance Party and Federation Party). Vasil is critical of Britain's role in trying to reach a compromise between Fiji-Indians and Fijians in developing the constitution. He maintains that the constitution is one-sided nonetheless and that it enshrines minority rule. This is a useful review article in view of more recent events in Fiji. See also Constitution making in Fiji (item no. 401) and Constitutional change in Fiji (item no. 403). 401 Constitution making in Fiji: the search for a practical solution. I. Mataitoga. Melanesian Law Journal, vol. 19 (1991), p. 43-63. Mataitoga outlines Fiji's constitutional history, covering the following events and topics: the instrument of cession; the 1970 Constitutional Conference; the role of the Great Council of Chiefs; the 1970 Constitution; background to the 1987 general election; the military; and the process of constitution making. See also Communalism and constitution making in Fiji (item no. 400), Constitutional change in Fiji (item no. 403) and Constitutional issues in transition to independence (item no. 404). 402 Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji. Suva: Government Printer, 1990, 158p. (Extraordinary issue of the Fiji Republic Gazette, vol. 4, Wednesday 25 July, 1990). This important document contains the Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji (Promulgation) Decree 1990, the schedule (arrangement of sections), preamble, constitution and two further schedules. The constitution itself consists of fifteen chapters: the state and the constitution; protection of fundamental rights and freedoms of the individual; Fijian and Rotuman interests; citizenship; the President; Parliament; the Executive; the Judicature; service commissions and the public

< previous page

page_104

next page >


page_105

< previous page

page_105


service; the ombudsman; finance; miscellaneous; special powers against subversion and emergency powers; immunity provisions; and transitional provisions. See also Pacific constitutions (item no. 414) and Report of the constitution review committee July/August 1987 (item no. 419). 403 Constitutional change in Fiji. J. S. Whitelaw. Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. 74, no. 4 (1965), p. 503-11. Whitelaw presents a general discussion of Fiji's constitutional history, focusing primarily on changes in the constitution and constitutional reform. Whitelaw's thesis is that the basic problems in Fiji stem from an unequal distribution of land, with Fijians (forty per cent of the population at the time) owning more than eighty per cent of the land. Despite moves towards increased self-government in the early 1960s, problems still remain with regard to ethnic group relations, use and tenure of native land, and the lack of government response to local conditions. This is a useful paper for a background to subsequent political developments in Fiji. See also Communalism and constitution making in Fiji (item no. 400), Constitution making in Fiji (item no. 401) and Fiji: from colony to independence (item no. 407). 404 Constitutional issues in transition to independence. Y. P. Ghai. In: Foreign forces in Pacific politics. Edited by R. G. Crocombe, A. Ali. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1983, p. 1-65. (Politics in Pacific Islands, no. 4). While dealing only inter alia with Fiji, this important paper discusses a range of pre-independence constitutional issues of significance to Fiji and the surrounding island states. This involves an examination of the role of constitutions in independence, the process of constitution making, constitution drafting in relation to ethnic groups, territorial integrity, decentralization, the structure of government, land and custom. See also Constitution making in Fiji (item no. 401). 405 The Fiji Constitution of 1970. J. F. Hookey. Melanesian Law Journal, vol. 1, no. 2 (1971), p. 38-43. Hookey maintains that the independence Constitution is a consensus document, with both main political parties agreeing to it. As this Constitution is not an external imposition, it does not provide a common roll but rather three separate communal rolls. Thus the independence Constitution deals mainly with issues of franchise, but it also touches on a bill of rights. Hookey argues that Fiji has developed a workable independence Constitution characterized by pragmatism and the avoidance of contentious issues. See also Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji (item no. 402). 406 The Fiji constitutional crisis of May 1987: a legal assessment. C. McLachlan. New Zealand Law Journal, (1987), p. 175-81. In this paper McLachlan explores the legal context of the 1987 coup and examines constitutional possibilities for resolving the impasse. Much of the paper is a useful description of key elements in the independence Constitution of 1970, but there is

< previous page

page_105

next page >


page_106

< previous page

page_106


also attention paid to the duty of the Governor-General with regard to reserve powers, the protection of native Fijian rights, subsequent developments in the regional and international situation, and interesting speculation on possible future developments. See also The Fiji revolutions of 1987 (item no. 408), The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410) and Kanaky or Caledonia? (item no. 413). 407 Fiji: from colony to independence - constitutional change, 1874-1970. A. Ali. Journal of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies, vol. 10, no. 1 (1976), p. 27-51. In this history of the legal and political development of Fiji Ali deals primarily with enfranchisement and Indian-Fijian relations, relating these to constitutional developments of the period 1874-1970. This is a detailed, objective and factual treatment of issues that are particularly prone to bias and reportage rather than scholarly analysis. See also Constitutional change in Fiji (item no. 403) and Problems of constitution-making in Fiji (item no. 415). 408 The Fiji revolutions of 1987. F. M. Brookfield. New Zealand Law Journal, (1988), p. 250-56. This paper argues that the Governor-General did not use his reserve powers to ensure a return to constitutional government after the 14 May 1987 coup. Rather, he attempted a moderate revolution of his own; when that failed, the second coup of 25 September 1987 occurred and established a de facto republican government. In this context Brookfield considers the status in Fiji municipal law of both the Governor-General's moderate revolutionary interim regime and its republican successor. The situation is considered in terms of de facto and de jure authority. See also The Fiji constitutional crisis of May 1987 (item no. 406), The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410) and Kanaky or Caledonia? (item no. 413). 409 The Fijian crisis: the constitutional dimension. Y. P. Ghai (et al.) London: Minority Rights Group, 1987. 15p. bibliog. (Minority Rights Group Reports, no. 75). Compiled in the wake of the first coup in Fiji, this report presents one perspective on the post-coup situation by a generally respected pressure group. Ghai and the other contributors emphasize the constitutional dimensions of the crisis, including the constitutional background, Fijian interests, the electoral system and power sharing. Suggestions are also made for a solution to the crisis, with the Governor-General as the protector of ethnic interests. Several critics have suggested however, that the report fails to treat major factors and attitudes objectively and that there are numerous errors in both fact and interpretation. See also The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410) and Kanaky or Caledonia? (item no. 413). 410 The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis. D. J. Murray. Politics, vol. 13, no. 2 (1978), p. 230-38. In this paper Murray reports the sequence of events in some detail, indicating what the Governor-General did during the crisis and the legal reasons for these actions. He also discusses the resulting uncertainties and the lessons that might be drawn from the actions of the Governor-General. See also The Fiji constitutional crisis of May 1987

< previous page

page_106

next page >


page_107

< previous page

page_107


(item no. 406), The Fiji revolutions of 1987 (item no. 408), The Fijian crisis (item no. 409) and ''In the name of the Governor of Fiji" (item no. 434). 411 Heads of state in the Pacific: a legal and constitutional analysis. Y. Ghai, J. Cottrell. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1990. 276p. bibliog. Ghai and Cottrell discuss institutional provisions relating to the heads of state in a number of Pacific island states, including Fiji. In particular the role of the Governor-General of Fiji at the time of the 1987 coup, Ratu Sir Penaia Kanatabatu Ganilau, is addressed. Six chapters cover the following areas: constitutional provisions on heads of state; the separation of the head of state from the head of government; factors influencing the role of the head of state; the role of the Queen; the appointment, tenure and liability of the head of state; the powers and function of the head of state; the role of the head of state in emergencies and crises. Some attention is given in the concluding chapter and in Appendix one to the changing position and powers of the head of state in Fiji since the revocation of the 1970 constitution. See also The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410) and "In the name of the Governor of Fiji" (item no. 435). 412 The indigenous Fijians and the Fiji legal system. N. K. F. O'Neill. In: Law and anthropology: international yearbook for legal anthropology, vol. 2 (1987), p. 405-21. This paper was prepared for the twelfth Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law, in 1986, and reports on the position of indigenous Fijians in the country's legal system. The author traces the development of Fiji's legal system through pre-colonial Fiji and the establishment of the Colony of Fiji to the development of the Fijian legal system in the 1980s. He discusses constitutional developments, constitutionally entrenched legislation, and the impact of the legal system on Fijians in relation to the following: the legal status of Fijians; land rights; self-government; use of natural resources; recognition of family; kinship and associated structures; criminal law and procedure; the role of custom in the formal legal system; special legal institutions; distribution of funds; benefits and services; human rights and equality before the law. See also Native courts and customs in Fiji (item no. 440) and the two papers by Ali (item nos. 407, 415). 413 Kanaky or Caledonia? Viti or Fiji? Plural societies, constitutional and international law: materials for discussion, recommended reading. C. G. Powles. In: Australian Universities Law School Association, 43rd Annual Conference, University of Sydney, 2831 August 1988: Selected Papers. [Sydney: AULSA, 1988], 18p. (each paper paginated separately). Compiled for the South Pacific Legal Studies Interest Group of the 43rd AULSA Conference in 1988, this collection of documents includes the Governor-General's Proclamation of a State of Emergency, 19 May 1987; the Declaration of the Republic of Fiji Decree (No. 8), 7 October 1987; the Appointment of the Head of State and Dissolution of Fiji Military Government Decree 1987 (No. 25), 5 December 1987; the Appointment of Prime Minister Decree 1987 (No. 1), 5 December 1987. See also The

< previous page

page_107

next page >


page_108

< previous page

page_108


Fiji constitutional crisis (item no. 406), The Fiji revolutions of 1987 (item no. 408) and The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410). 414 Pacific constitutions. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Social and Administrative Studies, Institute of Pacific Studies, School of Social and Economic Development, 1983. 2 vols. maps. The constitutions of the countries of the Pacific are presented in full in this two-volume work. Volume one is subtitled Polynesia; Volume two, Independent States of Melanesia and Micronesia. The constitution of Fiji up until the time of the 1987 coup is included in Volume two (pages 1-83). See also Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji (item no. 402) and Report of the Constitution Review Committee July/August 1987 (item no. 419). 415 Problems of constitution-making in Fiji. A. Ali. Pacific Perspective, vol. 4 (1975), p. 74-80. This brief paper suggests that an inherited, colonial constitution cannot remain unchanged as the needs of society change. However, the author remains in favour of the current Constitution which he feels has served Fiji well and saved it from many of the ethnic rivalry problems in other countries. He suggests that some attention to communal franchise being replaced by a common franchise would remove some of the existing racial tensions between Fiji-Indians and Fijians. See also Ali's Fiji: from colony to independence (item no. 407). 416 The proposed constitutional guarantee of indigenous governmental power in Fiji: an international legal appraisal. M. R. Islam. California Western International Law Journal, vol. 19, no. 1 (1988 89), p. 107-28. Prepared for the South Pacific Legal Studies Interest Group of the forty-third AULSA Conference in 1988, this paper discusses the proposed constitutional guarantee of indigenous Fijian control of government. Islam notes that this violates international law and analyses Fiji's international duty to oppose racism, arguing that a constitutional guarantee of indigenous control undermines such a duty. He asserts that the denial of self-determination in the form of equal rights may result in attempts to seek territorial succession as a way of restoring rights and protecting interests. See also The recognition of the revolutionary regime (item no. 418). 417 Public order and the Bill of Rights in Fiji: R v. Butadroka. H. Aikman. Victoria University of Wellington Law Review, vol. 11 (1981), p. 169-90. This study examines the guarantee of freedom of speech and assembly in the Bill of Rights found in Fiji's Constitution. See also Human rights and the supreme court in Fiji (item no. 432).

< previous page

page_108

next page >


page_109

< previous page

page_109


418 The recognition of the revolutionary regime of Fiji by Papua New Guinea. M. R. Islam. Melanesian Law Journal, vol. 16 (1988), p. 75-88. Islam outlines and analyses the factors that led Papua New Guinea to recognize the Rabuka regime after the 1987 coups. The paper discusses the criteria for recognition of a military regime and argues that a new constitution for Fiji defies international law which prohibits racism and promotes human rights. See also The Fiji constitutional crisis (item no. 406) and On revolution and legality in Fiji (item no. 440). 419 Report of the Constitution Review Committee July/August 1987. Chairman: Sir John N. Falvey. Suva: Parliament of Fiji, 1987. 90, [8], 23, 10p. (Parliamentary Papers, no. 21). The Falvey Committee report covers all aspects of the constitution, reporting on each component and making recommendations for changes, amendments and developments. It includes many minority views and reservations, which is useful in showing the range of opinions on several matters. Interestingly, Colonel Rabuka was a member of the Committee. See also Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji (item no. 402) and Pacific constitutions (item no. 414).

< previous page

page_109

next page >


page_110

< previous page

page_110


Law 420 Annual report. Fiji Judicial Department. Suva: Government Printer, 1981-. annual. This annual review of the work undertaken by the Judicial Department provides a useful summary of its activities and indicates the areas of current concern. 421 The approach by Fiji a mid-ocean archipelago to the Conference on the Law of the Sea. D. McLoughlin. Melanesian Law Journal, vol. 1, no. 3 (1972), p. 37-46. This paper amalgamates statements which were prepared by the author and presented to sessions of the United Nations Preparatory Committee on the Peaceful Uses of the Seabed and the Ocean Floor beyond the Limits of National Jurisdiction in 1972. It offers key insights into Fiji's views on this economically and environmentally important topic. See also the Food and Agricultural Organization's Fiji (item no. 428). 422 The developing nations: Fiji. International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes. In: Investment laws of the world. Dobbs Ferry, New York: Oceania Publishers, 1984, vol. 2, paginated separately by country. Although now somewhat dated, this collection appears not to have covered Fiji in any more detail in subsequent editions. Included in this collection is Fiji's Economic Development Board Act 1980 (No. 11, 1980), which deals with the establishment of a key agency for promoting economic development, its powers, funding and administration.

< previous page

page_110

next page >


page_111

< previous page

page_111


423 Developments in human rights in Asia and the South Pacific. S. Zifcak. Law Institute Journal, vol. 62 (1988), p. 138-40. This is a discussion of human rights in the Asian Pacific area with particular reference to Malaysia and Fiji. Zifcak describes human rights abuses in Fiji following the coup and offers suggestions for Australia's role in monitoring and protecting human rights in the region. The title is one of many examples of external views by the legal profession on human rights in Fiji. See also Human rights in the world (item no. 433). 424 An examination of the laws and practice relating to penal policy in Fiji: [penal policy review] report (part 1), June 1986. Fiji. Law Reform Commission. Suva: Government Printer, 1986. bibliog. (Fiji Law Reform Commission Papers, no. 8). This report includes recommendations that penal policy place emphasis on the rights of crime victims, that imprisonment be viewed as a final resort and that sentences of reparation include reparation in terms of goods or services as well as in money. 425 The family, law and population in the Pacific islands. M. Pulea. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1986. 199p. map. bibliog. This study derives from a joint United Nations Fund for Population Activities/University of the South Pacific project which was aimed at documenting government measures affecting family and population in nine countries, including Fiji. While Fiji is not treated on its own, information about the country occurs throughout the work, which presents detailed information on various population issues and especially law and family planning (abortion, divorce, adoption). A useful glossary is provided. This is an important work on the interface between law and family/population issues. 426 Fiji. H. H. Marshall. In: International encyclopedia of comparative law. Volume 1: national reports E/F. Edited by V. Knapp. Tübingen, Germany: J. C. B. Mohr (Paul Siebeck), [1973], p. F29-F31. Compared with other countries in the collection, Fiji receives rather cursory treatment, with information limited to only two aspects of the country's law: the constitutional system, and sources of law and present law. Data covering the constitutional system are adequately presented in slightly more than one page, with information on topics such as nationality, the territory, legislative power, government and judiciary. In the second area, however, the treatment is not as concise, with less than one page devoted to the constitution, basic law and legislation. See also Sources and literature of the law of Fiji (item no. 445). 427 Fiji. N. S. Raghwan. In: Industrial relations. Edited by J. Whittaker. Mosman, New South Wales: International Training Institute, 1982, p. 64-82. (International Perspectives, no. 3). This survey provides brief information on Fiji's industrial relations environment, workers and employers, the role of the government, industrial relations processes and

< previous page

page_111

next page >


page_112

< previous page

page_112


workplace rules. It is a particularly useful source for identifying relevant legislation. See also South Pacific (item no. 446). 428 Fiji. In: Regional compendium of fisheries legislation (Western Pacific region). Rome: Food and Agriculture Organization, 1984, vol. 1, p. 246-93. (Legislative Studies, no. 35). This comprehensive collection includes Fiji's fisheries legislation that was in force in the 1980s under four headings: 'National limits of jurisdiction'; 'Laws on marine fisheries'; 'Regulations on marine fisheries', and 'Supplementary legislation'. This is a key source of legislative information on one of Fiji's major natural resources. See also The approach by Fiji to the conference on the law of the sea (item no. 421). 429 Fiji case index (from case reports to July 1986). N. Adsett. Suva: Crown Law Office, 1986. See also General index to the laws of Fiji (item no. 431). 430 Fiji: protecting property rights. S. Dean. In: Land, people and government: public lands policy in the South Pacific. Edited by P. Larmour, R. G. Crocombe, A. Taungenga. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, 1981, p. 19-25. This brief, descriptive paper discusses the procedure whereby Crown land is set aside as native reserves, how applications are made and claims investigated. Although very brief and basic, it is one of the few readily accessible documents on this important topic. See also Reserve claims in Fiji (item no. 444). 431 General index to the laws of Fiji (as at 14 May 1987). Suva: Government Printer, 1987. 42p. See also Fiji case index (item no. 429). 432 Human rights and the Supreme Court in Fiji: Butadroka revisited. I. Mataitoga. New Zealand Law Journal (1985), p. 58-62. Using Regina versus Butadroka as a case study of human rights violations in Fiji, Mataitoga argues that, because Fiji lacks a Human Rights Commission, the Supreme Court fulfils this function. However, both legally and practically the Supreme Court cannot serve two masters, so there is a genuine need for Fiji to establish a Human Rights Commission. Such a Commission would serve as a necessary middle ground between the individual and the Supreme Court. See also Public order and the bill of rights in Fiji (item no. 417).

< previous page

page_112

next page >


page_113

< previous page

page_113


433 Human rights in the world: Fiji. International Commission of Jurists. ICJ Review, vol. 39 (December 1987), p. 3-9. This investigation of human rights in Fiji presents a brief survey of the coups in Fiji and the resulting decrees on human rights. It includes a copy of the Fiji Military Government Decree No. 20: Sunday Observance Decree 1987. See also Developments in human rights in Asia and the South Pacific (item no. 423). 434 'In the name of the Governor of Fiji': the legal consequences of a bureaucratic faux pas. K.-F. Koch. In: Access to justice. Volume 4: the anthropological perspective. Patterns of conflict management: essays in the ethnography of law. Edited by K.-F. Koch. Amsterdam: Sijthoff & Noordhoff - Alphen Ann den Rijn; Milan; Giuffre Editore, 1979, p. 171-89. In 1947 colonists from Vaitupu settled on the uninhabited Fijian island of Kioa, with the intention of cultivating the land and establishing a new community. Title to the land was registered in the name of the Governor of Fiji, which led to complex legal difficulties that took decades to resolve. This paper is a case study that describes the contradictions between customary rules of tenure and British law relating to freehold land. It is useful for both historical and legal perspectives on migration and land tenure. See also The Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisis (item no. 410) and Heads of state in the Pacific (item no. 411). 435 Labour law documents. International Labour Office. Geneva: International Labour Organization, 1919-. three per annum. Begun in 1919 as a Legislative Series and retitled as from 1990, this series provides information on current texts of major interest in the field of labour law. The two parts of each issue cover international and national legislation, both containing full texts and relevant bibliographic information. Fiji is treated irregularly, as labour law is uncommon in the islands. See also South Pacific (item no. 446). 436 Laws of Fiji and subsidiary legislation in force on the []. Suva: Government Printer, 1987-. regularly updated. This collection contains all the laws and legislation presently in force and is regularly updated. Of special value is the comprehensive general index to legislation. See also Ordinances of the colony of Fiji (item no. 441). 437 Legal services country profile: Fiji. Australia. Attorney General's Department, Legal Services Advisory Committee. Canberra: Attorney General's Department, ILSAC Secretariat, 1993. 16p. This brief document provides an overview of the legal and related services sector in Fiji under six headings: 'General information' (language, government, economy); 'Basic legal information'; 'Legal services market'; 'Market access requirements'; 'Australian legal service'; and 'References, sources'. On each of these topics the

< previous page

page_113

next page >


page_114

< previous page

page_114


information is aimed at the needs of Australian legal practitioners, but others should find the overview useful. See also The legal system of Fiji (item no. 438) and Pacific courts and legal systems (item no. 442). 438 The legal system of Fiji. C. Gordon. In: Modern legal systems cyclopedia. Edited by K. R. Redden. Buffalo, New York: William S. Hein, 1989, vol. 2, section 2.30, p. 1-14. A brief summary of the legal system of Fiji is contained in this article. Gordon covers its background and history, the system of government, parliamentary and judicial institutions, legal education, qualifications for admission of legal practitioners, foreign investments and taxation and law reports. The collection consists of brief factual statements which provide basic data of interest primarily to legal and business people. See also Legal services country profile (item no. 437) and Pacific courts and legal systems (item no. 442). 439 Native courts and customs in Fiji. R. K. Knox-Mawer. International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 10 (1961), p. 642-47. In this paper Knox-Mawer deals with 'Fijian regulations' based on Fijian custom and tradition. He discusses the various regulations and their native content. Although useful for its factual presentation, there is little discussion of the implications of these regulations for the native legal system. See also The indigenous Fijians and the Fiji legal system (item no. 412). 440 On revolution and legality in Fiji. R. N. Kiwanuka. International and Comparative Law Quarterly, vol. 37 (1988), p. 961-75. Asking whether the new order in Fiji is legally valid, Kiwanuka makes a comparison between Fiji and the Ugandan and Rhodesian cases. The article presents a background to the revolution in Fiji, discusses the legality of such a revolution and considers the matter of legality and effectiveness. See also The Fiji constitutional crisis (item no. 406) and The recognition of the revolutionary regime (item no. 418). 441 Ordinances of the Colony of Fiji 1875-1905. Suva: Government Printer, 1906. New ed. 116p. This collection includes all the ordinances that were in force during the stated period and is an excellent historical compendium of legislation in Fiji. See also Laws of Fiji and subsidiary legislation (item no. 436). 442 Pacific courts and legal systems. Edited by C. G. Powles, M. Pulea. Suva: University of the South Pacific, in association with Monash University, Faculty of Law, 1988. 376p. Covering the Pacific region generally, this collection (an updated edition of Pacific courts and justice) is divided into a number of topical sections, such as 'Lawyers and prosecutors', that range across the main aspects of the law and administration of

< previous page

page_114

next page >


page_115

< previous page

page_115


justice. There are several papers which are relevant to Fiji: Q. Bale, 'Whether or not to prosecute' (pages 179-81); K. Bulewa, 'Prosecution and trial in Fiji' (pages 182-84); V. D. Nadakuitavuki, 'Fijian magistrates - an historical perspective' (pages 78-84); F. Nakoora, 'The district officer's court in Rotuma' (pages 85-87); M. Scott, 'Fiji's judicial department - a review' (pages 222-25); and T. Tuivaga, 'A code of legal ethics for Fiji' (pages 172-78). See also Legal services country profile (item no. 437) and The legal system of Fiji (item no. 438). 443 Pacific law bibliography. J. D. Elliott. Hobart, Tasmania: Pacific Law Press; London: Commonwealth Legal Education Association and Commonwealth Secretariat, 1990. 2nd ed. 627, 32p. In this reasonably comprehensive bibliography Elliott treats published and unpublished material about the 'Pacific jurisdictions in order to inform legal research workers and others about what is available on a topic in each country'. Arrangement of entries is by both subject and jurisdiction; Fiji (pages 376-93) is covered in the jurisdiction division and also in the subject division. Statutes, law reports and periodical titles are listed, as are materials relevant to specific aspects of the law. This is an essential starting point for anyone seeking an introduction to printed material on the law of Fiji. See also Sources and literature of the law of Fiji (item no. 445). 444 Reserve claims in Fiji. E. V. Palad. In: Land, people and government: public lands policy in the South Pacific. Edited by P. Larmour, R. G. Crocombe, A. Taungenga. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, 1981, p. 161-63. Dean's paper deals extremely briefly with the acquisition of land for government use, whether by purchase or lease, and how such land is valued as part of the compensation process. See also Fiji: protecting property rights (item no. 430). 445 Sources and literature of the law of Fiji. N. K. F. O'Neill. LAWASIA (1986), p. 1-30. This paper outlines the history of the development of law in Fiji and describes the sources of the country's law: the Constitution; constitutionally-protected legislation; statute law and subsidiary legislation; imperial legislation; common law; custom; assessors in criminal trials. O'Neill maintains that without a law school in Fiji the growth of legal literature has been hampered, but local academics and practitioners are working to develop a corpus of such literature. See also Marshall's Fiji (item no. 426). 446 South Pacific. B. Brooks. In: International encyclopedia for labour law and industrial relations. Edited by R. Blanpain. Deventer, Netherlands: Kluwer, 1991, vol. 9, looseleaf supplement. 220p. map. bibliog. Following an extensive discussion of the general features of South Pacific island states (nearly 100 pages), this comprehensive guide to labour law and industrial

< previous page

page_115

next page >


page_116

< previous page

page_116


relations consists of two main parts. The first, which treats individual employment relationships, contains nine chapters covering such topics as employee-employer relations, working time, remuneration, job security and discrimination in employment. The second part, consisting of six chapters on collective labour relations, covers trade-union freedom, union-employer relations, collective bargaining, industrial action and dispute settlement. Brooks focuses on the Cook Islands, Western Samoa, Vanuatu, Tonga and Fiji, with the last of these discussed in several sections. This is a useful compendium on industrial relations in Fiji. See also Fiji by N. S. Raghwan (item no. 427) and Labour law documents (item no. 435).

< previous page

page_116

next page >


page_117

< previous page

page_117


Economy and Economic Development 447 Asian and Pacific developing countries: performance and issues. S. Naya. Asian Development Review, vol. 1, no. 1 (1983), p. 1-40. This economic performance review of the developing country members of the Asian Development Bank includes an evaluation of the economic development performance and prospects for Fiji in the early 1980s. Although the report is reasonably detailed, a number of important economic indicators are not complete. Nevertheless, it does offer useful insights into the reasons for the country's low economic growth during the 1970s. See also Island states of the Pacific and Indian Oceans (item no. 473). 448 Capitalism's economic impact in colonial Fiji, 1874-1939. B. Knapman. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 20 (1985), p. 66-83. Fiji under British rule appears to provide a classic example of what some would label 'the capitalist development of underdevelopment'. Knapman briefly presents the facts on Fiji's export income growth, income distribution, income usage and colonial economic policy. He then argues that a classic Marxist interpretation of Fiji's colonial economic change as 'development' should replace the simplistic and historically naïve 'underdevelopment' thesis. See also Colonialism, development and independence (item no. 449) and Fiji's economic history (item no. 466). 449 Colonialism, development and independence: the case of the Melanesian islands in the South Pacific. H. C. Brookfield. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1972. 226p. maps. bibliog. Defining colonialism and independence in a special way, Brookfield argues that both are revolutionary forces. Case materials from Melanesia are used to support the argument, which offers an interdisciplinary study of the history and political and economic development of the islands. The work contains a significant amount of empirical data on development in Melanesia, which Brookfield uses to support his argument that dependency has characterized this development. See also Fiji's economic history (item no. 466).

< previous page

page_117

next page >


page_118

< previous page

page_118


450 La comunidad del Pacific en perspectiva. (The Pacific community in perspective). Edited by F. Orrego Vicuña, with the assistance of G. Echeverria Duco. Santiago: Editorial Universitaria, Instituto de Estudios Internacionales de la Universidad de Chile, 1979. 357p. This unique collection of essays in both English and Spanish is based on presentations made at a seminar on the potential role of Latin America in the Pacific. It includes presentations by individuals from Fiji itself in the fifth part, which is devoted to the Pacific islands. 451 Country profile: Pacific islands. Fiji, Solomon Islands, Western Samoa, Vanuatu, Tonga. London: Economist Intelligence Unit, 1989-. annual. A companion to the quarterly Country report (see item no. 452), this title concentrates on political and economic information. The following areas are examined: political background; population and society; currency; the economy; national accounts; employment; wages and prices; agriculture; forestry and fishing; mining, energy, manufacturing, construction, tourism and other services, transport and communications; finance; foreign trade; external payments and debt; currency; and trade and investment regulations. The reports make use of a wide range of statistics and data, including those from the International Monetary Fund, the Fijian Reserve Bank, the Fijian Bureau of Statistics and the World Bank. This provides an excellent analysis of the developing economy of Fiji. 452 Country report: Pacific islands. Papua New Guinea, Fiji, Solomon Islands, Western Samoa, Vanuatu, Tonga. London: Economist Intelligence Unit, 1986-. quarterly. Like others in this series of quarterly reviews of national economies, this report forecasts the outlook for the Pacific island economies. It includes an analysis of current political and economic developments using key economic indicators. This is an important, regularly-updated reference work on economic and political development, that enjoys a reputation for accuracy and objective reporting. See also the annual Country profile (item no. 451). 453 Cultural tourism and its potential for Fiji. B. King. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 16 (1992), p. 74-89. bibliog. In this modified version of a paper presented to the Cultural Heritage and Tourism Workshop organized by the Department of Town and Country Planning in Fiji the author offers definitions of cultural tourism and related concepts and considers the arguments for and against cultural tourism. King makes suggestions for a move towards cultural tourism in Fiji as the basis for a more sustainable tourism industry that is in harmony with the culture, society and environment of the country. See also Tourism and underdevelopment in Fiji (item no. 490).

< previous page

page_118

next page >


page_119

< previous page

page_119


454 Domestic stabilization of international trade instability in the South Pacific. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1983. 76p. This collection of articles was prepared for a 1982 United Nations meeting of South Pacific experts on international trade and it includes three country papers on the experiences of the Cook Islands, Papua New Guinea and Fiji in dealing with cyclical fluctuations in export earnings. Because many of the problems discussed in this collection still remain today, this continues to be a useful work on trade instability in the South Pacific and Fiji in particular. 455 Fiji: a developing Australian colony. A. Rokotuivuna (et al.) Melbourne: International Development Action, 1973. 91p. map. bibliog. Looking primarily at Australia's foreign investment in Fiji, this publication also includes summaries of activities by a number of other foreign countries operating in Fiji during the early 1970s. Although specifically an analysis of Fiji's political economy, this work also offers interesting insights into the progressive views of its authors, several of whom subsequently became active in Fijian politics. See also Fiji: client state of Australasia? (item no. 456). 456 Fiji: client state of Australasia? Transnational Corporations Research Project. Edited by E. Utrecht. Sydney: University of Sydney, 1984. 390p. bibliog. The eight essays in this research collection include four surveys by Utrecht that are notable for their wealth of economic data. Other chapters cover food dependency, forestry, Australian companies in Fiji and economic policy. Taken together, the essays provide valuable information on the impact foreign influence has had on Fiji's development. There is an extensive and detailed bibliography of useful materials (pages 317-90). See also Fiji: a developing Australian colony (item no. 455). 457 Fiji development plan, 1966-1970: development planning review. Suva: Government Press, 1966. 62p. (Legislative Council Papers, no. 11). Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1969. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-586. This part of the Fiji Development Plan emphasizes the thrust of the development planning review area. (item no. 459). 458 Fiji development plan, 1966-1970: Fiji national income 1963 estimate. Suva: Central Planning Office, 1966. 53p. Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1978. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-1049. This part of the Fiji Development Plan emphasizes the importance of the expected changes in the light of the Fiji national income 1963 estimate. (item no. 459).

< previous page

page_119

next page >


page_120

< previous page

page_120


459 Fiji development plan, 1966-1970: outline and public expenditure. Suva: Government Press, 1966. 45p. (Legislative Council Papers, no. 16). Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1969. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-309. The three parts of the Fiji development plan, 1966-1970 provide detailed information on various aspects of the development projections for the period, social and economic policies to be pursued and the financial and monetary aspects connected with these policies. See also the other four development plans (item nos. 467-70). 460 The Fiji economy: from go to woe. R. V. Cole. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 154-62. In this paper, which comes from a special issue of Pacific Viewpoint devoted to Fiji since the coups, Cole examines the extent to which Fiji's economy has been damaged. Although the immediate, short-term effects of the coups have been overcome, with trade in both tourism and sugar in particular regaining ground, there are ongoing problems that show little sign of improvement: lack of investor confidence; military intervention in the economy; and political instability. While these problems remain unresolved, it is unlikely that living standards will return to former levels. See also the more detailed study by Cole and Hughes (item no. 461) and The political crisis and the manufacturing sector (item no. 483). 461 The Fiji economy May 1987: problems and prospects. R. V. Cole, H. Hughes. Canberra: Australian National University, National Centre for Development Studies, 1988. 148p. map. bibliog. (Pacific Policy Papers, no. 4). Sometimes criticized for latently supporting Alliance Party policies (Cole served as the Secretary of Finance under the Alliance government), this publication offers a valuable insight into Fiji's political economy. It includes general background on the weak economy of Fiji in the 1970s and early 1980s and suggests that this generally poor performance may have been a significant factor in the May 1987 coup. The bulk of the paper discusses the economic effects of the coup and considers the likely economic future of the country. See also the preceding paper by Cole (item no. 460). 462 Fiji: future imperfect? Edited by M. Taylor. Sydney: Allen & Unwin, 1987. 126p. bibliog. This collection of eight articles on the political economy of Fiji covers transport (Kissling), the trade-union movement (Howard), tourism (Britton), business (Taylor), agriculture (Brookfield), population and emigration (Connell), the future of the village (Ward), and Fiji's development (Taylor). The papers are commentaries rather than detailed analyses and are intended to form the basis for discussion of development in Fiji. References at the end of chapters are useful as a guide to further reading. See also The political economy of Fiji (item no. 484) and The political economy of independent Fiji (item no. 485).

< previous page

page_120

next page >


page_121

< previous page

page_121


463 Fiji: its problems and resources. W. A. Chapple. Auckland: Whitcombe & Tombs, 1921. 189p. map. bibliog. This work provides useful basic data on the Fijian economy and on Fijian society more generally during the early years of this century. It is recommended for this data rather than for any discussion or analysis by the author. 464 Fiji: opportunity from adversity? W. Kasper, J. Bennett, R. Blandy. St Leonards, New South Wales: Centre for Independent Studies, 1988. 168p. bibliog. (Pacific Papers). In 1988 a team of Australian economists conducted an intensive survey of Fiji's economy and this publication presents a report of that work. The intention of the survey was to develop strategies aimed at reviving economic and civic life in the country. Based on empirical economic data and the authors' first-hand experience, the study recommends a constitutional guarantee of basic civil and economic rights to all citizens of Fiji. This would involve the rapid and resolute deregulation of labour, capital and production markets, and comprehensive privatization to reduce the size of government and encourage the infusion of new ideas and expertise into Fijian society and the economy. Although clearly a conservative manifesto, this publication does offer an interesting alternative to the usual views on Fiji's political economy. 465 The Fijian people: economic problems and prospects. O. H. K. Spate. Suva: Government Press, 1959. 112p. map. (Legislative Council Papers, no. 13). This important report is based on an enquiry that had the following terms of reference: to assemble and assess data on the economic activity of Fijian producers, with special attention to the effects of their social organization on that activity; to consider how far Fiji's social organization might be a limiting factor in economic activity; to suggest ways in which changes in social organization might be desirable. The Spate Report proposes that a better future lies in turning away from communalism toward individualism, and it offers a series of specific recommendations in the following areas: land use and land control; communal and customary obligations; housing; administrative reform; the appointment of economic development officers; marketing ventures; co-operatives; financial aid and development funds; nonagricultural occupations; communal projects; and independent farming. This document has aroused extensive, often heated, discussion and should be consulted by anyone seeking a better understanding of Fiji's economic development. It offers an excellent summary of the social and economic problems faced by Fiji in the 1950s. See also The Fijian people 1958 (item no. 18) and Work and income for the people of Fiji (item no. 492). 466 Fiji's economic history, 1874-1939: studies of capitalist colonial development. B. Knapman. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, National Centre for Development Studies, 1987. 153p. bibliog. (Pacific Research Monographs, no. 15). Knapman, in this study, examines the spread and impact of capitalism in Fiji during the first sixty-five years of British colonial rule. This period (1874-1939) is significant

< previous page

page_121

next page >


page_122

< previous page

page_122


as the time during which the present structure of Fiji's economy was developed. See also Capitalism's economic impact in colonial Fiji (item no. 448) and Colonialism, development and independence (item no. 449). 467 Fiji's eighth development plan, 1981-1985. Suva: Central Planning Office, 1980. 2 vols.; Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1983. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-3030. This development plan provides detailed information on various aspects of the development projections for the period, social and economic policies to be pursued and financial and monetary aspects relating to these policies. See also the other four development plans (item nos. 459, 468-470). 468 Fiji's ninth development plan, 1986-1990: policies, strategies and programmes for national development. Suva: Central Planning Office, 1985. 191p. (Parliamentary Papers, no. 69). All of Fiji's development plans present a picture of the government's economic and social policies that seek to make the best use of the available physical, human and economic resources. Each plan provides details on the present economy, development objectives and policies, sectoral plans and programmes and plan implementation. Considered as a whole, this collection of development plans provides a detailed picture not only of Fiji's projected development but also of changing government objectives with regard to the country's development. See also the other four development plans (item nos. 459, 467, 469-70). 469 Fiji's seventh development plan, 1976-1980. Suva: Government Printer, 1975. 270p.; Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1978. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-1910. This development plan provides detailed information on various aspects of development projections for the period, social and economic policies to be pursued and financial and monetary aspects thereof. See also the other four development plans (item nos. 459, 467-68, 470). 470 Fiji's sixth development plan, 1971-1975. Suva: Fiji Times and Herald for the Government Printer, 1970. 264p. (Parliamentary Papers, 25, 1970). Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1971. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-1050. In common with the other development plans, this particular plan again provides detailed information on the different aspects of development projections, in this case for the years 1971-75. It also covers the social and economic policies the government intends to pursue and the financial and monetary concerns connected to these policies. See also the review of this plan (item no. 487) and the other four development plans (item nos. 459, 467-69).

< previous page

page_122

next page >


page_123

< previous page

page_123


471 Financial intermediation in small island developing economies. M. J. Fry. London: Commonwealth Secretariat, 1981. 75p. bibliog. (Commonwealth Economic Papers, no. 16). Covering eleven island economies, of which Fiji is one, this study analyses the financial sector of each country and argues for financial intermediation by foreign banks as well as flexible competitive interest rate policies. There are useful tables describing the financial sector of each island as well as interest and inflation rates. See also Monetary policy in Fiji (item no. 475). 472 International tourism reports. London: Economist Intelligence Unit, 1980- . quarterly. Each quarterly issue contains four or five detailed reports on tourism development in individual countries. Fiji has been treated in number four (1981) and number two (1988). The latter, on pages 50-67, covers the following topics: tourism industry performance 1975-87; tourism expenditure; tourists by country of origin; the accommodation sector; employment in tourism; staff training facilities; air transport; the government role in tourism; the effect of the coups and future prospects. The Economist Intelligence Unit also produces a bimonthly Travel and Tourism Analyst which gives regular business information and forecasts for all sectors of the industry. See also Pacific tourism (item no. 480). 473 The island states of the Pacific and Indian Oceans: anatomy of development. Edited by R. T. Shand. Canberra: Australian National University, Development Studies Centre, 1980. 512p. map. (Development Studies Centre Monographs, no. 23). Based on a 1979 seminar held at the Development Studies Centre, this compilation includes papers on specific island nations, of which Fiji is one. It also contains essays on such key issues as trade, education, training, transport, population and health. See also Asian and Pacific developing countries (item no. 447). 474 Modeling the Fiji economy. M. Sturton. Honolulu: East-West Center, Pacific Islands Development Program, 1989. 153p. bibliog. (Pacific Islands Development Program Research Reports, no. 12). This detailed study presents a policy framework for short-term analysis of Fiji's budgetary cycle. This framework includes an examination of the consequences of alternative policies and the different specifications of the budget with regard to the economy and the financial system. Sturton's model is used to examine two policies adopted by the government in the 1980s. The first was part of the stabilization package introduced after the 1987 political upheavals and the second were protectionist policies with regard to agricultural and industrial enterprises in Fiji.

< previous page

page_123

next page >


page_124

< previous page

page_124


475 Monetary policy in Fiji. D. G. Luckett. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1987. 144p. Based in part on information gathered during the author's sabbatical in Fiji in 1983, this study offers a brief but clear description of the system of government and structure of the economy in Fiji. Special attention is devoted to the financial system and the institutional arrangements under which it operates. Both the description and the analysis are clear and generally objective, although the author does indicate that he is writing from the perspective of the Central Bank - Reserve Bank of Fiji. See also Financial intermediation in small island developing economies (item no. 471). 476 Monopoly capital, white racism and superprofits in Fiji: a case study of the CSR. W. L. Narsey. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 5 (1979), p. 66-146. This lengthy article focuses on one symptom of underdevelopment, that of low incomes, and relates this to the nature of foreign investment as revealed in Fiji's sugar industry. It describes the struggle over the fruits of labour between farmers and workers on the one hand and monopoly capital in the form of the Australian Colonial Sugar Refining Company (CSR) on the other. It includes a historical perspective. The author shows that the interests of the CSR were safeguarded even if this meant hardship for the farmers, workers and their families. The analysis covers the CSR's monopoly position, the impact of racism, the actions of the colonial government, the effects on the Fijian people and lessons for Fiji. See also The role of investment in the development of Fiji (item no. 488). 477 A new kind of sugar: tourism in the Pacific. Edited by B. R. Finney, K. A. Watson. Honolulu: East-West Center; Santa Cruz, California: University of California Santa Cruz, Center for South Pacific Studies, 1977. 2nd ed. 262p. Containing essays from a 1974 workshop, this selection covers the cultural and economic impact of tourism in the Pacific islands, including Fiji. Many of the papers consider alternative approaches to economic diversification, and special attention is devoted to the generation of employment and foreign control of tourism. A good number of the problems addressed in these papers remain relevant today, indicating how little attention has been paid to these issues. See also Pacific tourism as islanders see it (item no. 480) and Tourism and underdevelopment in Fiji (item no. 490). 478 The new political economy of Fiji. W. Sutherland. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 132-41. This paper, one of eight in a special issue of the journal, traces the most important developments in Fiji since the coup and identifies the major structural tendencies which are shaping the country's political economy. These tendencies are linked with the new directions which are being set for the economy and also with positive discrimination in favour of native Fijians. The results are likely to include increased tensions both between and within ethnic groups, so it is unlikely that the fluidity of power relations in Fiji will be resolved for some time. See also The political economy of Fiji (item no. 484).

< previous page

page_124

next page >


page_125

< previous page

page_125


479 Pacific economic cooperation: suggestions for action. Edited by J. Crawford, with assistance from G. Seow. Petaling Jaya, Malaysia: Heinemann Educational Books, 1981. 246p. bibliog. There are thirty-four papers in this collection, and they are all based on presentations at a 1980 conference on the idea of a Pacific community, at which Fiji was represented. The papers discuss the Pacific community in terms of cultural, political and economic possibilities and from a variety of national perspectives. 480 Pacific tourism as islanders see it. Introduction by F. Rajotte. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1980. 171p. maps. bibliog. This collection of papers on the growth of tourism in the Pacific emphasizes the cultural and socio-economic impacts of tourism. Fiji receives substantial coverage in the papers by students of the University of the South Pacific. Of special note is the introductory essay by Rajotte, which offers an objective analysis of the benefits of tourism, both positive and negative. See also International tourism reports (item no. 472), A new kind of sugar (item no. 477) and Tourism and underdevelopment in Fiji (item no. 490). 481 The Pacific way: social issues in national development. Edited by S. Tupouniua, R. G. Crocombe, C. Slatter. Suva: South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1980. 252p. A 1973 seminar on development in the Pacific provides the basis for this collection of forty-seven papers, which is devoted primarily to social and political factors but also covers welfare, the churches, youth, culture, the media, tourism, economics, the planning process and ethics. The articles are written by academics, business people or civil servants based in Fiji, and several of them have a Fiji focus (for example, Ali on the planning process in Fiji, Rakoto on cultural obstacles to Fijian commercial enterprises, Samy on tourism in Fiji). Even the more general pieces, however, are relevant to the broad issues of development in the country. See also Problems of development in Fiji (item no. 486) and The South Seas in transition (item no. 489). 482 Paradise postponed: essays on research and development in the South Pacific. Edited by A. Mamak, G. McCall. Rushcutters Bay, New South Wales: Pergamon Press, 1978. 277p. Based on proceedings of the 1976 Young Nations Conference, this compilation contains a number of papers which are either relevant to Fiji or by Fijians such as John Samy, Filimone Jitoko and Esiteri Kamikamica. The papers tend to criticize traditional research approaches and offer ways of improving the relevance of development research. Several useful case studies describe research projects in development and planning, and a final section offers a reflection on the nature of development research.

< previous page

page_125

next page >


page_126

< previous page

page_126


483 The political crisis and the manufacturing sector in Fiji. R. Chandra. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 163-78. bibliog. The manufacturing sector was severely damaged by the 1987 coups when both capital and personnel left the country. The government has encouraged recovery by weakening trade union power and attracting foreign investment. Despite some signs of recovery, growth of the manufacturing sector remains unstable and precarious. This is one of eight papers in a special issue of this journal devoted to Fiji since the coups. See also The Fiji economy: from go to woe (item no. 460). 484 The political economy of Fiji. J. Narayan. Suva: South Pacific Review Press, 1984. 144p. bibliog. This examination of Fiji's socio-economic malaise uses dependency theory to analyse the political economy of Fiji and is one of the first attempts to do so. While later work has taken a similar approach, Narayan's analysis is of interest for its initial foray into dependency theory in relation to Fiji. Of particular interest are Narayan's views on how capitalism and imperialism have contributed to the situation. See also Fiji: future imperfect? (item no. 462), The new political economy of Fiji (item no. 478) and The political economy of independent Fiji (item no. 485). 485 The political economy of independent Fiji. E. K. Fisk. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1970. 89p. maps. Fisk investigates the capacity in which the objectives and methods of economic policy must be modified in order to meet the special and unique circumstances of Fiji's political economy. He also discusses ways of reconsidering the basic choices on which the formulation of economic policy is based. Fisk analyses Fijian society in terms of his now classic 'three Fiji's' thesis which divides Fijian society into three separate groups: Europeans, Indo-Fijians and native Fijians. While many scholars have taken exception to this pluralist analysis, it remains a major study that has influenced much subsequent social and political research on Fiji. See also Fiji: future imperfect? (item no. 462) and The political economy of Fiji (item no. 484). 486 Problems of development in Fiji. R. F. Watters. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 2, no. 2 (1961), p. 155-76. Watters analyses the main elements of the 'Fiji problem': economic insecurity; economic underdevelopment; economic planning; capital accumulation; population growth; the land question; low productivity; the slow rate of social change; and the Indian/Fijian cultural cleavage. He considers how these aspects are interpreted by Fijians and Indians, discusses the recommendations of the Burns Commission in 1960, and argues for the need to subordinate sectarian interests to the interests of the Fijian nation as a whole. See also The Pacific way (item no. 481) and The South Seas in transition (item no. 489).

< previous page

page_126

next page >


page_127

< previous page

page_127


487 Review of Fiji's sixth development plan, 1971-1973. Suva: Government Printer, 1974. 135p. Zug, Switzerland: Inter Documentation Company, 1971. Fiche reissue. Microfiche 5182, D-1049. This document outlines the results of a government review of the Fijian economy, January 1971-December 1973 and compares this performance with targets set in the Sixth development plan (item no. 470). Reasons for sectoral setbacks are described in detail where this is appropriate. This is an important adjunct to the Sixth development plan and also provides useful insights into the difficulties associated with development planning in a fragile island economy. 488 The role of investment in the development of Fiji. M. P. Ward. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1971. 349p. (University of Cambridge. Department of Applied Economics Occasional Papers, no. 26). This investigation of the role of different forms of investment in the socio-economic development of Fiji opens with a general introduction to Fiji and its economy. Ward then presents information on Fiji's economic structure, determinants of development, structure and composition of capital formation, the role of government in domestic policy and the role of developed countries and international agencies. This is an extremely detailed study of investment as a factor in Fiji's development. While some of the author's conclusions have proved impracticable, this remains the most substantial work on its topic. It is especially valuable for its detailed statistical information on the country at the time of independence. See also Monopoly capital, white racism and superprofits (item no. 476). 489 The South Seas in transition: a study of post-war rehabilitation and reconstruction in three British Pacific dependencies. W. E. H. Stanner. Sydney: Australasian Publishing Company, 1953. 448p. maps. bibliog. This title is the result of a survey carried out under the joint auspices of the Australian Institute of International Affairs and the Institute of Public Relations, to investigate post-war rehabilitation and reconstruction in the Southwest Pacific. Papua New Guinea, Fiji and Western Samoa were chosen for this study, the text of which was written in 1947 and later changed to include developments up to 1950. The following topics are covered for Fiji: the area and its peoples; government; social policy and industry; the war period; post-war social economy; social policy developments; the ten year development plan. A general section covering the three countries and trusteeship and regionalism, economic development and social policy concludes the study. It is a useful contemporary study of immediate post-war Fiji. See also The Pacific way (item no. 481) and Problems of development in Fiji (item no. 486). 490 Tourism and underdevelopment in Fiji. S. G. Britton. Canberra: Australian National University, Development Studies Centre, 1983. 232p. (Development Studies Centre Monographs, no. 31). Britton offers a detailed, critical study of the political economy of tourism and tourism development in Fiji. The analysis includes both negative and positive aspects

< previous page

page_127

next page >


page_128

< previous page

page_128


of the impact of tourism on Fiji and the country's development. The work remains valuable for its comprehensive analysis of Fiji's tourist industry in the late 1970s and for its detailed history of the industry. See also Cultural tourism and its potential for Fiji (item no. 453) and A new kind of sugar (item no. 477). 491 The wage freeze and development plan objectives: contradictions in Fiji government policy. W. L. Narsey. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 11 (1985), p. 11-44. This article discusses the economic arguments posited by the Fiji government concerning the wage freeze of 1985. Narsey concludes that the decision is inconsistent on economic grounds with government policy and development plan objectives. This reflects a weak political will and will not alleviate poverty or aid low wage earners, both stated objectives of government policy. 492 Work and income for the people of Fiji: a strategy for more than just survival. Final report of the Fiji Employment and Development Mission. M. Bienefeld. Su va: Parliament of Fiji, 1984. 606p. (Parliamentary Papers, no. 66). This is a significant report on Fiji's economic development that contains much valuable social and economic data. Although political events have not allowed Bienefeld's recommendations to be put into place, this remains a major analysis of the country's economic problems and the ways in which they might be overcome. For an earlier benchmark study see Spate's The Fijian people (item no. 465).

< previous page

page_128

next page >


page_129

< previous page

page_129


Agriculture and Agricultural Development 493 Agricultural development in Fiji. S. Chandra. Canberra: Australian Universities International Development Programme, 1983. 172p. map. This overview of the development of agriculture in Fiji from the perspective of the 1980s offers very useful summaries and insights into this key economic sector. A major thesis of the work is that the agricultural sector has lagged behind tourism and industrial development, but Chandra does not offer empirical evidence of this, nor does he discuss the significance of political decisions in agricultural development. See also Agriculture: crisis and recovery (item no. 494). 494 Agriculture: crisis and recovery. I. Ali, J. Overton. Pacific Viewpoint, vol. 30, no. 2 (1989), p. 179-91. bibliog. One of eight papers in a special issue of this journal devoted to Fiji since the coups, this study analyses the issue of agricultural production, which was severely affected by the events of 1987. Since then, the sector has recovered, and significant restructuring has occurred. Devaluation and continued high prices have strengthened the dominance of sugar, and domestically substantial export substitution and greater self-sufficiency have occurred. At the same time state intervention has disrupted agricultural research and extension services, and the army has sought, with adverse consequences, to replace existing merchant and marketing systems. Ali and Overton conclude that, with continued political uncertainty, agricultural recovery will remain patchy and problematic. See also Agricultural development in Fiji (item no. 493). 495 Beche-de-mer of the tropical Pacific: a handbook for fishermen. South Pacific Commission. Noumea, New Caledonia: South Pacific Commission, 1979. 29p. (SPC Handbooks, no. 18). This handbook is a revised version of Beche-de-mer of the South Pacific islands (Noumea: South Pacific Commission, 1974). It covers the identification of commercially

< previous page

page_129

next page >


page_130

< previous page

page_130


important species of Holothurians (bêche-de-mer or sea cucumbers), with notes on their collection, processing, packaging and marketing. Each commercially valuable species is illustrated and described. See also The Pacific bechede-mer trade (item no. 502) and Report on the fisheries of Fiji (item no. 504). 496 Energetics and subsistence affluence in traditional agriculture. S. Chandra. Canberra: Australian National University, Development Studies Centre, 1981. 38p. (Development Studies Centre Occasional Papers, no. 24). This study brings together the results of a large number of investigations into the energetics of crop production and subsistence affluence in traditional agriculture. It addresses the subsistence component in farming and its relation to the concept of subsistence affluence in traditional agriculture. Most of the empirical data are derived from subsistence Fijian and Fiji-Indian farms in the Sigatoka Valley, and Chandra's analysis suggests that Fijians are more efficient in subsistence agriculture, whereas Fiji-Indians are more efficient in commercial agriculture. Issues related to agricultural development policy are derived from these conclusions. See also Indo-Fijian smallfarming (item no. 498). 497 Fiji's rainforests: our heritage and future. Proceedings of the Second National Conservation Congress, Suva, Fiji, 9-10 June, 1988. Suva: [n.p.], 1988. 2 vols. maps. In this collection of conference papers are a number of contributions on themes of significance in the development of forests as a commodity. Included are examinations of commercial exploitation and management of rainforests, forest planning processes and conservation strategies. See also Timber profile (item no. 504) and Timbers of Fiji (item no. 510). 498 Indo-Fijian smallfarming: profiles of a peasantry. A. G. Anderson. Auckland, New Zealand: Oxford University Press, 1974. 199p. maps. bibliog. This study of Fiji's rural political economy discusses Fiji-Indian agriculturalists, focusing on significant aspects of peasant agriculture such as land tenure, income distribution, patterns of production and social factors. See also Energetics and subsistence affluence in traditional agriculture (item no. 496). 499 Land, cane and coconuts: papers on the rural economy of Fiji. H. Brookfield, F. Ellis, R. G. Ward. Canberra: Australian National University, 1985. 251p. (Research School of Pacific Studies. Department of Human Geography Publications, no. 17). Based on work done for the Fiji Employment and Development Mission in the early 1980s, this collection of three papers by members of the Mission looks at questions of land use (Ward), copra production (Brookfield) and the sugar industry (Ellis). The main focus of each paper is employment generation and income distribution. The purpose of the Mission was to assess the employment situation in Fiji and to make recommendations for future economic strategy; the papers discuss issues within this

< previous page

page_130

next page >


page_131

< previous page

page_131


framework. See also Rural Fiji (item no. 505) and South Pacific agriculture (item no. 506). 500 The Lovoni Land-Purchase Project: a case study in native Fijian agricultural development. J. A. Young. Suva: University of the South Pacific Sociological Society, 1984. (South Pacific Forum Working Papers, no. 2). Although the project which is the subject of this study eventually failed, the study itself offers valuable insights into the creation and management of agricultural development projects through a case study approach to a single project on the island of Ovalau. See also Rural Fiji (item no. 505). 501 On Fiji soil: memories of an agriculturist. P. Reeve, based on the journals of W. L. Parham. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1989. 250p. map. bibliog. The author bases her work on the journals of her father, W. L. Parham, who was an important figure in Fijian agriculture. This study offers useful insights into agriculture and agricultural development in Fiji in the interwar years (1918-42). 502 The Pacific Beche-de-mer trade with special reference to Fiji. R. G. Ward. In: Man in the Pacific islands. Edited by R. G. Ward. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1972, p. 91-123. maps. bibliog. For almost thirty years (1822-50) bêche-de-mer was the principal export of Fiji. It was often linked with trade in sandalwood, providing an alternative income for traders who were faced with a depletion of sandalwood reserves. This paper traces the rise and fall of this trade in Polynesia and Micronesia, with particular reference to Fiji. The impact of the trade on indigenous communities is also examined. See also Beche-de-mer of the tropical Pacific (item no. 495) and Report on the fisheries of Fiji (item no. 504). 503 Pushing out to windward: aspects of European plantation enterprise in Northern Lau: Fiji, 1870-1971. B. Knapman. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 2 (1976), p. 25-40. The central concern in this article is to show how individuals adapted to changing economic circumstances and climatic unpredictability. It examines co-operative plantation enterprises in the northern Lau islands, showing that such enterprises are not divorced from the history of indigenous participation in the cash economy, nor from European attempts to establish plantations in Fiji. See also Land, cane and coconuts (item no. 499) and Rural Fiji (item no. 505). 504 Report on the fisheries of Fiji. J. Hornell. Suva: Government Printer, 1940. 87p. This report on a survey and scientific reconnaissance of the condition of fishery resources in the Fijian archipelago focuses on recommendations for fishery development and protection against abuse. The first part provides information on fishery methods, fresh water fishing, fish curing and canning, and minor marine

< previous page

page_131

next page >


page_132

< previous page

page_132


products such as turtle fishing and the trocas shell industry. Part two provides information on both indigenous and introduced fishing methods; this remains an important contribution of this older report. See also Beche-de-mer of the tropical Pacific (item no. 495) and The Pacific beche-de-mer trade (item no. 502). 505 Rural Fiji. Edited by J. Overton, with assistance from B. Banks. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1988. 230p. maps. bibliog. The focus of these twelve papers on rural Fiji is on matters related to agriculture and agricultural development. Coverage includes the marketing of agricultural products such as kava (or yaqona), land tenure and tobacco farming, small-scale commercial fishing, agro-forestry and a range of other topics relevant to the development of a rural economy. Special attention is given to the impact of change on rural Fiji. See also Land, cane and coconuts (item no. 499), The Lovoni Land-Purchase Project (item no. 500) and Pushing out to windward (item no. 503). 506 South Pacific agriculture: choices and constraints. Edited by R. G. Ward, A. Proctor, introduction by J. Crawford, foreword by T. Yoshida. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1980. 525p. bibliog. (South Pacific Agricultural Survey 1979). This study, sponsored by the Asian Development Bank, is the first agricultural assessment of the South Pacific by a major development agency. As such, it serves as a prototype for subsequent agricultural studies of the region. Fiji receives substantial attention, along with six other island nations in the region. The work examines development trends in agriculture, fishery and forestry in the Pacific islands, including the fiscal, social and economic context in which these developments are occurring. Part one deals with the broader situation; part two, with present conditions and likely trends in agriculture, livestock, forestry and fisheries. The third part treats conditions in the seven Pacific island developing countries of the Asian Development Bank (p. 421-29 deals with agriculture in Fiji), and the final section discusses general regional issues and the role of multilateral agreements and development organizations in the region. See also Land, cane and coconuts (item no. 499) Rural Fiji (item no. 505). 507 The specimen shell resources of Fiji: report prepared for the South Pacific Commission and the government of Fiji. B. J. Parkinson. Noumea, New Caledonia: South Pacific Commission, 1982. 53p. The interest generated by the establishment of a small-scale specimen shell industry in Fiji led to this report being drawn up for the Fijian fisheries authorities. The objective is to bring supplementary revenue into coastal villages by utilizing an unexploited resource. The report investigates the feasibility of such an industry, its potential, suitable collection techniques, methods of shell preparation, identification of markets, advice on options for the promotion of a shell industry in Fiji and recommendations for government action.

< previous page

page_132

next page >


page_133

< previous page

page_133


508 Sugar from Taviuni. P. F. Dyer. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 1-4 (1988), p. 1-29. This article relates the development of the sugar industry on the island of Taviuni (Taveuni) from the 1870s through to the 1890s. Historical in focus, the paper concentrates on the machinery used, the production methods and problems encountered until the last crushing in 1897. Numerous illustrations accompany the text. 509 Timber profile: a review of the forest and timber industries and a programme for development. Ministry of Forests. Suva: Ministry of Forests, 1985. 28p. This government report provides a review of the timber industry in Fiji, including its production, geographical distribution, structure, employment, markets, trade agreements, income, government involvement and research. A justification for the development of the timber industry is given, and issues, problems and constraints are identified. Ten appendices provide production, employment and consumption statistics in addition to other useful information. See also Fiji's rainforests (item no. 497) and Timbers of Fiji (item no. 510). 510 Timbers of Fiji: properties and potential uses. A. S. Alston. Suva: Department of Forestry, 1982. 183p. maps. bibliog. This important source book on Fijian timbers provides a single reference covering the main indigenous and exotic species. Both local and botanical nomenclature is provided. Alston also includes general information on identification, physical properties, mechanical properties, natural durability, preservative treatment, seasoning and grading of timbers. The most useful aspect of the work is the detailed analysis of each timber, which includes the following: a colour plate of the timber; suggested uses; physical, mechanical and working properties; veneering characteristics; seasoning; durability and availability. An end-use classification table is provided. See also Fiji's rainforests (item no. 497) and Timber profile (item no. 509).

< previous page

page_133

next page >


page_134

< previous page

page_134


Land Tenure 511 Fijian farmers each on his own land: the triumph of experience over hope. H. C. Brookfield. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 23 (1988), p. 15-35. Brookfield traces the history of independent farming by Fijians and presents the results of detailed research during 197576 on Taveuni. The paper is intended as a corrective to the common view that stresses the village-based nature of Fijian farming and that the independent farmer is a rare exception. Brookfield finds that more than a quarter of Fijian farmers are independent landholders. The article presents extensive background on Fijian land development together with a micro-study of the island of Taveuni. See also Fijian land tenure (item no. 513). 512 Fijian land: a basis for intercultural variance. B. H. Farrell. In: Themes on Pacific lands. Edited by M. C. R. Edgell, B. H. Farrell. Victoria, British Columbia: University of Victoria, Department of Geography, 1974, p. 97-140. map. (Western Geographical Series, no. 10). Farrell focuses on the changing relationships between men of various cultures (Western, Indian, Fijian) and the land of Fiji. He discusses early Fijian relations with the land, Western contact, colonialism and land administration, Indian farmers and three-culture interaction. This piece offers comparative insights into how the three main groups in Fiji have dealt with the land and what that land has meant to them. See also Land policy in Fiji (item no. 515). 513 Fijian land tenure and agricultural growth. H. J. Hutz. Oceania, vol. 49, no. 1 (1978), p. 20-34. bibliog. This article examines the relationship between land tenure and land use in the Waidina Valley, Viti Levu. Hutz looks at the effect on land tenure of changes in the

< previous page

page_134

next page >


page_135

< previous page

page_135


land use system in the Valley and suggests what impact this has had on agricultural growth. See also Fijian Farmers (item no. 511). 514 Land administration in Fiji: lessons for Papua New Guinea. T. L. Davey. Port Moresby: Institute of National Affairs, 1984. 18p. (Institute of National Affairs Speech Series, no. 28). Davey, an adviser to the Fiji Native Land Trust Board, discusses the need to develop modifications and compromises in the inherited and acquired legal systems with regard to landholding and land tenure. The focus is on the wider South Pacific region rather than Fiji alone. See also Land Tenure in the Pacific (item no. 518). 515 Land policy in Fiji. D. T. Lloyd. Cambridge, England: University of Cambridge, Department of Land Economy, 1982. 345p. maps. bibliog. (Department of Land Economy Occasional Papers, no. 14). This survey of land policy in colonial Fiji also includes a short chapter on the early postcolonial period. Although political aspects are not treated in detail, this is a useful introduction to the complex area of land use in Fiji. See also Fijian Land (item no. 512). 516 Land tenure and social change in Rotuma. A. Howard. Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. 73, no. 1 (1964): 26-52. Adapted from the author's doctorate, this paper discusses ho'aga, the kinship communities in pre-contact Rotuma, looking specifically at their organization and how they controlled group lands. Howard treats land rights regulations under the colonial administration and the breakdown of ho'aga as a form of social organization as a result of the decline in population, growth of a commercial economy and missionary activities. 517 Land tenure in Fiji's sugar cane districts since the 1920s. M. Moynagh. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 13, no. 1 (1978), p. 53-73. This study analyses the major legislation dealing with land tenure (Native Land Trust Ordinance, Agricultural Landlord and Tenant Ordinance and its amendment) and how it has affected tenure in the sugar cane areas of Fiji. Including a historical perspective, Moynagh concentrates on the administrative and legal aspects of land tenure and suggests that a viable solution to Fiji's land problem has not yet been found. See also Trust on Trial (item no. 521). 518 Land tenure in the Pacific. Edited by R. G. Crocombe. Suva: University of the South Pacific, 1987. 3rd ed. 420p. Included in this Pacific-wide study of land tenure are a number of papers which are specific to Fiji: R. G. Crocombe, 'Land reform: prospects for prosperity' (pages 368-98); J. N. Kamikamica, 'Fiji: making native land productive' (pages 226-39); R. R. Nayacakalou, 'Fiji manipulating the system' (pages 206-26). It thus offers a

< previous page

page_135

next page >


page_136

< previous page

page_136


variety of detailed and specific treatments of land tenure and related issues in Fiji. See also Land administration in Fiji (item no. 514). 519 Land use and land alienation in Fiji to 1885. R. G. Ward. Journal of Pacific History, vol. 4 (1969), p. 3-25. maps. Ward's article discusses the distribution of freehold, crown and native lands. He considers the extension of alienated land before cession and the use made of this land immediately before and after the cession. The use made of land by claimants was a major consideration in any claims, so any explanation of present patterns of land tenure must take account of land use patterns in the nineteenth century. Therefore, this historical analysis contributes significantly to understanding land tenure in Fiji. See also Land use and population (item no. 520). 520 Land use and population in Fiji: a geographical study. R. G. Ward. London: Her Majesty's Stationary Office, 1965. 309p. maps. bibliog. (Department of Technical Cooperation. Overseas Research Publications, no. 9). In perhaps the most comprehensive study of its kind, this work offers information of major importance on land tenure and agriculture in Fiji. The ten chapters cover the course of settlement and land use, the resource base (soil, climate, forests, grasslands, minerals), population distribution and migration, land tenure, commercial farming, village agriculture and related topics. Ward concludes that rural areas could not support more than 'a small proportion of the expected increase in the workforce'. This is a classic investigation that provides detailed information related to physical geography, agriculture, population and land use. See also Land use and land alienation (item no. 519). 521 Trust on trial - the development of the customary land trust concept in Fiji. J. Kamikamica, T. L. Davey. In: Law, politics and government in the Pacific island states. Edited by Y. P. Ghai. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1988, p. 284-303. This study reviews the situation regarding native lands in Fiji and examines existing problems as well as possible future directions in resolving these problems. The authors include a brief historical outline of the customary land trust concept and focus in particular on three legislative enactments: the Native Land Trust Board, Agricultural Landlord and Tenant Act, and the Native Land Trust Act. See also Land tenure in Fiji's sugar cane districts (item no. 517).

< previous page

page_136

next page >


page_137

< previous page

page_137


Business and Commerce 522 The Asia and Pacific review. Saffron Walden, England: World of Information, c.1984 -. annual. Generally treating Fiji in about five pages annually, this country-by-country survey offers brief factual data and directory information on each country. The text surveys the latest developments in politics, international relations, economic prospects and general outlook and summary tables provide key facts and indicators. The Fiji country profile covers all aspects of business and commercial activity, including employment, trade, agriculture and mining. The 'Business Guide' lists key data of use to business travellers. This is a very up-to-date collection of information and objective reviews for the business and commercial sectors. 523 Asia-Pacific business and trade directory. Auckland, New Zealand: Universal Business Directories, 1955-. annual. Formerly entitled Pacific islands business and trade directory, this regional guide covers all the countries in the Pacific islands with which Australia and New Zealand have major business contacts. For each country there is a description of its history, climate, population, ethnic groups, shipping, communication systems, banking and public holidays. Economic conditions and trends are also described, along with such crucial business information as addresses of businesses and related organizations. Fiji receives particularly comprehensive coverage (for example, pages 67-180 in the thirty-seventh edition for 1992), as this country has long been a market for Australian and New Zealand exports. There is also a list of the major export firms in Australia and New Zealand which are doing business in the South Pacific. See also Universal business directories: Fiji (item no. 534). 524 Doing business in Fiji. [n.p.]: Price Waterhouse, 1989. 97p. Includes 1990 supplement insert of 2p. This concise guide answers basic questions for people who conduct business in Fiji. It provides a profile of the country (covering geography, climate, history, government,

< previous page

page_137

next page >


page_138

< previous page

page_138


population, language and education) and an outline of foreign investment opportunities. The main features of the economy are given, followed by the aims of government policy (such as their economic development plans, infrastructure development, the government attitude towards foreign investment), overseas trade relations, guidelines for foreign investors, investment incentives, restrictions on foreign investment and investors, regulations, banking and finance, export information, business entitles, labour relations, taxation, audit and accounting practices. See also Investment in Fiji (item no. 529) and Special Economic Zones (item no. 531). 525 The equity market in Fiji. P. Curnow. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 16 (1992), p. 48-62. Curnow analyses the performance of the recently-established stock market in Fiji. He argues that the smallness of the market and its lack of sophistication act to inhibit the development of this capital market and its role in promoting the growth of the economy. He also proposes some initiatives to assist in raising the market profile, improving its efficiency and securing its future. 526 Fast find directory. Suva: Dinesh Chandra, c. 1988-. irreg. This is a useful, frequently-updated guide to business and industry in Fiji. It is divided into five sections: (1) facsimile numbers; (2) government telephone numbers; (3) an alphabetical listing of Fiji trade and business enterprises; (4) an alphabetical listing of products and services; and (5) an index to advertisers, a street guide to Suva, Lautoka, Ba and Nadi and an accommodation guide. Each business or trade listing includes address and facsimile and telephone numbers. In addition, major products and services, key personnel and general information on business and trade are identified. The fifth edition appeared in 1992. See also Fiji product directory (item no. 527) and Universal business directories: Fiji (item no. 534). 527 Fiji product directory. Fiji Trade and Investment Board. Suva: George Rubine for Fiji Trade and Investment Board, [1991-92]-. annual. This guide to the products and services of Fiji opens with an outline of the country's geography, population, economy, facilities and services, investment and trade. The remainder of the compilation details products and services, in the form of company advertisements, under five headings: services; building and industrial supplies; clothing, textiles and plastics; food and beverages; household and general goods. There is also a company profile section listing addresses, contact numbers, branch details and services for each company. Other useful information includes Fiji diplomatic missions abroad, the countries which are represented in Fiji, banks and insurance companies, Fiji public holidays, members and structure of the Fiji Trade and Investment Board. See also Fast find directory (item no. 526) and Universal business directories: Fiji (item no. 534).

< previous page

page_138

next page >


page_139

< previous page

page_139


528 Industrial development profile of the island developing countries of the South Pacific Basin. M. T. Haq, with the assistance of J. L. Cruyl. Vienna: United Nations Industrial Development Organization, 1980. 335p. maps. bibliog. (UNIDO/International Centre for Industrial Studies, no. 147). Here is a comprehensive review of the economic and industrial development situation in the South Pacific; it includes a chapter on Fiji. Substantial data is presented on the following aspects of Fiji's economy and industry: principal imports and exports; the industrial structure; income distribution; the labour force; and economic institutions. In addition, the final chapter discusses major economic characteristics of the island countries of the South Pacific and the possible future of regional economic cooperation. 529 Investment in Fiji. Suva: KPMG Peat Marwick, 1991. 4th. ed. 87p. map. This regularly updated booklet is designed for clients of KPMG Peat Marwick Fiji, for its overseas offices and for investors who are interested in Fiji. The information is directed particularly at non-residents of Fiji who may be contemplating investment or business activity through the establishment of a company, a branch of an overseas corporation, involvement in a Fiji partnership or trust arrangement, or directly as individuals. The booklet explains, in broad terms, the local laws affecting the establishment and operation of business enterprises in Fiji. In addition general information is provided concerning the tax, foreign investment and currency laws in force as of 1 January 1991. See also Doing business in Fiji (item no. 524) and Special economic zones (item no. 531). 530 Market profile for South Pacific islands. Washington, DC: Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, 1983. 18p. bibliog. (International Marketing Information Series. Overseas Business Reports April 1983, OBR 83-02). Aimed primarily at business people interested in the import-export trade, this guide consists of single-page profiles of each island nation or group, providing information on topics such as foreign trade, finance, economy, economic facilities, natural resources and the population. Fiji is included in this coverage, which is now however, dated. 531 Special economic zones and concessions. A. Taggerse. CCH Journal of Asian Pacific Taxation, vol. 2, no. 5 (1990), p. 7-10. In an attempt to attract and develop export-oriented industries the Fijian Government offers a variety of incentives. Taggerse presents an overview of the investment incentives granted to individual factories, or tax-free factories (TFFs) and the benefits available to specific industries such as mining and tourism. See also Doing business in Fiji (item no. 524) and Investment in Fiji (item no. 529).

< previous page

page_139

next page >


page_140

< previous page

page_140


532 The structure of retail food outlets in Suva, Fiji. R. Chandra. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 3 (1977), p. 23-54. Part of a postgraduate research project, this paper investigates retail food outlets in Suva in terms of demographic and geographic features, such as the centres in which they are located, the type of people that use them, and the products sold. Chandra concludes that the wide variety of structures reflect the characteristics of these features and that retail success depends on the degree to which outlets are responsive to the consumer environment. 533 Traders' manual for Asia and the Pacific: Fiji. United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific. New York: United Nations, 1991. 16p. This basic guide provides information on buying from and selling to Fiji, including import and export regulations and general trade information. 534 Universal business directories: Fiji, including Suva, Nadi and Lautoka. Auckland, New Zealand: Universal Business Directories, [1991?]-. 228p. This compilation draws business, trade and professional entries from the Asia-Pacific business and trade directory by the same publisher (item no. 523). Entries follow the familiar UBD style: place description followed by alphabetical business and trade listings. The short description of the place provides information on industry, facilities, transport and other related topics. The business and trade listings immediately follow, providing only the name and address for each entry. In a separate section post office box numbers are given for the major towns. In addition to providing a useful geographical guide to trades and businesses the entries on each town give limited gazetteer-type information for Fiji that is not easily found elsewhere. See also Fast find directory (item no. 526) and Fiji product directory (item no. 527).

< previous page

page_140

next page >


page_141

< previous page

page_141


Statistics 535 Balance of payments statistics yearbook. International Monetary Fund. Balance of Payments Division. Bureau of Statistics. Washington, DC: International Monetary Fund, 1949-. annual. Containing balance of payments data for 140 countries, the Yearbook is issued annually in two parts. Part one provides aggregated as well as detailed presentations and explanatory notes for individual countries. Part two provides fifty-six tables of area and world totals of balance of payments components and aggregates. Part one is the most useful for Fiji, which appears in the country-by-country listing. There are typically six pages of tables on Fiji, presenting aggregated and detailed figures on transactions such as exports, credits, investments, reserves, current account. Detailed notes are also included on the balance of payments data for the country. 536 Current economic statistics. Fiji. Bureau of Statistics. Suva: Government Printing Department, 1969-. quarterly. This compendium contains important statistical information on social and economic aspects of the Fijian economy. Each issue reports the statistics for the preceding quarter. Statistics are presented for the following topics: selected categories; population; national income; production; public finance; money and banking; balance of payments; foreign trade; prices; employment and wages; building and construction; migration; tourism; transport and shipping; and miscellaneous. See also Fiji facts and figures (item no. 537), Overseas trade for the year (item no. 540). 537 Fiji facts and figures. Suva: Bureau of Statistics, 1978-. annual. This is a small fold-out pamphlet which provides a compendium of selected statistics closely following the categories outlined for Current economic statistics (item no. 536).

< previous page

page_141

next page >


page_142

< previous page

page_142


538 Foreign trade statistics of Asia and the Pacific. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1987-. annual. Formed by the union of Foreign trade statistics of Asia and the Pacific, series A and series B, this series provides, in matrix form, detailed data on the regional commodity trade for the year. For each of these commodities the values of imports and exports are shown with other ESCAP countries and principal regions of the world. Individual country data are provided for all major countries in the Asia-Pacific Basin, and this includes Fiji. The series is an indispensable source of information on trade flows in the region. 539 Key indicators of developing Asian and Pacific countries. Manila: Asian Development Bank, 1990-. annual. The first part of this important ADB compilation provides a broad perspective on the situation and performance of Asian and Pacific developing countries in relation to industrialized countries and to other developing regions of the world. Part two gives comparable socio-economic data for developing countries in the Bank's region, while part three presents detailed country data. Fiji is well-covered, with statistics included on a range of topics, from population and the labour force to trade, manufacturing and finance. Sources for the data include the FAO, the Reserve Bank of Fiji, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and the Fiji Bureau of Statistics. 540 Overseas trade for the year [ ]. Suva: Bureau of Statistics, 1980-. annual. This annual statistical volume on Fiji's foreign trade is produced about two years after the year it is covering. A range of statistics is provided on Fiji's balance of trade, direction of trade and composition of exports. More up-to-date figures can be found in Current economic statistics (item no. 536). 541 Quarterly bulletin of statistics for Asia and the Pacific. Bangkok: United Nations Economic Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1973-. quarterly. This key statistical journal for the region covers thirty-eight nations in Asia and the Pacific, including Fiji. For each country current statistics are provided on unemployment, agricultural production, international trade, population and manpower, inflation, the balance of payments, prices and wages, industrial production and transport. This is a major source of data not only for Fiji but also for comparative indicators. See also Statistical indicators for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 545) and Statistical yearbook for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 546). 542 Review of demographic sample surveys in Asia and the Pacific, 1970-1979. R. Leete. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, Statistics Division, 1980. 109p. bibliog. Drawing on the large number of demographic sample surveys in the ESCAP region during the 1970s, Leete examines those surveys designed to estimate fertility and mortality rates in the absence of reliable registration data. Including Fiji in his

< previous page

page_142

next page >


page_143

< previous page

page_143


coverage of seventeen nations, Leete reviews two key surveys in the country: the 1976 population census and the 1974 fertility survey. 543 Social indicators of development. World Bank. International Economics Department. Socio-Economic Data Division. Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press for the World Bank, [198?]-. annual. Covering more than 170 national economies, this series contains the latest estimates of population and GNP per capita, as well as three time periods of data on the labour force, infant mortality, calorie supply and primary school enrolment. Summary tables combine social and economic indicators to aid comparison of countries and country groups. See also South Pacific education profiles (item no. 544). 544 South Pacific education profiles: a sourcebook on trends and developments. T. Baba, I. J. Cokanasiga, J. B. Caballes. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Education, 1992. 117p. bibliog. This compendium provides statistical information on education in countries of the South Pacific. The section relating to Fiji (pages 14-22) contains statistics on matters such as the numbers of educational institutions, pupils, teachers and finance. Some comparative statistical information is also provided for several countries in the region. See also Social indicators of development (item no. 543). 545 Statistical indicators for Asia and the Pacific. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1977-. monthly. The compilation presents the most current monthly data on the demographic and economic trends of the countries in the ESCAP region, including Fiji. Data are provided on population, industrial production, transport, external trade, prices, finance and national accounts. There is extensive use of graphs to plot statistical trends. See also Quarterly bulletin of statistics for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 541) and Statistical yearbook for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 546). 546 Statistical yearbook for Asia and the Pacific. Bangkok: United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific, 1973-. annual. Usually published two years following the date of coverage, this annual volume contains important statistical data on most nations in the region, to include Fiji. For each country statistics are presented on a wide range of subjects: population; national accounts; agriculture; industry; energy; internal and external trade; wages; prices; finance; and social statistics. Longitudinal data are usually presented for up to a decade to permit ready comparisons, and there are summary statistical tables allowing comparison of the ESCAP region with the rest of the world. This is perhaps the major statistical compendium on the region and usefully complements the other ESCAP publications, Quarterly bulletin of statistics for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 541) and Statistical indicators for Asia and the Pacific (item no. 545).

< previous page

page_143

next page >


page_144

< previous page

page_144


547 Trends in developing economies [ ]. World Bank. International Economics Department. Socio-Economic Data Division. Washington, DC: World Bank, 1989-. annual. Usually treating Fiji in five pages (pages 201-05 in 1992), this guide to the economic affairs of developing countries covers economic performance, debt management and medium-term prospects. It provides tables on the GDP, growth rate, price indices, inflation rate, merchandise exports, terms of trade, the balance of payments, government finance and external capital flows. This is an overview publication, with more detailed coverage of economic indicators available in the Bank's World development reports, world debt tables and World tables (item no. 548). 548 World tables. World Bank. International Economics Department. Socio-Economic Data Division. Baltimore, Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press for the World Bank, 1971-. annual. In this indispensable statistical compendium core socio-economic indicators are presented in two sections, topical pages (GNP, GDP, for example.) and country pages. Usually Fiji is covered in approximately four pages of longitudinal tables (1970-90 in the 1992 edition) which presents statistics for the current GNP per capita, the use and origin of resources, domestic prices, manufacturing activity, government deficit, foreign trade, balance of payments, external debt and social indicators. See also Trends in developing economies (item no. 547).

< previous page

page_144

next page >


page_145

< previous page

page_145


The Environment 549 A brief environmental history of Fiji. J. Gibbons. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol. 2, no. 1 (1984), p. 23-33. bibliog. This brief history outlines the major environmental processes and changes that have occurred in the islands since their emergence from the sea. Three major ecological epochs are identified: the lengthy period prior to man's arrival; the period from the arrival of the first human settlers to the beginning of sustained contact with Europeans; and the last 180 years or so of European contact. 550 The eastern islands of Fiji: a study of the natural environment, its use and man's influence on its evolution. Paris: Unesco and United Nations Fund for Population Activities, 1983. 184p. maps. bibliog. (Unesco/UNFPA Population and Environment Project. Research Reports). A research report on the terrestrial ecology of the small eastern islands of the Fiji archipelago prepared under the joint Unesco/UNFPA project, Population and Environment in the Eastern Islands of Fiji. It follows on from two preceding general reports, Population, resources and development in the eastern islands (see item no. 160) and Population, resources and development in an island periphery - issues in research methodology and planning policy. A major reason for choosing this particular area for study was its ecological diversity. The evolution of land resources under man and the potential of these resources for development are investigated through an analysis of characteristics and use of the islands' natural environment and man's influence on environmental change. See also Environment Fiji (item no. 551).

< previous page

page_145

next page >


page_146

< previous page

page_146


551 Environment Fiji: the national state of the environment report prepared by IUCN - the World Conservation Union for the National Environment Management Project, as part of technical assistance provided by the Asian Development Bank to the Government of Fiji. Compiled by D. Watling, S. Chape. Gland, Switzerland: IUCN, 1992. 154p. maps. bibliog. An overview of the environment of Fiji is presented under the following topics: population and demography; climate; global warming and natural events; land; vegetation and wildlife; freshwater; coastal resources; social and economic development of resources; agriculture; forestry; fisheries; tourism; mining; introduced plants and animals; energy; manufacturing; waste and pollution; environmental policy; laws and legislation and protected areas and national parks. All of these topics are linked to a discussion on the state of the national environment. Fijian land ownership and customary rights and their future management are seen as central to sustainable development and sound environmental management. Three proposals are put forward: a natural resource survey to identify all elements of the natural heritage; preparation of a national land use plan, derived through both technical land capability assessment and community consensus; a major effort to provide a form of community education to give traditional community decision-makers the technical and related knowledge needed to manage the environment and its resources effectively. See also Population, resources and development (item no. 160) and The eastern islands of Fiji (item no. 550). 552 Islands, islanders and the world: The colonial and post-colonial experience of eastern Fiji. T. Bayliss-Smith (et al.) Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press, 1988. 323p. bibliog. The authors, all geographers, offer a collection of essays which focus on man and the environment in the islands of eastern Fiji. Village case studies are used to highlight the major focus which is on environmental factors and peripheral societies in the development of Fiji. This study is based on a Unesco Man and the Biosphere project directed at the problems of man in relation to his environment rather than the reverse (problems of the environment in relation to man's activities). Following an initial Unesco project, the team returned in 1983 as independent observers, analysing changes which had occurred and comparing them with earlier predictions about such change, and with Unesco guidelines for decision-making on population and environmental problems. An extensive bibliography (pages 297-318) concludes the work. 553 Nature legislation and nature conservation as a part of tourism development in the island Pacific: a report covering Cook Islands, Fiji, Niue, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, Vanuatu and Western Samoa. Dangroup International. Suva: Tourism Council of the South Pacific, 1988. 82p. This study covers a broad area related to nature conservation, nature management and nature legislation with specific reference to Fiji where appropriate. Looking

< previous page

page_146

next page >


page_147

< previous page

page_147


specifically at tourism development in the Pacific region, the report further covers such subjects as nature parks and reserves, information and marketing, the breeding of wildlife and the need for museums, and zoological and botanical gardens. There is a full listing of protected nature areas within the nations covered by the Tourism Council, including area and IUCN category, as well as a full listing of legislation related to environmental protection. The report concludes with recommendations for environmental guidelines, comprehensive environmental and nature conservation legislation and a number of related projects and facilities. See also Nature Tourism (item no. 554). 554 Nature tourism as a means of protecting indigenous forest resources in Fiji. S. Weaver. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 16 (1992), p. 63-73. With only 6,000 hectares out of a land surface of 18,300 square kilometres designated as legally-protected nature areas, there is an urgent need for Fiji to conserve what remains of its unique indigenous rainforest environment. Weaver argues that no single prescription is possible for alternative forest development because of the diversity of Fiji's landscapes in terms of physical characteristics and different social and economic conditions. Nature tourism development has much to offer as an alternative, but only in some areas, while small-scale community forestry or other approaches may be more appropriate in other areas. This article shows how nature tourism can be used in Fiji. See also Nature legislation and nature conservation (item no. 553) and Fiji's rainforests (item no. 497). 555 Tsunamis in Fiji. I. B. Everingham. Suva: Mineral Resources Department, 1987. 27p. maps. bibliog. (Mineral Resources Department Reports, no. 62). This document lists and discusses the occurrence of eleven tsunamis (or seismic sea waves) in Fiji and others around Fiji, including Tonga, Samoa, Vanuatu and the Kermadec Islands. Information has been extracted from published documents, local newspapers and unpublished records and reports held at the Mineral Resources Department in Suva. Included is a discussion of the sources of tsunamis and precautions which can be taken to limit their effects.

< previous page

page_147

next page >


page_148

< previous page

page_148


Education 556 Central Medical School. D. W. Hoodless. Suva: Medical Department, Public Relations Office, 1947. 24p. This brief work outlines the history of medical training in Fiji, covering the Fiji Medical School and then the Central Medical School, of which the author was Principal from 1930-46. See also Misi Utu (item no. 563). 557 Education for rural development: the Tutu experiment and its relevance for the Pacific. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1984. Rev. ed. 115p. This study evaluates the Marist Training Centre (Tutu) in Taveuni, which has been operating as a rural educational institution since 1969. Tutu aims particularly at achieving a balance between institutional and extension training. This report outlines how the programme has progressed and analyses its strengths and weaknesses, not only in the Fijian context but also in terms of possibilities in the wider Pacific region. 558 Education in Fiji: policy, problems and progress in primary and secondary education, 1939-1973. C. Whitehead. Canberra: Australian National University, 1981. 228p. (Pacific Research Monographs, no. 6). Focusing on the period of transition to independence, this is one of very few works on school education in Fiji. Whitehead analyses government education policy in Fiji since 1939 and shows how this has been influenced primarily by increased social demand for schooling and by the economic value attached to education as a source of skilled labour. He also discusses the imbalance between quantity and quality in education and the lack of government control over the growth of schools. Finally,

< previous page

page_148

next page >


page_149

< previous page

page_149


Whitehead suggests that the voluntary school principle should be replaced by a state school system. See also Secondary education in Fiji (item no. 565). 559 Education in Melanesia. Edited by J. Brammall, R. J. May. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies; Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea, 1975. 524p. This collection of papers from the Eighth Waigani Seminar, in 1974, includes one on education in Fiji and one on teacher education at the University of the South Pacific. 560 Fiji. F. Mangubhai. In: Schooling in the Pacific islands: colonies in transition. Edited by R. M. Thomas and T. N. Postlethwaite. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1984, p. 167-201. map. bibliog. Thomas and Postlethwaite outline the development of education in Fiji and then move on to discuss educational aims under colonial rule, changes in the structure and size of the school system, the growth of technical and further education and the development of the University of the South Pacific. Educational administration and finance and the increasing involvement of the state in education after 1916 are traced to the early 1980s. Curriculum development, supply of personnel and future prospects are also looked at. A useful table at the conclusion of the paper compares the state of education under colonial rule in 1825 with that in 1983. 561 Fiji: a comparative study. Australia. National Office of Overseas Skills Recognition in association with the International Development Program of Australian Universities and Colleges, E. Booth and T. Baba. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service, 1991. 15p. (Department of Employment, Education and Training. Country Education Profiles). This country educational profile opens with a brief overview of the geographical, historical and economic features of Fiji and how these have affected the education system. This is followed by a broad description of the education system in terms of its structure and administration. The education system itself is then described in detail under the following headings: school education, technical and vocational education, teacher education, higher education, grading systems and educational outcomes. The final section provides guidelines on the assessment of qualifications from Fiji and a summary diagram of the education system. Intended primarily for use by Australian educational administrators, this is a useful outline of the Fijian education system. See also Fiji education system (item no. 562). 562 Fiji education system: a brief outline. International Development Program of Australian Universities and Colleges. Suva: International Development Program of Australian Universities and Colleges, 1991. 17p. map. bibliog. This brief guide deals with educational administration, educational finance, the education system, diploma and degree studies at the University of the South Pacific,

< previous page

page_149

next page >


page_150

< previous page

page_150


technical education and teacher training. It provides a very useful summary of education at all levels in Fiji and complements Fiji: a comparative study (item no. 561). 563 Literacy and social change: a case study of Fiji. J. R. Clammer. Leiden, Netherlands: E. J. Brill, 1976. 218p. bibliog. (Monographs and Theoretical Studies in Sociology and Anthropology in Honour of Nels Anderson, no. 11). Using published resources for the most part, this study investigates the impact of literacy on native Fijian society and draws conclusions about the role of literacy in a changing Fijian society and the mechanics of social change. There is some treatment of the introduction of literacy and education by missionaries and of the attitudes of the chiefly elite to education. Nine chapters cover topics such as the origins of change, Fijian in translation, literacy and cultural change, religious change including the process and mechanisms of conversion and messianism in Fiji, resistance and change in the traditional hierarchy, uses of literacy and an interpretation of Fijian social change. 564 Misi Utu: Dr D. W. Hoodless and the development of medical education in the South Pacific. M. W. Guthrie. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies in association with the South Pacific Social Sciences Association, 1979. 60p. Written by the daughter of D. W. Hoodless, the founder of the Central Medical School in Suva, this brief history discusses the role of the School, which was established in 1929 to train medical personnel for many South Pacific countries. Guthrie also covers the work of Hoodless, who served as Principal at the school from 1929 - 46. This personal account of the development of medical education in Fiji usefully complements Central medical school (item no. 556). 565 Secondary education in Fiji: a key to the future. H. Tavola. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1991. 183p. maps. Tavola presents a sound, readable outline of the development of secondary education in Fiji. She covers preindependence education, post-independence education, the examination system, student and staff roles, and school effectiveness. The work concludes with policy implications of current educational practices. See also Education in Fiji (item no. 558).

< previous page

page_150

next page >


page_151

< previous page

page_151


Literature and Folklore 566 After narrative: the pursuit of reality and fiction. Edited by Subramani. Suva: University of the South Pacific, 1992. 224p. This valuable study, including contributions by a number of noted specialists in the literature of the Pacific and Fiji in particular, looks at the relationship between fiction and socio-political affairs. It is one of the first studies to view Fiji's literature as part of that developing world corpus in which society and politics impinge significantly on literary themes and styles. See also Images of Fiji in literature (item no. 575) and Haunted lines (item no. 573). 567 The artist as an educator. S. Nandan. New Literature Review, vol. 9 (1981), p. 34-41. Nandan, a noted Fiji Indian poet, uses Fiji as an example of how the artistic and literary community can contribute to nation building and national consciousness. The artist, in Nandan's view, is both a mirror and a lamp, as well as a warning system. All three functions are important in developing countries, where excesses are likely to occur in the rush to follow economic and social trends imported from elsewhere. See also Prose fiction in Fiji (item no. 589). 568 Children of Vuda: a Fijian idyll. P. Bush, A. Veysey. Nadi, Fiji: Motibhai, 1982. 76p. This is an enchanting children's story of Fijian life seen through the eyes of Kelera and Josaia or Donna and Wale. The book is also valuable for its insights into the village and family, church, fishing, school, sport, cultural activities, a days play, sugar cane and the Lautoka pleasure islands. Coloured illustrations are used throughout. See also Inoke sails the South Seas (item no. 578).

< previous page

page_151

next page >


page_152

< previous page

page_152


569 Don't cry, mama: a three act play. V. Tausie. Suva: MANA Publications, 1977. 31p. Written by a Rotuman, this play deals with life in a Rotuman family. It shows features of not only family life but also social conditions and the strain of interpersonal relations in a changing society. See also I, native no more (item no. 574) and Just another day (item no. 579). 570 Faces in a village: poems. S. Nandan. New Delhi: Printox, 1976; Suva: Viti Publications, 1977. 58p. This is the first collection by a promising Fiji Indian poet. The twenty-four poems are based on observations of life in his home village of Vutulevu, near Nandi International Airport. The poems offer insights into ethnic group relations, village life and a variety of everyday events. Nandan is a typical example of the quality of poetry emerging from Fiji. See also The flight of chiefs (item no. 572) and Some modern poetry from Fiji (item no. 591). 571 The fantasy eaters: stories from Fiji. Subramani. Washington, DC: Three Continents Press, 1988. 142p. Containing nine stories and a novella in three parts 'Gone bush', this collection by a noted Fiji Indian writer and academic is set in the Asian Indian community of Fiji. The entire collection deals with the ways in which transplanted Indian traditions alternately nurture and suffocate. In these sober and generally pessimistic stories Subramani presents a vision of 'sickness in paradise' which is reminiscent of black writing from South Africa. See also Trapped (item no. 596). 572 The flight of chiefs: epic poetry of Fiji. B. H. Quain. New York: J. J. Augustin, 1942. 248p. map. Treating Fijian epic poetry that is defined to include songs, tales and stories, Quain links this poetry to the traditional mythology of the islands, which includes animal ancestors and warriors who conquer the known world. The collection consists of fifteen songs, nine tales, sixteen stories, fifteen animal stories and a useful glossary. All of the tales are from Namuavoivoi (The-Place-of-Pandanus), Vanua Levu. Quain's detailed historical and literary introduction places the epic in context. See also Faces in a village (item no. 570) and Some modern poetry from Fiji (item no. 591). 573 Haunted lines: postcolonial theory and the genealogy of racial formations in Fiji. S. Mishra. Meanjin, vol. 52, no. 4 (1993), p. 623-34. bibliog. This brief review article explores writers and writing on post-colonialism in Fiji, with special reference to Indo-Fijian writing. See also After narrative (item no. 566) and The immigrant Indian experience (item no. 576). 574 I, native no more: three modern plays in English. J. Nacala. Suva: MANA Publications, 1976. 42p. This collection contains three drama sketches by Nacala, one of the few notable dramatists to emerge in Fiji during the 1970s. In addition to the title play (pages

< previous page

page_152

next page >


page_153

< previous page

page_153


19-42) the collection includes 'No more loloma' (pages 1-8) and 'A few to go' (pages 9-18). Each of the sketches relates clearly to local social and interpersonal conditions. See also Don't cry mama (item no. 569) and Just another day (item no. 579). 575 Images of Fiji in literature. Subramani. In: South Pacific images. Edited by C. Tiffin. St. Lucia, Queensland: University of Queensland, Department of English for the South Pacific Association for Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies, 1978, p. 43-52. bibliog. Subramani, a prominent literary figure in the South Pacific, concentrates on a handful of the main contributions to the development of Fijian literature, including poetry (Seri Veramu, Raymond Pillai and Satendra Nandan), short stories (Pillai) and drama (Jo Nacala). Describing a context in which '... the country is cracking up through its own prejudices', Subramani maintains that, while writers in Fiji are unlikely to make a significant impact on the country, they may at least provide an avenue for collective aspiration. It is this view that informs his discussion of Indian Fijian writers. See also After narrative (item no. 566) and Indo-Fijian fiction (item no. 577). 576 The immigrant Indian experience in literature: Trinidad and Fiji. S. Nandan. In: Awakened conscience: studies in Commonwealth literature. Edited by C. D. Narasimhaiah. New Delhi: Sterling Publishers, 1978, p. 346-59. bibliog. This comparative study of immigrant Indian literature concentrates primarily on Naipul and Trinidad, with only three pages devoted Fiji. Nandan uses Some modern poetry from Fiji (item no. 591) and his own Faces in a village (item no. 570) as examples of Fiji Indian literature. While the comparisons between Fiji and Trinidad are drawn only tentatively, this does offer a basic introduction to Indian immigrant literature in Fiji. See also Haunted lines (item no. 573). 577 Indo-Fijian fiction and the Girmit ideology. V. Mishra. In: South Pacific images. Edited by C. Tiffin. St. Lucia, Queensland: University of Queenland, Department of English for the South Pacific Association for Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies, 1978, p. 53-67. bibliog. Arguing that there is a readily identifiable consciousness that is specifically Fiji-Indian and that this consciousness is expressed in the creative writing of Fiji-Indians, Mishra concentrates on the Indian indenture experience in Fiji as a major influence on such writers as Satendra Nandan, Raymond Pillai and Subramani. In the poetry of Nandan and short stories of Pillai and Subramani there is, in Mishra's view, clear evidence that an 'indenture consciousness' affects the writing of Fiji-Indians. Mishra has published a similar paper in the journal literature: Indo-Fijian: towards an interpretation. WLWE, vol. 16, no. 2, pages 395-408. See also Images of Fiji in Literature (item no. 575).

< previous page

page_153

next page >


page_154

< previous page

page_154


578 Inoke sails the South Seas. R. Rose. London: Collins, 1966. unpaged. This is a well-illustrated story about a boy, Inoke, living on the Fijian island of Naviti and uses the Fijian lifestyle as a backdrop against which to recount his various adventures. It tells of Inoke's daily life in school, helping the family in the house and garden, swimming in the lagoon and catching fish, lobster and turtles. See also Children of Vuda (item no. 568). 579 Just another day: a play by Larry Thomas. L. Thomas. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Fiji Centre, 1989. 44p. This play by a younger member of Fiji's growing drama community offers insights into the mores, lifestyles and perceptions of those living in present-day Fiji. See also Don't cry mama (item no. 569) and I, native no more (item no. 574). 580 Lali: a Pacific anthology. Edited and introduced by A. Wendt. Auckland, New Zealand: Longman Paul, 1980. 303p. map. Pages 21-99 contain samples of creative writing from Fiji: six stories (by Pillai, Subramani and others) and six poems (by Seri, Nandan and others). A glossary includes Fijian and Hindi words used in this writing, and the introduction by Wendt gives a broad overview of the development of creative writing and publishing in the Pacific. See also Pacific voices (item no. 587) and PIM's Pacific (item no. 588). 581 The Lau Islands (Fiji) and their fairy tales and folklore. T. R. St Johnston. London: Times Book Company, 1918. 145p. map. The eight chapters in this compendium contain tales collected by a former District Commissioner during his travels through the villages and countryside of Fiji. There is no literary or ethnographic background, and most of the tales are recounted as Johnston heard them around the campfire and interspersed with his own observations. The collection records the oral folklore of the Fijians that is overlooked in similar works. See also Legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 582), Myths and legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 585) and Tales from old Fiji (item no. 595). 582 Legends of Fiji and Rotuma. Arranged by I. Hames, illustrated by R. Pook. Auckland, New Zealand: Watterson & Roddick, 1960. Reprinted Auckland, New Zealand: Solent Publishing, 1991. 64p. This collection of legends lacks any literary background or description of the tales and how they were collected. It is simply a compendium of thirty stories which are didactic and admonitory, amusing and entertaining. The arrangement is by Inez Hames, a long-time missionary teacher in the islands who may have collected the tales from her students (item no. 267). Many of the stories are animal fables and have value primarily as entertainment. As in other collections, there are several tales here that are not recorded elsewhere. See also The Lau islands (item no. 581), Myths and legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 585) and Tales from old Fiji (item no. 595).

< previous page

page_154

next page >


page_155

< previous page

page_155


583 The letters of Rupert Brooke. Edited by G. Keynes. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1968. 709p. Letters written by Brooke in 1913-14, the time of his sojourn in the South Seas, are included in this collection. Through the use of evocative, poetic language Brooke provides elegant and eloquent descriptions of numerous Pacific islands, including Fiji. His letters are useful for their descriptions of both physical and cultural aspects of Fiji. 584 MANA: A South Pacific journal of language and literature. Suva: South Pacific Creative Arts Society, 1976-. biannual, but appears to have ceased publication with vol. 8, no. 1/2. Between 1973 and 1976 Pacific Islands Monthly included a section of creative writing from the Pacific islands, and the Fijian poetry in that section was collected into a single volume, Some modern poetry from Fiji (item no. 591). From mid1976 Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633) discontinued that practice, and creative writing then moved to the new literary review, MANA (originally titled MANA Review), which has included Subramani among its editors. MANA consisted primarily of creative writing and contained relatively little literary criticism or reviews. Accompanying the journal was a short-lived annual, MANA annual of creative writing. 585 Myths and legends of Fiji and Rotuma. A. W. Reed, I. Hames, illustrated by R. Hart. Wellington: A. H. & A. W. Reed, 1967. 251p. maps. The sixteen chapters in this large collection of myths and legends cover such areas as legends of the gods, island voyages and discoveries, the making of the islands, monsters, legends of flora and fauna, folktales and tales of romance. Although the brief preface lacks any literary or contextual content, the work is the most comprehensive modern collection of Fijian folklore tales. See also The Lau islands (item no. 581), Legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 582) and Tales from old Fiji (item no. 595). 586 Pacific island literatures. In: Encyclopedia of world literature in the twentieth century. New York: Frederick Ungar, 1981, Rev. ed. vol. 3, p. 45456. bibliog. Fiji is treated in slightly less than one column in this article, which mentions a handful of literary figures, although it does not offer biographical details or critical analyses of their writings. 587 Pacific voices: an anthology of writing by and about Pacific peoples. Edited by B. Gadd. Albany, New Zealand: Stockton House, 1977. 112p. Including some work by writers in Fiji, this collection contains short plays, stories, poetry, proverbs and legends. Themes range from the family and history to colonialism, customs and intermarriage. The collection is interesting both for its Fiji

< previous page

page_155

next page >


page_156

< previous page

page_156


content and for facilitating comparisons in literature between several Pacific states. See also Lali (item no. 580) and PIM's Pacific (item no. 588). 588 PIM's Pacific: stories from the South Seas. Edited by J. Tudor. Sydney: Pacific Publications, 1965. 223p. In this collection of forty-six stories from Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633) emphasis is on works by expatriates living in the islands, several in Fiji (Dorothea Baxter and Elspeth Robbins, for example) but who have remained largely unknown as writers. Each story is introduced by a short preface that includes information on the setting and a biographical sketch of the author. Included in the collection are a number of Fijian topics (such as life on a Fijian bus). This is a worthwhile complement to other collections that focus primarily on Fiji-Indian and Fijian writers. See also Lali (item no. 580), MANA (item no. 584) and Pacific voices (item no. 587). 589 Prose fiction in Fiji: a question of direction. R. Pillai. MANA, vol. 4, no. 2 (1979), p. 1-11. Pillai briefly traces the development of anglophone fiction in Fiji and discusses his own work and that of Subramani and Griffen. He also looks at the lack of local publishing opportunities and suggests that writers have an important role as watchdogs against national excesses. This is one of the few useful essays to have appeared in MANA. See also The artist as an educator (item no. 567). 590 Silence and invisibility: a study of the literatures of the Pacific, Australia and New Zealand. N. Simms. Washington, DC: Three Continents Press, 1986. 227p. map. bibliog. This collection of essays and lectures prepared in the early 1980s and published or delivered elsewhere, covers new anglophone literatures from the Pacific. Simms discusses the methodological and theoretical problems of this literature, touching on such issues as cultural imperialism and literary criticism appropriate to emerging literatures. While this is a general collection of (somewhat disjointed) papers on the Pacific as a whole, the author's ruminations do relate to Fiji and its anglophone literature. The bibliography is an especially useful feature of the work. See also South Pacific literature (item no. 592). 591 Some modern poetry from Fiji. Edited by A. Wendt. Suva: MANA Publications, 1974. 21p. Produced by the publishing branch of the South Pacific Creative Arts Society, this collection contains Fijian poetry that was first published in Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633). It focuses on the work of the younger poets of Fiji, including nine poems by Seri, two by Chand and Luveniyali and one each by Pillai, Nandan, Simpson and Nair. See also Faces in a village (item no. 570) and The flight of chiefs (item no. 572).

< previous page

page_156

next page >


page_157

< previous page

page_157


592 South Pacific literature: from myth to fabulation. Subramani. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1985. 179p. bibliog. In the first major study of literature from the South Pacific Subramani analyses the emergence of creative writing in several anglophone nations, among them Fiji. Included is an assessment of several indigenous writers and individual works. Subramani discusses the influences that indigenous and European South Pacific fiction have exercised on the development of literature in the region, concluding that writing by expatriates has been a negative influence because of its superficial romanticism and failure to understand native peoples. See also Silence and invisibility (item no. 590). 593 South Pacific literature written in English: a selected bibliography. Compiled by E. W. Williams. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Library, 1979. 102p. (Selected Bibliographies, no. 6). Arranged by form division and genre, this representative but detailed bibliography contains sections on drama, folktales, novels, poetry, short stories and criticism among others. Anglophone literature from Fiji is treated inter alia, with reference to most of the key figures who were writing at the end of the 1970s. Criticism is the weak point in the bibliography, which otherwise is a good starting point for information on Fiji's English literature. 594 South Sea yarns. B. Thomson. Edinburgh: William Blackwood, [1894]. Reprinted Papakura, New Zealand: R. McMillan, 1984. 326p. This compilation of short stories and sketches by a colonial administrator who lived in Fiji draws most of its inspiration from the natural and cultural beauty of the region. The 'yarns' tend to be based on fact and observation and reflect expatriate interest in local colour at the turn of the century. This is a good example of expatriate stories from and about Fiji, of which there were many at this time. See also Tales from old Fiji (item no. 595). 595 Tales from old Fiji. L. Fison. London: De La More Press, 1907. New impression with corrigenda. 175p. These twelve tales, as told to Fison by tribal leaders include such classics as 'How the Tongans came to Fiji' and 'How the Fijians learned to build canoes'. There is a reasonable introduction that discusses Fijian folklore, social life and customs as understood by expatriate amateurs at the turn of the century. See also Myths and legends of Fiji and Rotuma (item no. 585), The Lau islands (item no. 581) and South Sea yarns (item no. 594).

< previous page

page_157

next page >


page_158

< previous page

page_158


596 Trapped: a collection of writing from Fiji. Edited by S. Smiles, S. Mishra. Suva: Fiji Writers Association, 1992. 161p. This newer anthology of writing from Fiji includes stories and other creative work by both established and lesser-known writers. As one of the few extant collections focusing specifically and exclusively on Fiji, it usefully supplements older Pacific-wide collections which contain relatively few contributions from Fiji. See also The fantasy eaters (item no. 571). 597 The wisdom of Fiji. Collected by E. Kikau, illustrated by E. Vuki. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1981. 62p. Kikau has gathered together a selection of proverbs of Fijian origin and arranged them by subject (abundance, discipline, greed, humility, loyalty, for example). Each proverb is first given in the Fijian language, then in an English translation. A useful short explanation/discussion of the proverb is provided. This is an interesting collection that underlines the strong moral basis of Fijian society.

< previous page

page_158

next page >


page_159

< previous page

page_159


The Arts 598 Art in the new Pacific. V. Tausie. Suva: Institute of Pacific Studies in collaboration with the South Pacific Commission, 1980. 89p. map. bibliog. While not specifically related to Fiji, this title presents some interesting ideas on the the old versus the new in various art forms and includes frequent references to Fiji. The first part discusses material culture, music and dance and oral traditions; part two focuses on new directions such as creative writing, the performing arts, commercialization and tourist art, and European influence. Tausie also explores ways whereby traditional customs and values might be retained while at the same time accommodating new ideas. See also The Fijian Islands (item no. 601) and Made in the South Pacific (item no. 605). 599 A Fiji table: a cook book of the Fiji islands. Suva: Parish of the Holy Eucharist, 1989. 154p. This is the most useful introduction to cooking in Fiji. It includes Fijian and Fiji Indian recipes, as well as a number of general recipes. The following categories are used: appetizers, soup, bread, salad, seafood, main courses, oriental, vegetables, desserts and jams, jellies, chutneys and relishes. Twelve pages are devoted in particular to Fijian recipes and six pages to Indian. 600 Fijian artefacts: the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery collection. R. Ewins. Hobart: Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, 1982. 115p. bibliog. Including a bibliography (pages 103-05) and an index, this catalogue covers bark cloth, wooden artefacts, pottery, fibre articles and similar Fijian materials which are displayed in the Tasmanian Museum. Brief explanations are given of the artefacts, together with basic information on the culture that gave rise to them. See also The Fijian Islands (item no. 601), Fijian Masi (602) and Yalo i Viti (item no. 199).

< previous page

page_159

next page >


page_160

< previous page

page_160


601 The Fijian islands. S. Phelps. In: Art and artefacts of the Pacific, Africa and the Americas: the James Hooper collection. London: Hutchinson, 1976, p. 174-204. map. bibliog. This lavishly-illustrated guide consists of nine pages of text on Fijian society, history and culture and twenty-two pages of plates showing the various arts and crafts of Fiji. Text and plates are linked through references in the former, giving a clear visual idea of Fiji's art forms and artefacts, from war clubs to bark cloth newspapers. See also Art in the new Pacific (item no. 598), Fijian artefacts (item no. 600) and Yalo i Viti (item no. 199). 602 Fijian masi: a traditional art form. G. S. Troxler. Greensboro, North Carolina: Piedmont Press, 1971. 94p. bibliog. This comprehensive study of Fijian masi (bark cloth) gives a short history and an account of masi before the introduction of European cloth. It then offers a guide to the types of masi and gatu (large sheets of masi) found today in Fiji and the rich tradition behind its manufacture. Troxler provides information on colours, patterns, manufacturing tools and materials, symbolism and motifs, advice on the purchase and treatment of masi. Also included are explanations of the terminology related to masi manufacture, a list of museums exhibiting this material and suggestions on its purchase. A bibliography (pages 79-83) concludes the work. See also Fijian artefacts (item no. 600). 603 Lali - the drums of Fiji. R. Ewins. Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly, vol.4, no. 4 (1986), p. 142-69. bibliog. Ewins discusses the origins, construction, use, methods of playing and acoustic properties of Fijian drums. Good illustrations accompany the text. See also Melanesia (item no. 606). 604 The Lapita pottery style of Fiji and its associations. S. M. Mead (et al.) Wellington: Polynesian Society, 1976. 98p. bibliog. (Memoir - Polynesian Society, no. 38). In this study decorations on pottery shards recovered from Sigatoka sites are analysed by the team of investigators using a method which yields not only an inventory of design elements and design motifs but also a set of rules by which these elements and motifs are combined into patterns. The study consists of four parts: 'Dentate-stamped pottery from Sigatoka, Fiji' by Birks and Birks; 'The decorative system of the Lapita potters of Sigatoka, Fiji' by Mead; 'The decorative system of Natunuku, Fiji' by Shaw; 'The relationships of the decorative systems of Fiji' by Mead. Appendices provide detailed descriptions of the several analyses. See also Pottery making at Nakoro (item no. 607) and Pottery making in Sigatoka (item no. 608). 605 Made in the South Pacific: arts of the sea people. C. Price. London: Bodley Head, 1979. 134p. map. bibliog. This work covers both the materials used in South Pacific arts and the arts themselves. Price discusses the various arts and crafts that involve feathers, fibres and

< previous page

page_160

next page >


page_161

< previous page

page_161


leaves, tapa and tapu, bone and shell, stone, clay and wood. Although the creative acts are not described in great detail, canoe building, costume and clothing, tapa (dress material), tatu (tattoo), stone carving, pottery making, wood carving and masks are covered. An abundance of monochrome illustrations enlivens the text, representing all of these art forms. See also Art in the new Pacific (item no. 598) and The Fijian Islands (item no. 601). 606 Melanesia. B. B. Smith (et al.) In: The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians. Edited by S. Sadie. London: Macmillan, 1980, vol. 12, p. 80-96. This comprehensive article covers music and dance throughout the Melanesian region, including Fiji. The authors discuss the evolution and role of music in Fiji, various music genres, contemporary music and musical instruments. This is a very thorough introduction to the subject for those with little background knowledge of the topic. See also Lali - the drums of Fiji (item no. 603). 607 Pottery making at Nakoro, Fiji. Records of the Fiji Museum, vol. 1, no. 4 (1968), p. 80-90. bibliog. Prepared as part of the Sigatoka Research Project, this paper is devoted to traditional pottery making in the Nakoro area. The entire pottery-making process is detailed, including the tools which are used, the method of manufacture, decoration, firing, accessories and a comparison with Sigatoka pottery. The study is comprehensively illustrated with monochrome plates. See also Pottery making in Sigatoka (item no. 608), which discusses pottery in the lower Sigatoka area, and The Lapita pottery style of Fiji (item no. 604). 608 Pottery making in Sigatoka, Fiji. B. Palmer (et al.) Records of the Fiji Museum, vol. 1. no. 3 (1968), p. 44-79. Part of the Sigatoka Research Project, this collection of four papers discusses traditional pottery making in the lower Sigatoka area, which is considered significant in terms of its ethnographic and archaeological potential in unravelling Polynesian and Melanesian prehistory. A prefatory note (pages 45-48) by Palmer introduces the project, while the first paper (pages 48-67), by Palmer and Shaw, discusses pottery making in Nasama village. The second paper (pages 6872), by Dickinson and Sykes, treats kuro manufacture in Yavulo village; and the final two papers, both by Palmer, discuss the manufacture of finger bowls in Nayawa village (pages 72-79) and clay pot stands (pages 77-79) respectively. See also Pottery making at Nakoro (item no. 607), which discusses pottery in the upper Sigatoka area, and The Lapita pottery style of Fiji (item no. 604).

< previous page

page_161

next page >


page_162

< previous page

page_162


Communication, Media and Libraries 609 Archives New Zealand 4: directory of archives and manuscript repositories in New Zealand, the Cook Islands, Fiji, Niue, Tokelau, Tonga and Western Samoa. F. Rogers. Plimmerton, New Zealand: Archives Press, 1992. 73p. This title includes four entries on archival resources in Fiji and two relating to special material held in New Zealand. The entries on Fiji include collections at the Fiji Museum, National Archives of Fiji, Oceania Marist Province and the University of the South Pacific's Pacific Collection. The special collections on Fiji to be found in New Zealand are those at the University of Waikato Library and the Methodist Church of New Zealand Archives. Each entry gives general information, location details and a description of the material held. 610 Book development in the Western Pacific. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service, 1981. 41p. This is the report on the First Regional Seminar on Book Development in the Western Pacific, which was held in Sydney in 1980. Is is useful for its country reviews of the status of the publishing industry and associated economic problems in various Pacific nations, including Fiji. 611 Daily Post. Suva: Daily Post, 1987- . daily. This post-coup paper, initially titled Fiji Post, tends to follow a more independent line than the more conservative Fiji Times (item no. 616).

< previous page

page_162

next page >


page_163

< previous page

page_163


612 A directory of libraries and information sources in Hawaii and the Pacific islands. Compiled by A. L. Luster, edited by Y. Bartko, M. Smith. Honolulu: Hawaii Library Association, 1981. 6th ed. 125p. This guide covering Hawaii and the Pacific provides information on 244 libraries, offering details on holdings, special collections and services. It also includes the Nelson Memorial Public Library in Suva. See also Fiji library directory (item no. 613) and Libraries in Fiji (item no. 619). 613 Fiji library directory. Compiled and edited by J. Mamtora. Suva: Fiji Library Association, 1991. 5th. ed. 68p. This fifth edition aims to include all types of libraries in Fiji with the exception of those in primary schools. Arrangement of entries is alphabetical by the name of the parent institution. Where known the following details are provided for each library: address, specific location, telephone and facsimile numbers, opening hours, governing body, history, staff, holdings, equipment, budget, membership, classification scheme used and publications produced. Three indices cover the geographical area, category of library and subject focus of the library. This is a very useful guide to libraries in Fiji. See also A directory of libraries (item no. 612) and Libraries in Fiji (item no. 619). 614 Fiji telephone directory. Suva: Post and Telecom. annual. Always a useful source of information, this national telephone directory is divided into four sections: government departments and instrumentalities; alphabetical sequence of telephone subscribers; telex and business communication listing; and yellow pages. The telex and business communication section and yellow pages are particularly useful for business purposes. 615 Fiji: the stamps and postal history 1870-75. J. G. Rodger, R. F. Duberal. Melbourne: Hawthorn Press, 1970. 147p. maps. bibliog. In twelve chapters this title explores the stamps and postal history of Fiji in some detail. The story commences with the British Consular Post Office and traces the history of The Fiji Times Express postal service, 'paid' and 'loose' letters, the Cakobau stamps, stamps of 1874-75, external postal relations, overseas mail services, internal mail services, post offices and postmasters, postal cancellations and postal acts and rates. See also The informer (item no. 618), Pacific islands stamp catalogue (item no. 620) and Stanley Gibbons simplified catalogue (item no. 622). 616 Fiji Times. Suva: Fiji Times, 1869- . daily. This is the established Suva paper that has survived the coup and its aftermath. Prior to the coup both the Fiji Times and the Fiji Sun were the English language dailies. The Fiji Sun has not resumed production, while the Fiji Times was closed only briefly. The Times tends to present a more pro-government stance than its major rival, the Daily Post (item no. 611).

< previous page

page_163

next page >


page_164

< previous page

page_164


617 The free press in developing multiracial society: Fiji a case study. L. Vusoniwailala. Journal of Pacific Studies, vol. 2 (1976), p. 41-56. This paper starts with an overview of the structure of the mass media in Fiji, then examines the historical developments which led to such a structure. Vusoniwailala looks at free press responsibilities in Fiji, particularly with regard to intercultural understanding and communication. Both radio and newspapers are covered. 618 The Informer. Pensacola, Florida: Society of Australasian Specialists/Oceania, 1937- . monthly. The Society of Australasian Specialists/Oceania promotes philately in and outside the South Pacific. The Informer, the official publication of the Society, presents information on the meetings of the Society, details of South Pacific stamps available for purchase and, from time to time, brief articles on Pacific philately. See also Fiji: the stamps and postal history (item no. 615), Pacific islands stamp catalogue (item no. 620) and Stanley Gibbons simplified catalogue (item no. 622). 619 Libraries in Fiji. E. T. Coman. In: Encyclopedia of Library and Information Science. New York: Marcel Dekker, 1972, vol. 8, p. 397-404. Coman offers an overview of library collections in Fiji and discusses those libraries and librarians which he considers to have made a major contribution to library service in Fiji. Although dated, this essay provides useful background information. See also A directory of libraries (item no. 612) and Fiji library directory (item no. 613). 620 Pacific islands stamp catalogue: an illustrated and priced catalogue of the stamps of Fiji, Gilbert Islands, Gilbert and Ellice Islands, Kiribati, New Hebrides, Pitcairn Island, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, Vanuatu. Edited by R. Ayers, B. Moore. Dubbo, New South Wales: Seven Seas Stamps, 1983. 100p. This detailed catalogue provides information on the stamps of those Pacific islands that have been, or are still, associated with Britain, Australia and New Zealand. Stamps are illustrated in full colour, and the catalogue value is listed for mint and used varieties of each stamp. In addition some stamps include details such as number issued, design and lithography. There are also articles on aerophilately in the South Pacific, the postal history of Pitcairn Island and stamps of the British Solomon Islands. See also Fiji: The stamps and postal history (item no. 615), The Informer (item no. 618) and Stanley Gibbons simplified catalogue (item no. 622). 621 Press, radio and tv guide: Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific islands. Sydney: Media Monitors NJP, 1914- . annual. Issued by a number of different publishers and with varying frequency over the years, this directory includes information on the media in Fiji, listing addresses, contact individuals and publishing details. Coverage extends to newspapers, periodicals,

< previous page

page_164

next page >


page_165

< previous page

page_165


publishers and advertising agencies. Fiji is treated in slightly more than one column, and more comprehensive coverage is available in other guides. 622 Stanley Gibbons simplified catalogue of stamps of the world. Volume 3: commonwealth countries. Ringwood, Hants: Stanley Gibbons Publications, 1934- . annual. This standard guide to the stamps of the world includes a section on Fijian stamps, which provides details of all issues and prices for both new and used stamps. See also Fiji: the stamps and postal history (item no. 615), The Informer (item no. 618) and Pacific Islands stamp catalogue (item no. 620). 623 This is Radio Fiji: twenty-five years of service, 1954-1979. L. G. Usher, H. Leonard. Suva: Information Services South Pacific for the Fiji Broadcasting Commission, 1979. 33p. Usher and Leonard have produced a popular history, which consists largely of illustrations covering the foundation of broadcasting in Fiji, the effects of the Second World War, the establishment of the Fiji Broadcasting Commission and subsequent developments. Legislative changes related to broadcasting are indicated where appropriate, and the compilation also lists chairmen, managers and Commission members.

< previous page

page_165

next page >


page_166

< previous page

page_166


Periodicals 624 The Contemporary Pacific: a Journal of Island Affairs. Honolulu: Center for Pacific Island Studies and University of Hawaii Press, 1989- . biannual. This journal is devoted to the current issues and concerns of the Pacific region, including Fiji. It includes contributions from a wide range of disciplines in the social sciences and humanities. Most of the papers relevant to Fiji focus on politics, economic affairs and social matters. Issues such as urbanization, cultural change, decolonization, dependency, social and health problems are dealt with in particular, although articles on other aspects are also included. See also Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633) and Pacific Magazine (item no. 634). 625 Cumulative Index to the Pacific Islands Monthly, Volumes 1 to 15 [August 1930 to July 1945]. Compiled by M. Woodhouse, edited by R. Langdon. Sydney: Pacific Publications, 1968. This index to the Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633) consists of nine sections, on aircraft, authors, biographical entries, book reviews, companies, letters to the editor, poems and short stories, ships and territories (eighteen geographical headings). 626 Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly. Suva: Fiji Museum, 1983- . quarterly. Understood to have ceased publication after the coups of 1987, this valuable anthropological and cultural journal, with many contributions by noted scholars such as Fergus Clunie, in particular covers the arts, folklore, social life and customs of Fiji in particular. Most of the contributions are based on extensive fieldwork and firsthand knowledge of the subject. See also Oceania (item no. 632) and Pacific Studies (item no. 635).

< previous page

page_166

next page >


page_167

< previous page

page_167


627 Index to transactions and proceedings of the Fiji Society, Volumes 1-12, 1938-1972. I. A. Smith. Suva: Council of the Fiji Society, 1977. 27p. This index to Transactions and proceedings (item no. 636) consists of a subject index and an author index. Smith follows a fairly liberal policy of indexing subjects broadly rather than under very specific headings. 628 Islands Business Pacific. Suva: Islands Business International, 1990- . monthly. Formerly Islands Business News, this title is a useful current guide to business matters in the Pacific; individual issues focus on specific developments in the region. The March 1993 issue, as an example, contains an article on the gold mine at Vatukoula on Viti Levu, a digest of current happenings, book reviews and general information of interest to businessmen and others in the region. 629 The Journal of Pacific History. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 1976- . quarterly. This scholarly journal devoted to Pacific island history regularly contains articles on Fiji, ranging from colonial affairs to more contemporary political history. Contributions are of a high standard, and there are extensive reviews of recent publications. A useful list, Pacific history bibliography, appears annually and contains theses, books, articles and chapters of books relating to the Pacific islands. 630 The Journal of Pacific Studies. Suva: University of the South Pacific, School of Social and Economic Development, 1975- . annual. Focusing on issues related to economic and social development (geography, politics, land management, public administration, sociology), this journal is useful for its coverage of Fiji as well as other Pacific island countries. The journal is scholarly but applied in nature, often looking at ways in which improvements can be made in Pacific commerce and trade. The 1992 volume, for example, covers 'world class' management, tourism and equity markets. Articles are well-researched and accompanied by bibliographies. 631 Journal of the Polynesian Society. Wellington: Polynesian Society, 1892- . quarterly. Fiji falls within the scope of this journal, which ranges widely across fields and disciplines relevant to the history, society, customs (such as kava drinking), culture, peoples and present-day development (for example, farmer credit and debt) in the region. See also Transactions and proceedings of the Fiji Society (item no. 636). 632 Oceania. Sydney: University of Sydney, 1930- . quarterly. This journal is devoted to the study of the native peoples in Australia, Papua New Guinea and the Pacific islands, including Fiji. Reviews and bibliographical notes on

< previous page

page_167

next page >


page_168

< previous page

page_168


materials of ethnological interest are featured. See also Domodomo (item no. 626) and Pacific Studies (item no. 635). 633 Pacific Islands Monthly. Suva: Fiji Times, 1930- . monthly. This is a standard current awareness periodical covering the island nations of the South Pacific. Subjects include politics, business, health, environment, agriculture, sport, politics, arts. In addition book reviews appear in each issue. See also its Cumulative index (item no. 625), The Contemporary Pacific (item no. 624), Pacific Magazine (item no. 634) and MANA (584). 634 Pacific Magazine. Honolulu: Pacific Magazine Corporation, 1982- . bimonthly. Using a format similar to Newsweek, this magazine covers fashion, transport, business, education, government, lore, people, sport and other more 'popular' topics. Also included in the coverage are overseas events impinging on the region, and Fiji figures to some extent, although less than other areas (especially those under United States domination). See also The Contemporary Pacific (item no. 624) and Pacific Islands Monthly (item no. 633). 635 Pacific Studies: a journal devoted to the study of the Pacific its islands and adjacent countries. Honolulu: Brigham Young University-Hawaii, Institute for Polynesian Studies, 1977- . quarterly. This journal offers a broad and more unusual subject coverage of the Pacific, including anthropology, art history, ethnomusicology; folklore, geography, history, socio-linguistics, political science and sociology. There are frequent articles on Fiji and adjacent islands. See also Domodomo (item no. 626) and Oceania (item no. 632). 636 Transactions and proceedings of the Fiji Society. Suva: Council of the Fiji Society, 1938-72. 12 vols. irreg. The Fiji Society, under its earlier name, Fiji Society of Science and Industry, issued the first volume of Transactions and proceedings to cover the years 1938-39. When it was published, this was an important title that included articles and addresses on a wide range of topical and important issues. Science and technology were covered extensively (including agriculture, botany, forestry, geology, marine sciences, medicine and public health, meteorology, ornithology, zoology). Also treated were topics in such disciplines as anthropology and ethnology, archaeology, history and politics, industry and economics, philately and tourism. See also its Index (item no. 627) and Journal of the Polynesian Society (item no. 631).

< previous page

page_168

next page >


page_169

< previous page

page_169


General Bibliographies 637 Acquisitions list: University of Hawaii Library Pacific Collection. Honolulu: University of Hawaii, Hamilton Library, 1974 - . quarterly. This important guide to Pacific materials is based on new acquisitions to a major Pacific collection. It regularly includes materials relevant to Fiji. See also Current publications from the Pacific islands (item no. 646) and South Pacific bibliography (item no. 667). 638 Asia and Oceania: a guide to archival and manuscript sources in the United States. Edited by G. R. Nunn with contributions from A. Freidus, W. Pierson, the Center for Asian and Pacific Studies, University of Hawaii. London: Mansell, 1985. 5 vols. Archival and manuscript sources relating to Asia and Oceania and held by institutions in the United States are recorded in this comprehensive work. The Guide is arranged by state, and within each state arrangement is by city and then institution. For each institution information such as address, telephone numbers, opening hours and holdings is provided in addition to details of types of materials held and an indication of geographical specialization. See also Guide to collections of manuscripts (item no. 652). 639 Bibliographie de l'Océanie []. Paris: Societé des Océanistes, Musée de l'Homme, 1946- . irreg. This is a selective listing of books and articles on Polynesia, Micronesia and Melanesia. Materials in the humanities and social sciences are included, with especially strong coverage of anthropology and social studies. The twenty-ninth issue, published in 1982, contains 479 pages of materials from 1972-76. See also Essai de bibliographie du Pacifique (item no. 649) and Oceania (item no. 655).

< previous page

page_169

next page >


page_170

< previous page

page_170


640 A bibliography of bibliographies of the South Pacific. I. Leeson. London: Oxford University Press, 1954. 61p. This annotated list of 376 items includes both books and articles that contain useful bibliographies, as well as bibliographies per se. It is primarily, but not exclusively, of use to those requiring information on materials related to Pacific historiography. See also The Southwest Pacific (item no. 670). 641 A bibliography of Fiji, Tonga and Rotuma. Compiled by P. A. Snow. Canberra: Australian National University Press; Coral Gables, Florida: University of Miami Press, 1969. 418p. maps. A former civil servant in the colonial government (1938-52) has compiled this comprehensive bibliography of materials on Fiji up to the end of the 1960s. The volume is arranged under sixty-three subject categories, and then geographically within each subject. Entries, which are not annotated, are numbered to facilitate indexing. Full bibliographic details are provided for entries, which include printed materials for the most part. Letters and other manuscript or typescript materials are not included, and only first editions are listed unless subsequent editions or reprints are in materially different form. While this bibliography suffers from its uncritical approach to materials, it is the most comprehensive guide to literature on Fiji up to the date of publication. This volume contains more than 10,000 entries, and it is understood that work on a second volume is well under way. 642 Bibliography of Pacific island theses and dissertations. W. G. Coppell, S. Stratigos. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1983. 520p. This comprehensive international bibliography lists theses and dissertations on the Pacific region, including Fiji, for degrees awarded before 1980. These are ordered alphabetically by author, and a detailed subject index provides access to the author sequence. This is a key updating of Dickson and Carol Dosser's World catalogue of theses on the Pacific islands (item no. 673). See also Catalogue of theses and dissertations (item no. 645). 643 Books from the Pacific islands. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Institute of Pacific Studies, 1976- . annual. This is a comprehensive listing of new and previously published titles by the Institute of Pacific Studies at the University of the South Pacific. Publications of the South Pacific Creative Arts Society and the South Pacific Social Sciences Association are also included. Most Pacific island nations are represented in this annotated catalogue, in which the contents are divided into twenty subject categories (land, economics, language). There is also an alphabetical arrangement of titles by country with references to the annotated entries. The Institute of Pacific Studies plays a key role in supporting and encouraging the publication of material about the Pacific, and this list of publications is an essential guide to current literature. See also Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies (item no. 664), Select list of publications of the SPC (item no. 666), SPEC bibliography (item no. 671) and USP: publications (item no. 672).

< previous page

page_170

next page >


page_171

< previous page

page_171


644 Catalog of the South Pacific Collection. Santa Cruz, California: University of California - Santa Cruz, University Library, 1978. 722p. maps. The South Pacific Collection at the University of California - Santa Cruz contains a small but well-chosen selection of Fijian materials. Part one lists authors, titles and series. Part two is a subject listing. See also Dictionary Catalog of the Library of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum (item no. 647) and Dictionary catalogue of printed books (item no. 648). 645 Catalogue of theses and dissertations relating to Fiji and Rotuma. W. G. Coppell. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, 1976. 29p. (Selected Bibliographies, no. 3). The first published catalogue since Dickson and Dosser's World catalogue (item no. 673), this listing is expanded through the addition of more recent works and the incorporation of other relevant materials (such as the addition of undergraduate theses). Arrangement is alphabetical by author, and each entry includes the author's name, full title of thesis or dissertation, university at which the award was conferred and the award. Some entries include information on publications arising from the research project and there is a cross referenced subject index. See also Bibliography of Pacific island theses (item no. 642) and World catalogue of theses (item no. 673). 646 Current publications from the Pacific islands []. Honolulu: Pan Pacifica, 198?- . irreg. Produced approximately biannually, this is a catalogue from Pan Pacifica, a library supplier specializing in government and private press publications from the Pacific islands region. Because the staff travel regularly through the islands, they are able to collect materials that otherwise would be extremely difficult to access. These materials are then listed in Current publications by country. The October 1993 issue treats Fiji in four pages, listing forty-one items. This usefully supplements other bibliographies, particularly with its strong coverage of government publications. See also Acquisitions list: University of Hawaii Library (item no. 637) and South Pacific bibliography (item no. 667). 647 Dictionary catalog of the Library of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii. Boston, Massachusetts: G. K. Hall, 1964. 9 vols. (First supplement, 1964. Second supplement, 1967). The Bernice Bishop Museum concentrates on the peoples and natural history of the Pacific region, including Fiji. The Catalog consists of photo-reproductions of catalogue cards arranged in dictionary format. This is a very comprehensive collection that includes substantial material on the anthropology, culture and society of Fiji. See also Catalog of the South Pacific collection (item no. 644) and Dictionary catalogue of printed books (item no. 648).

< previous page

page_171

next page >


page_172

< previous page

page_172


648 Dictionary catalogue of printed books. [Mitchell Library]. Boston, Massachusetts: G. K. Hall, 1968. 38 vols. (Supplement, 1970). 837p. The Mitchell Library of the State Library of New South Wales is a major collection of Australasian materials. This is an important catalogue containing material relating to Australia and the Pacific, extending from the Philippines and Hawaii to Antarctica and from Easter Island to Sumatra. Fiji is well-represented in this dictionary catalogue, especially early works. The supplement covers 18,000 titles catalogued from April 1968 to the end of 1969. See also Catalog of the South Pacific collection (item no. 644) and Dictionary catalog of the Library of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum (item no. 647). 649 Essai de bibliographie du Pacifique. L. Jore. Paris: Editions Duchartre, 1931. 233p. Covering pre-1931 publications on the Pacific, this useful bibliography includes many classic works. There is reasonable coverage of Fiji, with some items here not found in other selective bibliographies. While the treatment is reasonably comprehensive, annotations are unfortunately not provided. See also Bibliographie de l'Océanie (item no. 639) and Oceania (item no. 655). 650 Fiji. Compiled by N. W. Posnett, P. M. Reilly. Surbiton, England: Foreign and Commonwealth Office, Overseas Development Administration, Land Resources Division, 1973. 138p. (Land Resource Bibliographies, no. 4). Despite the series title, this bibliography covers rather more than land resources. Arranged by subject, it focuses on natural resources and land use, covering such topics as botany, economics, forestry, population and soil sciences. Both articles and monographs are covered in this substantial listing of materials which were published before 1973. Items are not annotated. 651 Fiji national bibliography. Library Service of Fiji. Suva: Ministry of Education and Youth, Library Service of Fiji, 1979-86. annual. During its years of publication the Fiji national bibliography sought to cover all monographs published in Fiji plus titles from elsewhere about, or with substantial reference to, Fiji. It also listed works by Fiji nationals, regardless of the place of publication, new periodical titles, legal notices, government publications, theses about Fiji presented at institutions in the country and ephemera. Although the Bibliography has now ceased publication, the annual volumes still offer a reasonably thorough listing of materials published within Fiji during the years of coverage. 652 Guide to collections of manuscripts relating to the Pacific islands. Compiled by B. H. Flores. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, Pacific Manuscripts Bureau, [n.d.]. This series of papers refers to the microfilm on the subject and covers the history of the islands. See also Asia and Oceania (item no. 638).

< previous page

page_172

next page >


page_173

< previous page

page_173


653 A guide to films about the Pacific islands. Compiled by J. D. Hamnett. Honolulu: University of Hawaii, Pacific Islands Studies Program, 1986. 148p. Including both films and videocassettes, this catalogue provides details on the title, length, type, colour or monochrome, date and subject for each entry. The producer and distributor are listed when known, and brief abstracts are provided. There is no subject index. See also Moving images of the Pacific islands (item no. 654). 654 Moving images of the Pacific islands: a catalogue of films and videos. Edited by M. C. Miller. Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa, School of Hawaiian, Asian and Pacific Studies, Center for Pacific Islands Studies, 1989. 206p. bibliog. (Occasional Papers, no. 34). This guide to educational and recreational films provides the following information on each item: country/island, subject, holding library, time, format, colour or monochrome, date, series, producer, distributor, cost. There are sixteen entries for Fiji. See also A guide to films (item no. 653). 655 Oceania I à XXXIV (1930-1964). J. Guiart, F. Herry, R. Heyum, C. Panoff. Paris: Centre Documentaire pour l'Oceanie, 1966. not paginated. (Série: Bibliographiques Analytiques, no. 1). This list of 888 entries is arranged geographically, with a section devoted entirely to Fiji. Annotations are in French. See also Bibliographie de l'Océanie (item no. 639) and Essai de Bibliographie du Pacifique (item no. 649). 656 Pacific: a core collection. Compiled by M. Titcomb. Ann Arbor, Michigan: Xerox University Microfilms, 1973. 61p. Entries are arranged by author and title and are accompanied by full bibliographical details and short annotations. Geographical, title and author indexes provide a key to the numbered alphabetical author entries. There are numerous entries which are relevant to Fiji. 657 Pacific Basin and Oceania. G. W. Fry, R. Mauricio. Oxford: Clio Press, 1987. (World Bibliographical Series, no. 70). Fry and Mauricio offer a comprehensive guide to the literature of the countries in the Pacific region, including Fiji. Emphasis is on titles with a general Pacific islands rather than specific country focus, although some titles relating only to particular countries are included. An excellent index gives access to materials on Fiji, whether these are separate entries or parts of more general entries. Listing 1178 annotated titles, this is an important contribution to the bibliographic literature. See also A Pacific bibliography (item no. 658), Pacific island bibliography (item no. 660) and Pacific island studies (item no. 661).

< previous page

page_173

next page >


page_174

< previous page

page_174


658 A Pacific bibliography: printed matter relating to the native peoples of Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. C. R. H. Taylor. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965. 2nd ed. 692p. map. Designed for the needs of scholars, researchers and general readers, this standard bibliography on the Pacific contains materials arranged in four main sections: Oceania, Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. Within each region entries are classified first by smaller geographical entities and then by subject (language, archaeology, folklore, etc.). Fiji is covered under fourteen main subject headings (pages 369-94). The main strength of the bibliography is its coverage of ethnographic and related literature; it is particularly weak in economics, politics, development and related topics. Coverage includes books and articles in English and other languages, with both popular and scholarly materials listed. There are a few annotations. The compilation is as complete as possible up to 1960, and only a handful of items after this date have been included. The index includes authors and subjects. See also Pacific Basin and Oceania (item no. 657), Pacific island bibliography (item no. 660) and Pacific island studies (item no. 661). 659 Pacific Collection periodicals. University of the South Pacific Library. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, 1987. 144p. This is an alphabetical list of periodicals which are held in the Pacific Collection of the University of the South Pacific Library. It includes materials published in the Pacific region and overseas titles with a significant Pacific content. This publication is particularly strong in official series and institutional periodicals, many of which have a Fiji content. See also South Pacific periodicals index (item no. 668). 660 Pacific island bibliography. F. M. Cammack, S. Saito. New York: Scarecrow Press, 1962. 421p. Covering Fiji on pages 108-16, this bibliography lists a selection of materials from the Pacific Collection of the University of Hawaii's Gregg M. Sinclair Library. It is primarily a bibliography of Pacific materials in the social sciences, including education and languages. Citations are taken from catalogue cards and the 1,727 entries are grouped into broad regional categories such as Melanesia and Polynesia. The index is essentially an author and title listing, but with entries for specific islands, languages, ships and persons. This compendium does not duplicate materials found in Taylor's A Pacific bibliography (item no. 658). See also Pacific Basin and Oceania (item no. 657) and Jackson's Pacific island studies (item no. 661). 661 Pacific island studies: a survey of the literature. Edited by M. M. Jackson. New York: Greenwood Press, 1986. 244p. bibliog. (Bibliographies and Indexes in Sociology, no. 7) This survey covers Fiji in its general introductory overview, with an emphasis on social, political, economic and ethnographic studies. Titles are discussed in the text, with full bibliographical details available in the linked bibliography. The most detailed information is in the section arranged by area Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia; Fiji is covered in the section on Melanesia, which was prepared by M. P. Hamnett and T. Wesley-Smith. A useful commentary is provided throughout in this very valuable survey. See also Pacific Basin and Oceania (item no. 657), A Pacific bibliography (item no. 658) and Pacific island bibliography (item no. 660).

< previous page

page_174

next page >


page_175

< previous page

page_175


662 Pacific islands studies and notes. Honolulu: N. L. H. Krauss, 1971-. irreg. Some two dozen issues of this publication have appeared to date, each consisting of a bibliography, without annotations, of a specific Pacific island region. Melanesia was covered in Number 13. 663 Preliminary bibliography on traditional science and technology in the Pacific Islands: partly annotated. E. Eade. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, Pacific Information Centre, 1992. 104p. Conceived by the Organizing Committee for the Conference on Science and Pacific Island Peoples (July 1992), this bibliography lists literature which reveals information on the traditional scientific and technical knowledge of Pacific peoples before the arrival of the European. Geographical coverage is confined to Melanesia, Micronesia and Polynesia (excluding New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Hawaii). There are 444 entries, many with annotations, and Fiji receives good coverage. Entries are listed by subject (agriculture, boats, ecology, medicine). A subject index provides access to the numbered entries. This is a very useful bibliography of material on subject areas which are not covered elsewhere. 664 Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies, 1962-1987. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 1988. 260p. The geographical focus of the research carried out at the Research School of Pacific Studies stretches from China and Japan to Papua New Guinea and the Pacific islands. Fiji figures prominently in the School's research profile, and many relevant titles appear in this list. Items are arranged alphabetically within subject/research centre categories; full bibliographic details and the price are given. Additionally, there is a list of journal titles, an author index and a series index. See also the 1988-89 continuation (item no. 665), Books from the Pacific islands (item no. 643), Select list of publications of the SPC (item no. 666), SPEC bibliography (item no. 671) and USP: publications (item no. 672). 665 Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies, 1988-1989. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies, 1990. 71p. Continuing the coverage begun in the 1962-87 compilation (item no. 664), this bibliography lists 1988-89 publications by broad subject categories (anthropology, human geography) and then alphabetically by author. There are several materials with Fijian content. 666 Select list of publications of the South Pacific Commission. B. H. Lovett. Noumea, New Caledonia: South Pacific Commission, 1975. 41p. This is a useful listing of books, monographs and research reports published by the Commission. With its focus on economic and social development, the SPC has produced a number of important regional titles in this broad area, several of which relate to Fiji. See also Books from the Pacific islands (item no. 643), Publications of

< previous page

page_175

next page >


page_176

< previous page

page_176


the Research School of Pacific Studies (item no. 664), SPEC bibliography (item no. 671) and USP: publications (item no. 672). 667 South Pacific bibliography. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, Pacific Information Centre, 1981-. annual. The successor to the Pacific collection accession list (University of the South Pacific Library, 1975-82) this publication lists works published in the Pacific region and external publications dealing wholly or in part with the South Pacific, as well as materials on Pacific indigenous peoples in Australia, Hawaii and New Zealand. All the entries have been catalogued by the University of the South Pacific Library. Monographs are arranged in classified subject sequence; periodical titles are arranged in alphabetical sequence. Author/title and subject indices refer one to relevant subject classification numbers. This is an essential guide to current literature produced by the most active collector of publications of and about Fiji. See also Acquisitions list: University of Hawaii Library (item no. 637) and Current publications from the Pacific islands (item no. 646). 668 South Pacific periodicals index. Pacific Information Centre. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, Pacific Information Centre, 1984 -. irreg. This continuation of the Bibliography of periodical articles relating to the South Pacific seeks to list all articles in periodicals held by the University of the South Pacific Library which deal with the South Pacific and its constituent countries. More than 500 periodicals are indexed, with entries arranged alphabetically by subject. Within each subject category articles are listed alphabetically by author, and full bibliographic details are provided. This is a comprehensive guide to serial literature published in the region in particular, listing many titles not indexed elsewhere. However, it is primarily a retrospective indexing service because of the extensive delays in publication (at the time of writing a draft version for 1987-88 had appeared). See also Pacific collection periodicals (item no. 659). 669 South Pacific research register. Suva: University of the South Pacific Library, Pacific Information Centre, 1982-. biennial. This guide lists research being undertaken on the South Pacific; it includes researchers wherever they might be and whatever their subjects, providing there is a direct South Pacific interest. Research on the Pacific and indigenous peoples in Australia, Hawaii and New Zealand is also included. Arrangement is by author, and there is a detailed subject index. For each entry the following information is provided: the name of the researcher, nationality, private address, work address, the official position of the researcher, sponsorship or funding source for research, current or past research title, geographic area(s) covered by the research, date of the research and its duration.

< previous page

page_176

next page >


page_177

< previous page

page_177


670 The Southwest Pacific: an annotated guide to bibliographies, indexes and collections in Australian libraries. Compiled and edited by A. G. Thompson. Canberra: Australian National University, Research School of Pacific Studies in association with the Academy of Social Sciences in Australia, 1986. 127p. Thompson arranges this annotated guide to bibliographies by country and subject (earth sciences, medicine and public health, life sciences, social sciences and humanities). Fiji has twenty-seven entries. Full bibliographic details are provided for each entry, accompanied by a short annotation and location in Australia. See also A Bibliography of bibliographies (item no. 640). 671 SPEC bibliography. Suva: South Pacific Bureau for Economic Cooperation, 1974. 3rd ed. 76p. Focusing on trade and economic development in the Pacific region, this bibliography is especially strong in publications of international organizations and the member governments of SPEC. Materials are arranged according to major commodity and trade topics (such as sugar and phosphate) and by countries. All major countries and territories of the region are represented, including Fiji. See also Books from the Pacific islands (item no. 643), Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies (item no. 664), Select list of publications of the SPC (item no. 666) and USP: publications (item no. 672). 672 The University of the South Pacific: publications. Suva: University of the South Pacific, Pacific Information Centre, 1981- . annual. This is an annual listing of all that has been written at the University of the South Pacific. It includes works written, published, authorized or sponsored by the University or individuals who produced a publication while being associated with it. The entries are based on holdings of the University Library. Monographs (books, theses presented by USP staff at any university, research papers, conference papers, study leave reports, consultancy reports, reprints/photocopies of articles) and periodical citations of all issues of USP journals published in the last twelve months as well as issues edited by USP members but published elsewhere are included. Arrangement is by the section of the University responsible for publishing or by the section to which the author belongs; an author/title index provides access to main entries. See also Books from the Pacific islands (item no. 643), Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies (item no. 664), Select list of publications of the SPC (item no. 666) and SPEC bibliography (item no. 672). 673 World catalogue of theses on the Pacific islands. Compiled by D. Dickson, C. Dosser. Canberra: Australian National University Press, 1970. 123p. Based primarily on the Australian National University's collection of microform theses on the Pacific islands, but including some materials held elsewhere, this bibliography lists all known doctoral dissertations on the region, a significant number of master's theses and a few honours theses. More than 1000 entries are arranged in

< previous page

page_177

next page >


page_178

< previous page

page_178


four geographical sections: Oceania in general, Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia. See also Bibliography of Pacific island theses (item no. 642) and Catalogue of theses and dissertations (item no. 645).

< previous page

page_178

next page >


page_179

< previous page

page_179


Indexes There follow three separate indexes: authors (personal and corporate); titles; and subjects. Title entries are italicized and refer either to the main titles, or to many of the other works cited in the annotations. The numbers refer to bibliographical entry rather than page numbers. Individual index entries are arranged in alphabetical sequence.

Index of Authors A Adsett, N. 429 Aikman, H. 417 Ali, A. 124, 211, 224, 227, 310, 349, 354-55, 358, 364, 384, 404, 407, 415 Ali, I. 494 Allen, P. S. 8 Alston, A. S. 510 Amratlal, J. 318 Anderson, A. G. 498 Anthony, J. G. 357 Arms, D. G. 236 Arno, A. 179, 198 Asad, T. 334 Aucoin, P. McK. 298 Australia. Attorney General's Department. Legal Services Advisory Committee 437 Australia. National Office of Overseas Skills Recognition 561 Ayers, R. 620 B Baba, T. 328, 345, 544, 561 Bain, A. 307, 328 Bain, K. 398

file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_179.html (1 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:41 PM

page_179

Ball, J. 41 Ballance, P. F. 92 BAM 263 Banks, B. 505 Barclay, G. 134 Barker, J. 252 Barr, K. J. 306 Bartko, Y. 612 Bavadra, T. 398 Bayliss-Smith, T. 552 Bedford, R. D. 157-58 Belcher, W. J. 49 Belshaw, C. S. 196 Bennett, J. 464 Bernard, J. F. 21 Berwick, S. L. 29 Best, S. 104 Bevan, S. 30 Bienefeld, M. 492 Bigay, J. 3 Bilimoria, P. 250 Binder, P. 232 Blandy, R. 464 Blanpain, R. 446 Bolabola, C. 332 Booth, E. 561 Booth, S. K. 95 Brammall, J. 559 Brewster, A. B. 181, 184


page_179

Britton, S. G. 490 Brooke-White, J. 199 Brookfield, F. M. 408 Brookfield, H. C. 449, 499, 511 Brooks, B. 446 Brown, C. H. 204, 311 Brown, S. 143 Bryant, J. 159

< previous page

page_179

next page >


page_180

< previous page

page_180


Burns, A. 120, 391 Burr, R. 143 Burton, J. W. 266, 280 Bush, P. 568 C Caballes, J. B. 544 Calvert, J. 239, 256 Cameron, J. 365 Cammack, F. M. 660 Campbell, I. C. 135 Capell, A. 247 Carcasson, R. H. 55 Carmichael, P. 47 Carter, J. 13 Casswell, S. 319 Center for Asian and Pacific Studies 638 Chandra, R. 159, 219, 314, 483, 532 Chandra, S. 159, 493, 496 Chape, S. 551 Chapman, J. K. 117 Chappele, A. J. 128 Chapple, W. A. 463 Chauhan, I. S. 371 Cheng, C. 64 Chowning, A. 22 Chung, M. 348 Clammer, J. 334, 563


page_180

Clark, A. L. 93 Clunie, F. 51, 57-58, 108, 167-68, 171, 173, 177, 195, 199 Cokanasiga, I. J. 544 Cole, R. V. 368, 460-61 Coleman, P. J. 93 Collins, W. M. 284 Coman, E. T. 619 Committee to Promote the Representation of the Colony of Fiji at the Melbourne International Exhibition 5 Connell, J. 86 Coombe, D. J. 324 Copeland, E. D. 53 Coppell, W. G. 642, 645 Corney, B. 178 Cottrell, J. 411 Coulter, J. W. 9 Crawford, J. 479, 506 Crocombe, R. G. 194, 340, 384, 404, 430, 444, 481, 518 Cruyl, J. L. 528 Curnow, P. 525 Curth, H. 37 D Dagmar, H. 201 Dangroup International 553 Davey, T. L. 514, 521 Davidson, J. W. 115, 148, 343 Dean, E. 388 Dean, S. 430 Deane, W. 174, 266 Defense Mapping Agency, Topographic Center 16 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_180.html (2 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:41 PM

page_180

Derrick, R. A. 15, 132 Dickson, D. 673 Dickson, M. 269 Diolé, P. 21 Dixon, R. M. W. 242 Donnelly, T. A. 14 Dosser, C. 673 Douglas, N. 11 Dove, V. 39 Duberal, R. F. 78, 94, 615 Durutalo, S. 300, 376 Dyer, P. 116, 508 E Eade, E. 663 Eason, W. J. E. 149 Echeverria Duco, G. 450 Eckert, F. J. 34-35 Eden, R. 90 Edgell, M. C. R. 512 Elliott, J. D. 443 Ellis, F. 499 Evans, D. B. 323 Everingham, I. B. 555 Ewins, R. 186, 335, 600, 603 F Fairbridge, R. W. 89 Fairclough, C. 41 Falvey, Sir John N. 419


page_180

Farrell, B. H. 512 Fatiaki, A. 25, 308 Fiji Ministry of Health 321

< previous page

page_180

next page >


page_181

< previous page

page_181


Fiji School of Medicine 321 Fiji Trade and Investment Board 527 Fiji. Bureau of Statistics 536 Fiji. Judicial Department 420 Fiji. Law Reform Commission 424 Fiji. Ministry of Forests 509 Fiji. Parliament. House of Representatives 377 Fiji. Parliament. Senate 342 Finney, B. R. 477 Fischer, E. 257 Fisk, E. K. 485 Fison, L. 595 Fitch, W. 61 Flannery, W. 286 Flores, B. H. 652 Fong, A. 202 Foreman, C. W. 264 Fowler, H. W. 60, 100 France, P. 118 Frazer, R. M. 208 Freeman, S. 164 Freidus, A. 638 Frost, E. L. 99, 102 Fry, G. W. 657 Fry, M. J. 471 G Gadd, B. 587


page_181

Gale, I. N. 95 Gallagher, P. O. 275 Garrett, J. 258, 289 Garvey, R. 20 Geddes, W. R. 165, 291 Geraghty, P. 236, 243 Ghai, Y. P. 404, 409, 411, 521 Gibbons, J. 549 Gill, L. 32 Gill, W. 233 Gillespie, J. W. 70 Gillion, K. L. 209-10 Gordon, C. 438 Gordon Cumming, C. F. 2, 256 Grattan, C. H. 150-51 Gravelle, K. 36 Gray, J. P. L. 259 Greenbaum, D. 76, 80 Greif, S. W. 223 Griffin, C. 221, 301 Guiart, J. 655 Gunson, N. 277 Guthrie, M. W. 564 H Haddon, A. C. 163 Hagan, S. 378, 390 Hames, I. 267, 582, 585 Hamilton Gordon, A. 125 Hamnett, J. D. 653 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_181.html (2 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:42 PM

page_181

Haq, M. T. 528 Harder, C. 370 Hare, E. B. 262 Hargreaves, B. 73-74 Hargreaves, D. 73-74 Hart, R. 585 Hayden, H. 305 Hazelhurst, K. 392 Hazlewood, D. 239 Heath, I. 153 Hempenstall, P. 146 Henderson, G. C. 272 Herry, F. 655 Herzer, R. H. 92 Heyum, F. 655 Hiatt, L. R. 206 Hickson, L. 180 Higgins-Desboilles, F. 367 Hince, K. 312 Hoadley, S. 27 Hobbs, S. 238 Hocart, A. M. 185, 188 Hodge, P. 116 Hoodless, D. W. 556 Hookey, J. F. 405 Hoole, E. 260 Hooper, S. 121 Hornell, J. 163, 193, 504 Howard, A. 516 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_181.html (3 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:42 PM

page_181

Howard, M. C. 201, 361 Howe, K. R. 154 Howitt, R. 86 Howlett, R. A. 133 Hughes, H. 461 Hughes, H. R. 64 Hutz, H. J. 513 I Im Thurn, E. F. 137

< previous page

page_181

next page >


page_182

< previous page

page_182


International Biographical Centre 28 International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes 422 International Commission of Jurists 433 International Development Program of Australian Universities and Colleges 561-62 International Labour Office 435 International Monetary Fund. Balance of Payments Division. Bureau of Statistics 535 Isaacs, T. 26 Islam, M. R. 416, 418 IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre with the United Nations Environment Programme 52 J Jackson, M. M. 661 Jalbot-Kelly, C. 50 Jansen, A. A. J. 320 Jayawardena, C. 206 Jenkins, M. D. 52 Jore, L. 649 K Kamikamica, J. 521 Kaplan, M. 252, 276 Kasper, W. 464 Kay, R. 31 Keesing-Styles, E. 290 Keesing-Styles, W. 290 Kelly, J. D. 261, 385 Kerr, G. J. A. 14 Keynes, G. 583 Kikau, E. 597 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_182.html (1 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:43 PM

page_182

King, B. 453 Kiwanuka, R. N. 440 Knapman, B. 448, 466, 503 Knapman, C. 316 Knapp, V. 426 Knox-Mawer, J. 47 Knox-Mawer, R. K. 439 Koch, K.-F. 179, 180, 434 Komaibulu, J. M. 77 Komaitai, R. T. 249 Kuva, A. 231 L Lal, B. V. 113, 200, 212-13, 218, 315, 327, 329, 353, 356, 383, 386 Langdon, R. 625 Langham, N. 48 Langi, J. 264 Larmour, P. 430, 444 Larsson, K. E. 175 Lasaqa, I. 17 Lateef, S. 309 Lawry, W. 260 Lawson, S. 351, 369 Leckie, J. 317 Leeson, I. 640 Leete, R. 542 Legge, J. D. 111 Leonard, H. 623 Lessin, A. P. 234 Lessin, P. J. 234 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_182.html (2 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:43 PM

page_182

Levine, S. I. 368 Library Service of Fiji 651 Lieber, M. D. 207 Ligairi, W. 173, 195 Lloyd, D. T. 515 Lovett, B. H. 666 Lowndes, A. G. 152 Luckett, D. G. 475 Lum, J. A. 93 Luster, A. L. 612 M McArthur, N. 155 McCall, G. 482 McDermott, J. W. 40 McLachlan, C. 406 McLoughlin, D. 421 McNaught, T. J. 127, 333 Malinowski, B. 170 Mamak, A. 294, 482 Mamtora, J. 613 Mangubhai, F. 560 Marshall, H. H. 426 Matahau, A. V. 368 Mataitoga, I. 401, 432 Mauricio, R. 657 May, R. J. 360, 559 Mayer, A. C. 215, 226 Mead, S. M. 604 Meller, N. 357, 397 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_182.html (3 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:43 PM

page_182

Mercer, R. 54

< previous page

page_182

next page >


page_183

< previous page

page_183


Miller, M. C. 654 Milne, R. S. 382 Milner, G. B. 20, 236, 240 Mishra, S. 573, 596 Mishra, V. 228, 577 Mitchell, A. W. 44 Moag, R. F. 237 Moce, K. 177 Monsell-Davis, M. 301 Moore, B. 620 Morrell, W. P. 112 Morse, P. 51 Moynagh, M. 114, 517 Murray, D. J. 410 N Nacala, J. 575 Naidu, V. 235, 295 Nandan, S. 567, 570, 575-77 Narasimhaiah, C. D. 576 Narayan, J. 484 Narayan, R. 237 Narsey, W. L. 476, 491 Nation, J. 341, 360 Naya, S. 447 Nayacakalou, R. R. 194, 372 Nelson, H. 360 Nettleton, C. N. 296


page_183

Norton, R. 373, 389 Nunn, G. R. 638 O O'Neill, N. K. F. 412, 445 O'Reilly, P. 268 Orrego Vicuña, F. 450 Overton, J. 299, 338, 494, 505 P Pacific Information Centre 183, 668 Palad, E. V. 444 Palmer, A. 394 Palmer, B. 608 Palmer, J. B. 108 Panoff, C. 655 Parbo, A. 91 Parham, J. W. 72 Parham, W. L. 501 Parkinson, B. J. 507 Parkinson, S. 320 Parry, J. T. 105-06, 109 Pernetta, J. C. 65 Phelps, S. 601 Pierson, W. 638 Pillai, G. 69 Pillai, R. 575, 577, 589 Plange, N. K. 86, 292-93 Pook, R. 582 Posnett, N. W. 650


page_183

Postlethwaite, T. N. 560 Powles, C. G. 413, 442 Prasad, A. 392 Prasad, S. 214, 337 Premdas, R. R. 336, 347 Price, C. 605 Proctor, A. 506 Pulea, M. 425, 442 Q Qalo, R. R. 346 Quain, B. H. 176, 572 R Raghwan, N. S. 427 Raiwalui, A. K. 246 Rajotte, F. 3, 480 Ralph, G. 91 Ralston, C. 131 Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara 372 Ravuvu, A. 19, 129, 169, 194, 297, 350 Redden, K. R. 438 Redwood, R. 42 Reed, A. W. 585 Reeve, P. 501 Reid, A. C. 130 Reilly, P. M. 650 Riesenfeld, A. 103 Ritova, S. 265, 388 Rivers, W. H. R. 182 Robertson, A. F. S. 320


page_183

Robertson, R. T. 363 Robie, D. 331 Rodda, P. 78-79, 81-85, 87, 89, 92, 94, 97 Rodger, J. G. 615 Rogers, F. 609 Rokotuiviwa, P. 254 Rokotuivuna, A. 455

< previous page

page_183

next page >


page_184

< previous page

page_184


Rolls, I. 68 Rose, R. 578 Ross, C. S. 123, 253 Roth, G. K. 20, 246 Roth, J. 121 Routledge, D. 142, 326 Rowe, G. S. 256, 270, 274 Roy, W. T. 366 Rutherford, N. 146 Ryan, P. A. 56, 59 Ryland, J. S. 66 S Sadie, S. 606 Sahadeo, M. 265 Sahlins, M. D. 187, 192 Saito, S. 660 Sanday, J. 339, 374 Saunders, K. 218 Scarr, D. 115, 122, 126, 136, 141, 147-48, 359 Schütz, A. J. 45, 241, 245, 248-49, 255 Seemann, B. 61, 75 Seow, G. 479 Seth, P. N. 352 Shand, R. T. 473 Sharan, G. R. 344 Sharma, G. D. 220 Sibson, R. B. 49


page_184

Siegel, J. 244 Siers, J. 12 Silverman, M. G. 205 Simms, N. 590 Simpson, W. S. 225 Singh, A. 393 Singh, B. 144 Singh, G. 230 Singh, R. 98 Singh, Y. N. 183 Siwatibau, S. 286 Slatter, C. 481 Smiles, S. 596 Smith, A. C. 62 Smith, B. B. 606 Smith, I. A. 627 Smith, M. 612 Snow, P. A. 7, 75, 107, 145, 641 South Pacific Commission 495 South Pacific Health Service 321 Spate, O. H. K. 18, 313, 396, 465 Spencer, D. M. 166 Spenneman, D. H. R. 101, 191 St Johnston, T. R. 581 Stanley, D. 38 Stanner, W. E. H. 489 Stella, Sister Mary 322 Stevenson, A. J. 92 Stewart, J. 178 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_184.html (2 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:44 PM

page_184

Stewart, R. A. C. 24 Stratigos, S. 642 Sturton, M. 474 Subramani, 216, 566, 571, 575, 577, 592 Sutherland, W. 330, 478 Symons, C. A. J. 344 T Taggerse, A. 531 Tagupa, W. E. H. 375 Tamanisau, A. 363 Taungenga, A. 430, 444 Tausie, V. 25, 569, 598 Tavola, H. 565 Taylor, C. R. H. 658 Taylor, M. 462 Terrien, F. 263 Thaman, R. R. 71 Thomas, L. 579 Thomas, N. 379 Thomas, R. M. 560 Thompson, A.-G. 670 Thompson, L. 170 Thomson, B. 178, 594 Thornley, A. 278 Tiffin, C. 575, 577 Tinker, H. 222 Tippett, A. R. 172, 189 Titcomb, M. 656 Toren, C. 304 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_184.html (3 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:44 PM

page_184

Trompf, G. W. 288 Troxler, G. S. 602 Tudor, J. 588 Tuimaleali'ifano, M. A. 229 Tupouniua, S. 481 Turner, J. W. 197 Tuwere, S. 288 U Ullman, J. R. 46 UN Economic and Social Commission for Asia and the Pacific 533

< previous page

page_184

next page >


page_185

< previous page

page_185


University of the South Pacific Library 659 Usher, L. G. 23, 45, 140, 623 Utrecht, E. 456 V Van Fossen, A. B. 399 Vasil, R. K. 400 Veramo, J. 302 Vernon, R. 271 Veysey, A. 568 Vuki, E. 597 Vunivalu, R. S. 4 Vusoniwailala, L. 617 W Waine, S. 145 Wallis, M. 139 Walsh, A. C. 156 Walter, M. A. H. B. 395 Ward, M. P. 488 Ward, R. G. 338, 499, 502, 506, 519-20 Waterhouse, J. 138 Watling, D. 50, 65, 68, 551 Watson, K. A. 477 Watters, R. F. 303, 486 Weaver, S. 554 Weiner, M. A. 325 Wells, S. M. 52 Wendt, A. 580, 591 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_185.html (1 of 2)1/20/2009 8:01:45 PM

page_185

Wendt, S. 37 West, F. 387 West, F. J. 380 Wharton, L. C. 137 Whistler, W. A. 63 White, G. M. 217 Whitehead, C. 558 Whitelaw, J. S. 403 Whittaker, J. 427 Whonsbon-Aston, C. W. 273, 279, 283 Wibberley, L. 33 Williams, E. W. 593 Williams, T. 256 Wilson, J. 287 Wood, A. H. 281-82 Woodhouse, M. 625 World Bank, International Economics Department. Socio-Economic Data Division 543, 547-48 Wright, R. 43 Y Yarrow, R. 26 Yee, S. J. 203 Yoshida, T. 506 Young, J. 110, 119 Young, J. A. 500 Z Zifcak, S. 423 Zug, G. R. 67

< previous page

page_185

next page >


page_187

< previous page

page_187


Index of Titles A Acceleration of social change in a Fijian community 291 Access to justice, volume 4: the anthropological perspective 179, 180, 434 Acquisitions list: University of Hawaii Library Pacific collection 637 Adventurous spirits: Australian migrant society in pre-cession Fiji 110 After narrative: the pursuit of reality and fiction 566 Agricultural development in Fiji 493 Agriculture: crisis and recovery 494 Alcohol in Oceania 319 American Ethnologist 204, 276 American influence on the politics of Fiji, 1849-1874 326 Annotated checklist of the birds of Fiji Islands 48 Annual report 420 Annual report for [ ] 1 Annual report on Fiji 1 Anthropology and the colonial encounter 334 Anthropology in Oceania 206 Appointment of head of state and dissolution of Fiji military government decree 1987 413 Appointment of Prime Minister decree 1987 413 Approach by Fiji - a mid-ocean archipelago - to the conference on the law of the sea 421 Approaches to the study of Indian indentured emigration with special reference to Fiji 200 Archaeological excavations of fortified sites on Taveuni 99 Archaeological fishbones collected by E. W. Gifford in Fiji 100 Archives New Zealand 4 ... 609


page_187

Art and artefacts of the Pacific, Africa and the Americas: the James Hooper collection 601 Art in the New Pacific 598 Artist as an educator 567 Arya Samaj in Fiji: a movement in Hindu diaspora 250 As the dust settles: impact and implications of the Fiji coups 327 Asia and Oceania: a guide to archival and manuscript sources in the United States 638 Asia and Pacific Review 522 Asia-Pacific business and trade directory 523, 534 Asian and Pacific developing countries: performance and issues 447 Asian Development Review 447 Asian Survey 397 Aspects of Ageing in Fiji 292 Assessing the quality of life for women and men in Fiji 317 Assessment of the mineral resources of Fiji 76 At home in Fiji 2 Australasian Law Students Journal 394

< previous page

page_187

next page >


page_188

< previous page

page_188


Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology 332, 349 Australian Universities Law School Association 43rd annual conference. University of Sydney, 28-31 August 1988: Selected Papers 413 Awakened conscience: studies in commonwealth literature 575 B Balance of payments statistics yearbook 535 Banabans in Fiji: ethnicity, change and development 201 Bavadra: Prime Minister, Statesman, Man of the People. Selection of speeches and writings, 1985-1989 328 Beche-de-Mer of the South Pacific Islands 495 Beche-de-Mer of the Tropical Pacific: a handbook for fishermen 495 Before the storm: an analysis of the Fiji general election of 1987 329 Beqa: island of firewalkers 3 Bernice P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 100, 172, 185 Beyond the politics of race: an alternative history of Fiji to 1992 330 Bibliographie de l'Océanie [ ] 639 Bibliography of bibliographies of the South Pacific 640 Bibliography of Fiji, Tonga and Rotuma 641 Bibliography of Pacific island theses and dissertations 642 Bibliography of periodical articles relating to the South Pacific 668 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. First supplement to Volume 3 77 Bibliography of the geology of Fiji. Vols. 1-8 78-85 Birds of Fiji in colour 49 Birds of Fiji, Tonga and Samoa 50 Birds of the Fiji bush 51 Blood on their banner: nationalist struggles in the South Pacific 331 Book development in the Western Pacific 610 Books from the Pacific islands 643


page_188

Brief environmental history of Fiji 549 Britain in Fiji 1858-1880 111 Britain in the Pacific islands 112 Broken waves: a history of the Fiji islands in the twentieth century 113 Brown or white? A history of the Fiji sugar industry, 1873-1973 114 Bulletin of Concerned Asian Scholars 390, 399 Bulletin of the Fiji Museum 105-06, 109, 177, 211 See also Fiji Museum Bulletin C Cakobau and Ma'afu: contenders for pre-eminence in Fiji 115 California Western International Law Journal 416 Can custom be custom built? 301 Cane train: the sugar cane railways of Fiji 116 Cannibal Islands or Fiji and its people 251 Cannibalism in Fiji: the analysis of butchering marks on human bones 101 Canoes of Melanesia, Queensland and New Guinea 163 Canoes of Oceania 163 Canoes of Polynesia, Fiji, and Micronesia 163 Capital and class 365 Capitalism's economic impact in colonial Fiji, 1874-1939 448 Career of Arthur Hamilton Gordon, first Lord Stanmore, 1829-1912 117 Catalog of the South Pacific collection 644 Catalogue of theses and dissertations relating to Fiji and Rotuma 645 CCH Journal of Asian Pacific Taxation 531 Central Medical School 556 Centre-poled houses of Western Vitilevu 164 Ceremony and complication in an urban setting 301 Changes in Fijian leadership 332 Charter of the land: custom and colonization in Fiji 118


page_188

Chiefly civil servants? Ambiguity in district administration and the preservation of a Fijian way of life, 1896-1940 333

< previous page

page_188

next page >


page_189

< previous page

page_189


Children of Vuda: a Fijian idyll 568 Chinese community in Fiji 202 Chinese in the Pacific 203 Christianity in Oceania: ethnographic perspectives 252 Christianity, people of the land, and chiefs in Fiji 252 Churches and church workers in Fiji 253 Code of legal ethics for Fiji 442 Colonial capitalism and class formation in Fiji: a retrospective overview 293 Colonial Fiji 383 Colonialism and the perception of tradition in Fiji 334 Colonialism, development and independence: the case of the Melanesian islands in the South Pacific 449 Colony of Fiji: a handbook 4 Colony of Fiji 1874-1924 6 Colony of Fiji 1880 5 Colour, class and custom: the literature of the 1987 Fiji Coup 335 Colour, culture and conflict: a study of pluralism in Fiji 294 Communalism and constitution making in Fiji 400 Communication, social identity and the rising cost of Fijian communalism 301 Comparative local government: country papers 344 La Comunidad del Pacific en perspectiva 450 'Conflict' model of pluralism 295 Congregation of the poor 254 Constitution making in Fiji: the search for a practical solution 401 Constitution of the Sovereign Democratic Republic of Fiji 402 Constitutional challenge: the rise of Fijian nationalism 336 Constitutional change in Fiji 403 Constitutional issues in transition to independence 404


page_189

Contemporary Pacific 299, 327, 624 Contributions to the marine and on-land geology and resources of the Tonga-Lau-Fiji region 92 Coral reefs of the world. Vol. 3: Central and Western Pacific 52 Cottage housing scheme 296 Country profile: Pacific islands. Fiji, Solomon Islands, Western Samoa, Vanuatu, Tonga 451 Country report: Pacific islands. Papua New Guinea, Fiji, Solomon Islands, Western Samoa, Vanuatu, Tonga 452 Coup and crisis: Fiji a year later 37 Coups in retrospect: the new political geography of Fiji 338 Coups of 1987: a personal analysis 339 Cricket in the Fiji islands 7 Crime and punishment: social meanings 301 Cultural tourism and its potential for Fiji 453 Culture and democracy in the South Pacific 340 Culture and tradition: implications for modern nation building 340 Cumulative index to the Pacific Islands Monthly, volumes 1 to 15 625 Current economic statistics 536 Current publications from the Pacific islands [ ] 646 Customs of respect: the traditional basis of Fijian communal politics 341 Cyclopedia of Fiji 8 D Daily Post 611 Debates 342 Declaration of the Republic of Fiji Decree (No. 8), 7 October 1987 413 Decolonization of Oceania a survey 1945-70 343 Definition of terms, general survey, and conclusions 163 Demographic constraints on caste: a Fiji Indian example 204 Demography India 314 Deuba: a study of a Fijian village 165 Developing nations: Fiji 422


page_189

Development of local government in Fiji 344 Development or dependence: the pattern of change in a Fijian village 297 Developments in Fiji since the second coup 345 Developments in human rights in Asia and the South Pacific 423

< previous page

page_189

next page >


page_190

< previous page

page_190


Diaries and correspondence of David Cargill 1832-1843 255 Dictionary catalog of the library of Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii 647 Dictionary catalogue of printed books. [Mitchell Library] 648 Dictionary of the Fijian language 247 Dilemma of tradition 301 Directory of libraries and information sources in Hawaii and the Pacific islands 612 Disconcerting issue: meaning and struggle in a resettled Pacific community 205 Disease, religion and society in the Fiji islands 166 Disintegration of caste in Fiji Indian rural society 206 District officer's court in Rotuma 442 Divided we stand? Local government in Fiji 346 Doing business in Fiji 524 Domestic service in Suva, Fiji 317 Domestic stabilization of international trade instability in the South Pacific 454 Domestic violence and social relations of conflict in Fiji 298 Domodomo: Fiji Museum Quarterly 56, 58, 101, 104, 164, 167-68, 171, 173, 191, 195, 221, 508, 549, 603, 626 Don't cry, Mama: a three act play 569 Down under: mineral heritage in Australasia ... 91 Drama of Fiji: a contemporary history 9 Duwosavosa. Fiji's languages: their uses and their future 236 E Eastern islands of Fiji 550 Ecumenical Review 286 Education for rural development 557 Education in Fiji: policy, problems and progress ... 558 Education in Melanesia 559 Elections in Fiji: restoration of the balance in September 1977 347


page_190

Emergence of party politics in Fiji 383 Emergence of the Fiji Labour Party 383 Emperor's gold in Fiji 86 Encyclopedia of library and information science 619 Encyclopedia of world literature in the twentieth century 586 Encyclopedia of world regional geology 89 Energetics and subsistence affluence in traditional agriculture 496 Environment Fiji: the national state of the environment report prepared by IUCN ... 551 Equity market in Fiji 525 Essai de bibliographie du Pacifique 649 Ethnic conflict management 383 Ethnic politics and small business: the case of the Fiji poultry industry 348 Ethnicity and nation-building in the Pacific 201 Ethnicity and politics in Fiji 349 Ethnology 197 Ethnomedicine 71 Europa world year book 10 Evanescent ascendency: the planter community in Fiji 119 Examination of the laws and practice relating to penal policy in Fiji ... 424 Exiles and migrants in Oceania 207 F Facade of democracy: Fijian struggles for political control 1830-1987 350 Faces in a village: poems 570, 576 Failure of democratic policies in Fiji 351 Family, law and population in the Pacific islands 425 Fantasy eaters: stories from Fiji 571 Far East and Australasia 10 Farms, suburbs or retirement homes? The transformation of village Fiji 299 Fast find directory 526 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_190.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:47 PM

page_190

Ferns of Fiji 53 Few to go 573 Field guide to Fiji birds 54 Field guide to the coral reef fishes ... 55 Fifty years of gold production in Fiji 87 Fiji 30, 89, 102, 120, 426-27, 560, 650 Fiji [Mining annual review] 88 Fiji [Pacific islands yearbook] 11 Fiji [regional compendium] 428 Fiji amphibia 56 Fiji and the Fijians 256

< previous page

page_190

next page >


page_191

< previous page

page_191


Fiji and the western Pacific 123 Fiji annual report 1 Fiji: the arrival of communal franchise 364 Fiji as a petroleum prospect 90 Fiji case index 429 Fiji celebration 12 Fiji: client state of Australasia? 456 Fiji: a comparative study 561 Fiji constitution of 1970 405 Fiji constitutional crisis of May 1987 ... 406 Fiji: coups in paradise. Race, politics and military intervention 353 Fiji: a developing Australian colony 455 Fiji development plan, 1966-1970: ... 457-59 Fiji economy: from go to woe 460 Fiji economy May 1987: problems and prospects 461 Fiji education system: a brief outline 562 Fiji explorers handbook: the excursion guide ... 36 Fiji facts and figures 537 Fiji: from colony to independence - constitutional change 1874-1970 407 Fiji: from colony to independence, 1874-1970 124 Fiji: future imperfect? 462 Fiji general election of 1972 354 Fiji general election of 1977 355 Fiji general election of 1982 356 Fiji goes to the polls: the crucial Legislative Council elections of 1963 357 Fiji handbook and travel guide 13 Fiji: handbook of the colony 4


page_191

Fiji Hindi: a basic course and reference grammar 237 Fiji Hindi-English, English-Fiji Hindi dictionary 238 Fiji: in search of an island 32 Fiji in the Pacific: a history and geography of Fiji 14 Fiji Indian politics 358 Fiji-Indian rural community 208 Fiji Indians: challenge to European dominance 209 Fiji islands 37 Fiji islands: a geographical handbook 15 Fiji islands handbook 38 Fiji: islands of the dawn 33 Fiji: its problems and resources 463 Fiji journals of Baron Anatole von Hügel: 1875-1877 121 Fiji library directory 613 Fiji: making native land productive 518 Fiji manipulating the system 518 Fiji Museum Bulletin 236 See also Bulletin of the Fiji Museum Fiji national bibliography 651 Fiji: opportunity from adversity? 464 Fiji: Pacific paradise 34 Fiji: a paradise in peril 352 Fiji, political change, 1874-1960 383 Fiji: the political economy of recent events 365 Fiji: politics of illusion. The military coups in Fiji 359 Fiji Post 611 Fiji: post-independence politics 360 Fiji product directory 527 Fiji: protecting property rights 430


page_191

Fiji: race and politics in an island state 361 Fiji: records of private and public life, 1875-1880 124 Fiji Report 1 Fiji Republic Gazette 362, 402 Fiji revisited: a Columban father's memories of twenty-eight years in the islands 257 Fiji revolutions of 1987 408 Fiji Royal Gazette 362 Fiji: shattered coups 363 Fiji: a short history 122 Fiji sketchbook 39 Fiji: some enchanted islands 35 Fiji the stamps and postal history 1870-75 615 Fiji Sun 616 Fiji table: a cook book ... 599 Fiji Telephone Directory 614 Fiji: the three-legged stool 126 Fiji Times 616 Fiji today: the politics of frustration 366 Fiji, Tonga and Nauru: official standard names ... 16 Fiji trade union movement at the cross-roads ... 300 Fiji: a travel survival kit 31 Fiji: unity through diversity 367 Fijian and English and an English and Fijian Dictionary 239 Fijian and Tongan war arrows 167 Fijian artefacts: the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery collection 600

< previous page

page_191

next page >


page_192

< previous page

page_192


Fijian birds of prey 57 Fijian canoe hearths 168 Fijian colonial experience ... 127 Fijian crisis: the constitutional dimension 409 Fijian ethos 169 Fijian farmers each on his own land ... 511 Fijian frontier 170 Fijian gold 91 Fijian grammar 240 Fijian house lamps 171 Fijian interprovincial migration and urbanisation 301 Fijian islands 601 Fijian land: a basis for intercultural variance 512 Fijian land snakes 58 Fijian land tenure and agricultural growth 513 Fijian language 241 Fijian magistrates - an historical perspective 442 Fijian Masi: a traditional art form 602 Fijian material culture: a study of cultural context, function and change 172 Fijian mutilatory practices I: earlobe splitting and distortion 173 Fijian people 396 Fijian people before and after independence 1959-1979 17 Fijian people: economic problems and prospects 465 Fijian people 1958 18 Fijian plant names 72 Fijian political scene: some reflections 396 Fijian provincial administration ... 368


page_192

Fijian society; or the sociology and psychology of the Fijians 174 Fijian studies 175 Fijian village 176 Fijian voice in Fiji's colonial history 128 Fijian way of life 19, 20 Fijian weapons and warfare 177 Fijians: a study of the decay of custom 178 Fijians at war 129 Fijians in town 301 Fiji's chiefly system and its pattern of self-reliance 340 Fiji's communal electoral system ... 369 Fiji's economic history, 1874-1939 ... 466 Fiji's eighth development plan, 1981-1985 467 Fiji's Indian migrants: a history to the end of indenture in 1920 210 Fiji's judicial department - a review 442 Fiji's natural heritage 59 Fiji's ninth development plan, 1986-1990 468 Fiji's rainforests: our heritage and future 497 Fiji's seventh development plan, 1976-1980 469 Fiji's sixth development plan, 1971-1975 470 Financial intermediation in small island developing economies 471 Fishes of Fiji 60 Flight of chiefs: epic poetry of Fiji 572 Flora Vitiensis: a description of the plants of the Fiji islands ... 61 Flora Vitiensis Nova: a new flora of Fiji 62 Flowers of the Pacific island seashore 63 Flowers of the South Pacific 64 Food and nutrition in Fiji: a historical review 320 Food composition tables for use in the Pacific islands 321


page_192

Footsteps in the sea: christianity in Oceania to World War II 258 Forbidden islands 259 Foreign forces in Pacific politics 404 Foreign trade statistics of Asia and the Pacific 538 Forgotten people of the Pacific 21 Free press in developing multiracial society ... 617 Friendly and Feejee islands: a missionary visit to various stations in the south seas in the year 1847 260 From Holi to Diwali in Fiji: an essay on ritual and history 261 Fruit of the Rewa: oral traditions ... 130 Fulton's footprints in Fiji 262 Future of democracy in the Pacific islands 340 G Gender, class and race dynamics: Indian women in sugar production in Fiji 317

< previous page

page_192

next page >


page_193

< previous page

page_193


General index to the laws of Fiji 431 GeoJournal 158 Geology of Fiji 92 Girmit: the indenture experience in Fiji 211 Girmityas: the origins of Fiji Indians 212 Gold potential of the Southwest Pacific: 93 Gone bush 571 Gospel is not western: black theologies from the Southwest Pacific 288 Governor-General in Fiji's constitutional crisi 410 Governor-General's proclamation of a State of Emergency, 19 May 1987 413 Grammar of Boumaa Fijian 242 Grammar of conflict ... 179 Grass huts and warehouses ... 131 Growing up in Fiji 302 Growth of wage labour and its consequences ... 301 Guide to collections of manuscripts relating to the Pacific islands 652 Guide to films about the Pacific islands 653 Gujarati women in Fiji 318 Guns of Lautoka: the defence of Kahan 370 H Haunted lines: postcolonial theory and the genealogy of racial formations in Fiji 573 Heads of state in the Pacific: a legal and constitutional analysis 411 Hierarchy, conflict and apology in Fiji 180 Hill tribes of Fiji 181 Historical notes on the Catholic mission of Wairiki, Taveuni 263 History of Fiji 132 History of Melanesian society 182


page_193

History of some mines and prospects for Fiji 94 History of the Fiji military forces ... 133 History of the Fijian languages 243 History of the Methodist Church in its Rotuman setting 264 History of the Pacific from the Stone Age to the present day 134 History of the Pacific islands 135 History of the Pacific islands: kingdoms of the reef 136 Holy torture in Fiji 265 How the Fijians learned to build canoes 595 How the Tongans came to Fiji 595 How to get lost and found in Fiji 40 Human rights and the Supreme Court in Fiji ... 432 Human rights in the world: Fiji 433 Hundred years in Fiji 266 Hydrogeology of Fiji 95 I I, native no more: three modern plays in English 574 I remember: personal memories of a New Zealand missionary in Fiji 267 I, the very Bayonet 141 ICJ Review 433 Images of Fiji in literature 575 Immigrant Indian experience in literature: Trinidad and Fiji 576 Imprints of the Fiji Catholic mission 268 In the name of the Governor of Fiji: the legal consequences of a bureaucratic faux pas 434 Indentured labour in the British Empire ... 218 Index to transactions and proceedings of the Fiji Society 627 Indian indenture historiography 213 Indian indentured workers in Fiji 214 Indians in Fiji 215 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_193.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:49 PM

page_193

Indigenous Fijians and the Fiji legal system 412 Indo-Fijian experience 216 Indo-Fijian fiction and the girmit ideology 577 Indo-Fijian smallfarming: profiles of a peasantry 498 Indo-Fijian: towards an interpretation 577 Industrial development profile of the island developing countries of the South Pacific basin 528 Industrial relations 427 Informer 618 Inoke sails the South Seas 578 Inseparable grief: Margaret Cargill of Fiji 269 International and Comparative Law Quarterly 439-40

< previous page

page_193

next page >


page_194

< previous page

page_194


International encyclopedia for labour law and industrial relations 446 International encyclopedia of comparative law 426 International tourism reports 4 72 Introduced and native terrestrial vertebrates of Fiji 65 Introduction to the coral reefs of Fiji 66 Introduction to the peoples and cultures of Melanesia 22 Investment in Fiji 529 Is kinship costly? 301 Island churches: challenge and change 264 Island populations of the Pacific 155 Island states of the Pacific and Indian Oceans: anatomy of development 473 Islands Business News 628 Islands Business Pacific 628 Islands, islanders and the world: the colonial and post-colonial experience of eastern Fiji 552 Islands of history 192 It's a man's game: identity, social role, social change and delinquency 301 J James Calvert of Fiji 270 James Calvert; or, from dark to dawn in Fiji 271 Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics 373, 378 Journal of Constitutional and Parliamentary Studies 407 Journal of Pacific History 130, 153, 192, 200, 212, 307, 315, 333, 347, 354 355, 356, 396, 448, 511, 517, 519, 629 Journal of Pacific Studies 127, 293, 295, 300, 310, 317, 326, 358, 364, 453, 476, 491, 503, 525, 532, 554, 617, 630 Journal of Polynesian Society 403, 516, 631 Journal of Thomas Williams, missionary in Fiji, 1840-1853 272 Journal of William Lockerby ... 137 Just another day 579


page_194

Justice programs for aboriginal and other indigenous communities 392 K Kanaky or Caledonia? Viti or Fiji? 413 Kava: A bibliography 183 Kava drinking in Vitilevu, Fiji 197 Key indicators of developing Asian and Pacific countries 539 King and People of Fiji ... 138 King of the cannibal isles 184 Kioa: an Ellice community in Fiji 217 Koro: economic development and social change ... 303 L Labour law documents 435 Labouring men and nothing more 218 Lali: a Pacific anthology 580 Lali - the drums of Fiji 603 Land administration in Fiji 514 Land, cane and coconuts ... 499 Land, people and government: public lands policy in the South Pacific 430, 444 Land policy in Fiji 515 Land reform: prospects for prosperity 518 Land tenure and social change in Rotuma 516 Land tenure in Fiji's sugar cane districts since the 1920s 517 Land tenure in the Pacific 518 Land use and land alienation in Fiji ... 519 Land use and population in Fiji: a geographical study 520 Language contact in a plantation environment ... 244 Languages of Fiji 245 Lapita pottery style of Fiji and its associations 604


page_194

Lau islands, Fiji 185 Lau islands (Fiji) and their fairy tales ... 581 Law and anthropology: international yearbook 412 Law Institute Journal 423 Law, politics and government in the Pacific island states 521 LAWASIA 445 Laws of Fiji and subsidiary legislation 436

< previous page

page_194

next page >


page_195

< previous page

page_195


Leadership and social cleavages: political processes among the Indians in Fiji 371 Leadership in Fiji 372 Legal services country profile: Fiji 437 Legal system of Fiji 438 Legends of Fiji and Rotuma 582 Legislative series 435 Let me enjoy: essays partly geographical 313 Let's visit Fiji 41 Letters of Rupert Brooke 583 Levuka days of a parson in Polynesia 273 Libraries in Fiji 619 Life in Feejee; or, five years among the cannibals by a lady 139 Life of John Hunt: missionary to the cannibals 274 Literacy and social change: a case study ... 563 Lizards of Fiji: natural history and systematics 67 Lodge of Fiji No. 1931 E.C., 1882-1982 140 Lolohea akosita waqairawai 318 Lovoni land-purchase project ... 500 M Made in the South Pacific: arts of the sea people 605 Mai Veikau/ tales of Fijian wildlife 68 Mainly about Fiji: selected writings, broadcasts and speeches ... 23 Majesty of colour: a life of Sir John Bates Thurston 141 Making sense of hierarchy: cognition as social process in Fiji 304 Makogai: image of hope 322 Man 261 Man in the Pacific Islands 502


page_195

MANA 589 MANA: A South Pacific Journal 584 MANA annual of creative writing 584 MANA Review 584 Mangroves of Fiji 69 Marist brothers in New Zealand, Fiji and Samoa, 1876-1976 275 Market profile for South Pacific islands 530 Maro, rural Indians of Fiji 219 Marriage: choice or destiny? the case of Indo-Fijian women in Suva 317 Mat-weaving in Gau, Fiji 186 Matanitu: the struggle for power in early Fiji 142 Meaning, agency and colonial history: Navosavakadua and the Tuka movement in Fiji 276 Meanjin 313 Mediation of ethnic conflict ... 373 Megalithic culture of Melanesia 103 Melanesia 606 Melanesia: beyond diversity 360 Melanesian Law Journal 401, 405, 418, 421 Memories of Fiji, 1887 to 1987 220 Men from under the sky: the arrival of westerners in Fiji 143 Messengers of grace: evangelical missionaries in the south seas, 1797-1860 277 Methodist mission and Fiji's Indians ... 278 Migration, urbanization and development in South Pacific countries 156 Military in Fiji: historical development and future role 374 Mineral resources department annual report ... 87 Mining and indigenous peoples in Australasia 86 Mining Annual Review 88 Misi utu ... 564 Missionary labours among the cannibals 256 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_195.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:50 PM

page_195

Moala: culture and nature on a Fijian island 187 Modeling the Fiji economy 474 Modern legal systems cyclopedia 438 Monasavu: hydro-power for Fiji 96 Monetary policy in Fiji 475 Monopoly capital, white racism and superprofits in Fiji ... 476 Moon and Polynesia 279 Moturiki: a pilot project in community development 305 Moving images of the Pacific islands: a catalogue of films and videos 654 My father's land 144 Myths and legends of Fiji and Rotuma 585

< previous page

page_195

next page >


page_196

< previous page

page_196


N Na i vosavosa vakaviti e so: a collection of Fijian idioms 246 Native courts and customs in Fiji 439 Nature legislation and nature conservation ... 553 Nature tourism as a means of protecting indigenous forest resources in Fiji 554 Nepalese in Fiji 221 New Fijian dictionary 247 New flora of Fiji 62 New Grove dictionary of music and musicians 606 New kind of sugar: tourism in the Pacific 477 New Literature Review 567 New plants from Fiji 70 New political economy of Fiji 478 New system of slavery: the export of Indian labour overseas, 1830-1920 222 New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics 97 New Zealand Journal of History 278 New Zealand Law Journal 406, 408, 432 1987 Westminster crisis in Fiji 375 No more Loloma 573 Northern states of Fiji 188 O Oceania 197, 291, 311, 395, 513, 632 Oceania I à XXXIV (1930-1964) 655 On copra ships and coral isles 42 On Fiji islands 43 On Fiji soil: memories of an agriculturalist 501 On revolution and legality in Fiji 440 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_196.html (1 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:51 PM

page_196

On the margins of history: from the Punjab to Fiji 18 Operation Drake: voyage of discovery 44 Oral tradition and ethnohistory 189 Ordinances of the colony of Fiji 441 Our Indian work in Fiji 280 Out of Fiji: a perspective on migration after the coups 157 Outline of the geology of Vitilevu 97 Overseas Chinese in Fiji 223 Overseas missions of the Australian Methodist church 281-82 Overseas trade for the year 540 P Pacific: a core collection 656 Pacific Affairs 387, 400 Pacific Basin and Oceania 657 Pacific beche-de-mer trade ... 502 Pacific bibliography ... 658 Pacific collection accession list 667 Pacific collection periodicals 659 Pacific constitutions 414 Pacific courts and justice 442 Pacific courts and legal systems 442 Pacific crossing 44 Pacific economic cooperation: suggestions for action 479 Pacific history bibliography 629 Pacific Indians: profiles in twenty Pacific countries 224 Pacific Irishman: William Floyd memorial lecture, Holy Trinity Anglican Cathedral, Suva, Fiji, August 28, 1970 283 Pacific island bibliography 660 Pacific island literatures 586 Pacific island portraits 115, 119, 148 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_196.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:51 PM

page_196

Pacific island studies: a survey of the literature 661 Pacific islands business and trade directory 523 Pacific Islands Monthly 584, 588, 591, 625, 633 Pacific islands stamp catalogue ... 620 Pacific islands studies and notes 662 Pacific islands yearbook 11 Pacific law bibliography 443 Pacific Magazine 634 Pacific Perspective 336, 415 Pacific Profiles: Personal Experiences of 100 Pacific islanders 24 Pacific Review 367 Pacific Science 65 Pacific Studies 213, 298, 309, 329, 375, 635 Pacific tourism as islanders see it 480 Pacific Viewpoint 157, 338-39, 348, 460, 478, 483, 486, 494 Pacific voices: an anthology of writing 587 Pacific way: social issues in national development 481 Paradise postponed: essays on research and development in the South Pacific 482

< previous page

page_196

next page >


page_197

< previous page

page_197


Paramountcy of Fijian interest and the politicization of ethnicity 376 Parliamentary Debates 377 Part-time European community in Fiji 225 Party system, the Labour Party and the 'Plural Society' syndrome in Fiji 378 Pearls of the Pacific: an account of the visit of the Apostolic Delegate ... 284 Peasants in the Pacific: a study of Fiji Indian rural society 226 People from the horizon: an illustrated history of the Europeans among the South Sea islanders 145 Petite histoire à Fiji 285 PIM's Pacific: stories from the South Seas 588 Planets around the sun: contradictions and dynamics of the Fijian Matanitu 379 Plant resources of the Suva municipal market, Fiji 71 Plantation to politics: studies on Fiji Indians 227 Plants of the Fiji islands 72 Political advancement in the South Pacific ... 380 Political crisis and the manufacturing sector in Fiji 483 Political economy of Fiji 484 Political economy of independent Fiji 485 Political handbook of the world 381 Politics 369, 410 Politics in ethnically bipolar states ... 382 Politics in Fiji: studies in contemporary history 383 Politics in Melanesia 384 Politics of virtue: Hinduism, sexuality and countercolonial discourse in Fiji 385 Politics since independence 383 Population movement in post-colonial Fiji 158 Population of Fiji 159 Population, resources and development in an island periphery ... 550


page_197

Population, resources and development in the eastern islands 160, 550 Pottery making at Nakoro, Fiji 607 Pottery making in Sigatoka, Fiji 608 Poverty in Fiji 306 Power and prejudice: the making of the Fiji crisis 386 Prehistory of Polynesia 102 Preliminary bibliography on traditional science and technology in the Pacific islands 663 Preliminary report on the Sigatoka burials 104 Premier catalogue sélectif international de films ethnographiques ... 190 Press, radio and TV guide 621 Problems of constitution-making in Fiji 415 Problems of development in Fiji 486 Problems of political advancement in Fiji 387 Proposed constitutional guarantee of indigenous governmental power in Fiji ... 416 Prose fiction in Fiji: a question of direction 589 Prosecution and trial in Fiji 442 Prostitution: problem or profitable industry? 301 Protective labour policy? ... 307 Protest and dissent in the colonial Pacific 146 Public health in Fiji 323 Public order and the bill of rights ... 417 Publications of the Research School of Pacific Studies 664-65 Pushing out to windward: aspects of European plantation enterprise in Northern Lau, Fiji, 1870-1971 503 Q Quarterly Bulletin of Statistics for Asia and the Pacific 541 R Rabuka: no other way: his own story of the Fijian coup 388 Race and politics in Fiji 389 Race, politics and the coup in Fiji 390


page_197

Rama's banishment: a centenary tribute to the Fiji Indians, 1879-1979 228 Ratu Sukuna: soldier, statesman, man of two worlds 147

< previous page

page_197

next page >


page_198

< previous page

page_198


Raw women, cooked men and other good things of the Fiji islands 265 Recognition of the revolutionary regime ... 418 Records of the Fiji Museum 607-08 Recruits and recruiters: a portrait of the labour trade 148 Religion 250, 287 Report of the commission of enquiry into the resources and population trends of the colony of Fiji 391 Report of the Constitution Review Committee ... 419 Report on Fiji 1 Report on Fiji population census, 1986 161 Report on Fiji population census, 1986: analytical report ... 162 Report on the fisheries of Fiji 504 Reserve claims in Fiji 444 Review of demographic sample surveys ... 542 Review of Fiji's sixth development plan 487 Review of the administrative aspects of the management of health services in Fiji 324 Rhetoric and reality: the dilemmas of contemporary Fijian politics 340 Ring-ditch fortifications [I] 105 Ring-ditch fortifications II 106 Rock carvings in Fiji 107 Rock paintings and engravings in Fiji 108 Role of investment in the development of Fiji 488 Rotuma: Hanua Pumue 308 Rotuma: split island 25 Round table 366 Rule by the danda: domestic violence among Fiji-Indians 309 Rural Fiji 505 S


page_198

Samoans in Fiji 229 Saulaca: Fijian sail needles 191 Say it in Fijian: an entertaining introduction to the language of Fiji 248 Schooling in the Pacific islands: colonies in transition 560 Search for soil for the mustard seed ... 286 Secondary education in Fiji ... 565 Secrets of Fijian medicine 325 Seismicity of the Fiji region, 1984 98 Select list of publications of the [SPC] 666 Selected writings of Ratu Sir Lala Sukuna 125 Self-regulation in the Fijian village ... 392 Short history of Rotuma 149 Sigatoka Valley: pathway into prehistory 109 Sikhs of Fiji 230 Silence and invisibility: a study of the literatures of the Pacific, Australia and New Zealand 590 Silent warriors 393 Sixth South Pacific games handbook 26 Social indicators of development 543 Solomons community in Fiji 231 Some modern poetry from Fiji 575, 584, 591 Sources and literature of the law of Fiji 445 South Pacific 446 South Pacific agriculture: choices and constraints 506 South Pacific bibliography 667 South Pacific education profiles 544 South Pacific enterprise: the Colonial Sugar Refining Company ... 152 South Pacific foreign affairs handbook 27 South Pacific images 574, 577 South Pacific Journal of Natural Science 48, 66 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_198.html (2 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:52 PM

page_198

South Pacific literature: from myth to fabulation 592 South Pacific literature written in English: a selected bibliography 593 South Pacific periodicals index 668 South Pacific research register 669 South Sea yarns 594 South Seas in transition: a study of post-war rehabilitation ... 489 Southwest Pacific: an annotated guide to bibliographies, indexes and collections ... 670 Southwest Pacific since 1900: a modern history ... 150 Southwest Pacific to 1900: a modern history ... 151 SPEC bibliography 671

< previous page

page_198

next page >


page_199

< previous page

page_199


Special economic zones and concessions 531 Specimen shell resources of Fiji ... 507 Spoken Fijian: an intensive course in Bauan Fiji ... 249 Stanley Gibbons simplified catalogue ... 622 State ideology and national security in Fiji 394 Statistical indicators for Asia and the Pacific 545 Statistical yearbook for Asia and the Pacific 546 Stranger-king, or Dumézil among the Fijians 192 String figures from Fiji and Western Polynesia 193 Structure of retail food outlets in Suva ... 532 Succession in East Fiji: ... 395 Sugar from Taviuni 508 Sugar industry of Fiji 152 Suva: a history and guide 45 Suva in a storm, 1920 310 T Tales from old Fiji 595 Tales of Fijian wildlife 68 Text and context in Fijian Hinduism: uses of religion 287 Themes on Pacific lands 512 Thinking theology aloud in Fiji 288 Thirty years ago: a view of the Fijian political scene. Confidential report to the British Colonial Office, September 1959 396 This is radio Fiji ... 623 Three generations of Indian women 318 Timber profile: a review of the forest and timber industries and a programme for development 509 Timbers of Fiji: properties and potential uses 510


page_199

To live among the stars: Christian origins in Oceania 289 Tourism and ethnic competition in a ritual form ... 311 Tourism and underdevelopment in Fiji 490 Toward a reassessment of Gordon in Fiji 153 Trade unionism in Fiji in 1990 ... 312 Traders manual for Asia and the Pacific: Fiji 533 Tradition and change in the Fijian village 194 Traditional Fijian spirit masks and spirit masquers 195 Traditional leaders and modern Pacific island governance 397 Transactions and proceedings of the Fiji Society 107, 627, 636 Trapped: a collection of writing from Fiji 596 Treason at ten: Fiji at the crossroads 398 Treasure islands: the trials of the Ocean islanders 232 Trends in developing economies 547 Tropical blossoms of the Pacific 73 Tropical trees of the Pacific 74 Trust on trial: the development of the customary land trust concept in Fiji 521 Tsunamis in Fiji 555 Turn northeast at the tombstone 233 Two Fijian women 318 Two military coups in Fiji 399 U Under the Ivi tree: social and economic growth in rural Fiji 196 Under two laws: the Fijian dilemma 313 Universal business directories: Fiji 534 University of the South Pacific: publications 672 Unto the perfect day: the journal of Thomas James Jagger, Feejee, 1838-1845 290 Urban Fijians and the problem of unemployment 301 Urbanization in Fiji, 1966-1976 314


page_199

V Vaka i Taukei: the Fijian way of life 20 Veil of dishonour: sexual jealousy and suicide on Fiji plantations 315 Viceroy of the Pacific 141 Victoria University of Wellington Law Review 417

< previous page

page_199

next page >


page_200

< previous page

page_200


Village of the conquerors: Sawana, a Tongan village in Fiji 234 Violence of indenture in Fiji 235 Viti: an account of a government mission ... 75 W Wage freeze and development plan objectives ... 491 Water of life: Kava ritual and the logic of sacrifice 197 Wesley Historical Society (New Zealand) Proceedings 267 Westminster style democracy and cultural diversity ... 340 Where the Bong tree grows: the log of one man's journey in the South Pacific 46 Where the waves fall: a new South Seas islands history ... 154 Whether or not to prosecute 442 White Women in Fiji, 1835-1930 316 Who wants to stay on the farm? 301 Who's who in Australasia and the Far East 28 Who's who in Fiji 29 William Floyd memorial lecture 283 Wisdom of Fiji 597 WLWE 577 Women and work in the South Pacific 317 Women factory workers in Fiji ... 317 Women's role in Fiji 318 Work and income for the people of Fiji ... 492 World catalogue of theses on the Pacific islands 673 World debt tables 547 World development reports 547 World of islands 47 World of talk on a Fijian island ... 198


page_200

World tables 548 Y Yalo i Viti: shades of Viti ... 199

< previous page

page_200

next page >


page_201

< previous page

page_201


Index of Subjects A Accommodation 11, 13, 30-31, 38 Administration 1, 5, 8, 20, 111-12, 115, 117-18, 123, 125, 141-43, 153, 333-34, 344, 346, 368, 387, 391 see also Colonial Office Ageing 292 Agriculture 5-6, 11, 462, 493-510 see also Land tenure Alcohol 319 Amphibians 56 Anglicanism 273, 279, 283 see also Missions/missionaries Annual reports 1 Anthropology 8, 33, 121, 163-99 Archaeology 99-109 Archives 609 see also Libraries Arrows 167, 177 Artefacts 600 Arts 598-608 Arya Samaj 250 Asia bibliography 638 business 522-23 demographic surveys 542 development indicators 539, 545 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_201.html (1 of 3)1/20/2009 8:01:54 PM

page_201

foreign trade 538 human rights 423 statistics 538-39, 541, 545-46 see also Far East Asian Development Bank 447 Australasia who's who 28 yearbook 100 Australia and Fiji 110, 455-56 literature 590 media 621 Autobiography 18, 23 B Balance of payments 535 Banabans 201, 205, 207, 232 Bark cloth 600-02 Bavadra, T. 328, 331, 345, 365, 383, 390 Beqa (island), firewalking 3 Bernice Bishop Museum Library 647 Bibliographies 77-85, 593, 637-73 Bill of Rights 417 Birds 48-51, 54, 57 Book publishing 610 Boumaa grammar 242 Britain and Fiji 111


page_201

and Pacific 112 Brooke, Rupert 583 Burns Commission 391 Business/commerce 4, 8, 348, 462, 522-34, 628 C Cakobau 115 Calvert, J. 270

< previous page

page_201

next page >


page_202

< previous page

page_202


Cannibalism 101, 139, 184, 251, 256, 274 Canoes 163 Cargill, David 255, 269 Cargill, Margaret 269 Caste see Indians; Ethnic groups Catholic missions 257, 263, 268, 275, 284-85, 289 see also Missions/missionaries Central Medical School 556, 564 Ceremonies 169 Chiefs 115, 118, 127, 141-43, 147, 332-33, 341, 372, 379 see also Leadership Child-rearing 302 Children's literature 568, 578 Chinese 202-03, 223 Christianity 252, 254, 256, 258, 264, 271, 276-77, 288-90 see also Missions/missionaries; particular denominations; Religion Colonial Office 1, 75, 120 see also Administration Colonial economy 448, 466, 476 Colonial Sugar Refining Company 114, 122, 152, 476 Columban Fathers 257 Commerce see Business/commerce Communication 1, 10, 15, 609-23 Conflict management 179-80, 198 Congregation of the Poor 254 Constitution 400-19, 426 Cook Islands 446, 454, 553


page_202

Cooking 599 Coups 327, 331, 335, 337-39, 345, 351, 353, 359, 361, 363, 365-66, 374-75, 386, 390, 393-94, 398-99, 406, 408-11, 413, 418, 433, 440, 461, 483 Cricket 7 Culture 19-23, 25, 30, 32, 172 D Daily Post 611 Daku (village) social change 313 Demography 204, 542 see also Population Deuba (village) ethnography 165 Development plans 457-59, 467-70, 487 Dictionaries 238-39, 247 Disease 166 see also Health and welfare Dissertations 642, 645, 673 Domestic violence 298, 309 Drums 603 E Earthquakes 98 Economy 10-11, 27, 422, 447-92, 536, 547, 630 see also Statistics Ecumenism 286 see also Religion; Missions/missionaries Education 5, 544, 556-65 Elections 324, 347, 354-57, 373 The Eliza 137


page_202

Employment see Labour Encyclopaedias 8, 13 Environment 549-55 Ethnic groups 18, 200-35, 349, 361, 373, 376, 382, 389-90, 400, 403, 407, 415 see also Indians Ethnography 163-99 Eye of the Wind 44 F Falvey Committee 419 Family 292, 425 Far East who's who 28 yearbook 10 see also Asia Farming see Agriculture Fauna 8, 13, 15, 44, 48-51, 54-60, 65, 67-68, 75 Ferns 53 Fiji Hindi 237-38 Fiji Labour Party 378, 383, 393 Fiji Medical School 556 Fiji Museum 626 Fiji Post 611 Fiji Society 627, 636 Fiji Sugar Corporation 114 Fiji Sun 616 Fiji Times 616

< previous page

page_202

next page >


page_203

< previous page

page_203


Fijian language dictionaries 239, 247 grammars 240, 242, 249 idioms 246 see also Boumaa; Fiji Hindi Fijian Nationalist Party 336 Films 653-54 Finance 11, 13, 471, 475 see also Business/commerce First World War 129 Fire-walking 3, 265, 311 Fisheries 428, 495, 502, 504, 507 Fishes 55, 60 Flora 6, 8, 13, 15, 44, 52-53, 59, 61-64, 66, 69-75 Floyd, Archdeacon William 283 Folklore 581-82, 585, 595, 597 Food 320-21 Foreign investment 455-56, 476, 488, 529, 531 Foreign relations 27 Forests 497, 509-10, 554 Fortifications (archaeology) 99, 102, 105-06 Freemasonry 140 Fulton Missionary College 262 G Ghandi, Mahatma 250 see also Hinduism Gau


page_203

mat-weaving 186 General elections 329, 354-56 Geography 5, 8, 10-11, 13-16, 30, 33, 39 Geology 76-89 bibliographies 77-85 Girmityas see Indians Gold mining 86-87, 91, 93-94, 628 Gordon, Arthur Hamilton 111, 117, 125, 153 Governor-General (Fiji) 406, 408-11, 413 Grammar see Language H Handbooks 4, 6, 13, 15 Hawaii 612 Health and welfare 11, 319-25 Hill tribes 181, 184 The Hibernia 137 Hillary, Sir Edmund 32 Hindi 237-38 Hinduism 250, 261, 265, 287, 385 History 1, 4-6, 8-14, 22, 30, 33, 39, 243-44, 110-54, 629, 635 'Holy torture' 265 Hoodless, D. W. 556, 564 House of Representatives debates 377 Houses/housing 164, 168, 171, 296 Hügel, Baron Anatole von 121 Human rights 412, 417-18, 423, 432-33 Hydrogeology 95 Hydro power 96


page_203

I Indenture 200, 206, 209-15, 218, 222, 224, 231, 233, 235, 315, 577 Independence movement 124, 127-28, 146, 350, 404 Indian Ocean economic development 473 Indians 144, 200, 204, 206, 208-16, 218-20, 222, 224, 226-28, 250, 261, 265, 278, 280, 282, 287, 309-11, 315, 351-52, 358, 360, 371, 385, 393, 400, 407, 415, 498, 567, 570-71, 573, 575-77 see also Ethnic groups Industrial relations 427, 446 Industry 4, 15, 114, 116, 152, 483 Institute of Pacific Studies, University of the South Pacific 643 J Jaggar, T. J. 290 Journals see particular titles K Kambara (island) ethnography 170 Kava 183, 197 Kingship 192 Kioa ethnography 217 law 434

< previous page

page_203

next page >


page_204

< previous page

page_204


L Labour 1, 5, 10-11, 86, 148, 300, 307, 310, 312, 435, 446 see also Trade unions Land tenure 511-21 see also Agriculture Language 236-49, 255 Lau (islands) ethnography 185 Lautoka arms smuggling case 370 Law of the Sea 421 Law 1, 420-46, 514, 517, 521, 553 Leadership 332-33, 372, 395, 397 see also Chiefs; Kingship Legal services 437, 442 Leprosy 322 Libraries 612-13, 619 Literacy 563 Literature 566-97 Lizards 67 Local government 344, 346 Lockerby, William 137 Lovoni Land-Purchase Project 500 M Ma'afu 115, 234 Makogai (island) leprosy patients 322 Mangroves 69 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_204.html (1 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:56 PM

page_204

Marist Brothers 275 Marist Training Centre 557 Mao (village) 219 Masi 600-02 Masks 195 Mat-weaving 186 Media 1, 10, 15, 609-23 Medical education/training 556, 564 Medicine 325 Melanesia culture 22 development 449 education 559 ethnography 182 music 606 politics 384 see also Pacific; South Pacific Methodism 258, 264, 266-67, 270-71, 278, 280-82, 289 see also Missions/missionaries Migration 156-58, 161, 200 Military 129, 133 see also Coups Minerals/mining 76-88, 91, 93-94 Missions/missionaries 112, 115, 130-31, 137-38, 145, 154, 189, 251, 253, 255-60, 262-63, 266-74, 277-85, 289-90 Mitchell Library 648 Moala (island) ethnography 187 Monasavu Project 96 Moturiki file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_204.html (2 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:56 PM

page_204

community development 305 Music 606 N Nakoro, pottery 607 Nakoroka (village) ethnography 176 Nakorosule (village) self-sufficiency 297 National bibliography 651 National security 394 Nationalism 331, 336 Navosavakadna 276 Nepalese 221 New Zealand archives 609 literature 590 media 621 Newspapers 611, 616-17, 621 Niue 553 O Ocean Island 205, 232 see also Banabans Oceania bibliographies 638-39, 655, 657 see also Pacific; South Pacific Official names 16 Olympic Games 26 P


page_204

Pacific arts 598 bêche-de-mer 495, 502

< previous page

page_204

next page >


page_205

< previous page

page_205


bibliographies 642-43, 646, 649, 652, 656-63, 673 book publishing 610 business 522-23, 628 constitutions 414 current affairs 625, 633-34 demographic surveys 542 development indicators 539, 545 economic development 447, 450-52, 473, 479, 481, 630 films 653-54 ethnic groups 203, 207, 224 ethnography 190 ethnology 632 family 425 foreign trade 538 heads of state 411 history 112, 134, 136, 146, 150-51, 154, 629, 635 land tenure 518 Latin America and 450 law 442-43 libraries 612 literature 580, 586-88, 590 media 621 periodicals 624 population 155-56, 425 rural education 557 stamps 620 statistics 538-39, 541, 545-46


page_205

tourism 477, 480, 553 see also South Pacific; particular countries Papua New Guinea 93, 452, 454, 489, 553 Parham, W. L. 500 Penal policy 424 People 1-29, 39 Periodicals 624-36 Petroleum 90 Philately see Stamps Planters/settlers 110, 119, 143, 145 Plays 569, 574, 579 Poetry 570, 572, 580, 591 Politics 10, 13, 23, 27, 326-99, 400-19 see also Periodicals Polynesian Society 631 Population 1, 5, 11, 155-62, 204, 425, 462, 542 Pottery 604, 607-08 Poultry industry 348 Poverty 306 Presbyterians 253 see also Missions/missionaries Products 527 Property rights 430, 434, 444 Public works 1 R Rabuka 388, 418-19 Radio 623 Railways 116 Rainforests 497, 554


page_205

Reefs, coral 52, 66 Religion 5, 8, 22, 166, 169, 173, 250-90 see also Missions/missionaries Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University 664-65 Rock carvings/paintings 107-08 Rotuma (island) 25 history 149 S Sail needles 191 Samoa birds 50 people 229 Sawana (village) ethnography 234 Schools see Education Science and technology bibliography 663 Second World War 129 Seismic activity see tsunamis Senate debates 342 Seventh-Day Adventists 259, 262 see also Missions/missionaries Shell industry 507 Sigatoka Valley archaeology 104, 109 ethnography 196 pottery 604, 608 Sikhs 230 Singh, Bhagwan 144 file:///C|/Documents%20and%20Settings/Gustav%20Mahler/Desktop/Download%20Temp/1851090789/files/page_205.html (3 of 4)1/20/2009 8:01:56 PM

page_205

Sketchbook 39 Snakes 58 Social conditions 291-318 Social services 1 Society 1-29, 291-318, 378

< previous page

page_205

next page >


page_206

< previous page

page_206


Solomon Islands 93, 182, 451-52, 553 Solomon Islanders in Fiji 231 Somosomo (community) 295 South Pacific agriculture 506 bibliographies 640, 644, 667-70 colonial administration 380 culture and democracy 340 decolonization 343 economic development 454, 482, 489 education 544 foreign affairs 27 handbooks 27 human rights 423 industrial development 528 industrial relations 446 islanders' lives 24 labour law 446 literature 592-93 market profiles 530 medical education 564 nationalism 331 research register 669 trade 454 travelogues 46 see also Pacific; particular countries South Pacific Bureau for Economic Cooperation 671


page_206

South pacific Commission 666 South Pacific Games 26 Sport see Cricket; Periodicals Stamps 615, 618, 620, 622 Statistics 1, 535-48 Stock market 525 String figure games 193 Sugar industry 114, 116, 152, 499, 508, 517 Suicide 315 Sukuna, Ratu Sir Lala 125, 147 Suva food outlets 532 history 45 Municipal Market 71 travel guide 45 T Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery 600 Taveuni (island) archaeology 99 Telephone directory 614 Textbooks 14, 236-49 Thakombau (king) 138 Theses 79, 642, 645, 673 Thurston, Sir John Bates 123, 141 Timber 509-10 Tonga 50, 446, 451-52, 553, 641 Tongans in Fiji 234 Tourism 11, 13, 30-47, 311, 453, 462, 472, 477, 480, 490, 553-54


page_206

Trade 11, 15, 454, 538, 540 Trade unions 10, 83, 294, 300, 312, 337, 446, 462, 483 see also Labour Transport 462 see also Railways Travel guides 13, 30-47 Travelogues 2, 32-34, 37, 40, 42-43, 46, 233, 260 Tsunamis 555 Tuka movement 276 Tutu see Marist Training Centre Tuvalu 553 U Urited States of America archives in 638 and Fiji 326, 364 University of California Santa Cruz 644 University of Hawaii Library 637, 660 University of the South Pacific 672 Institute of Pacific Studies 643 Library 659, 667-68, 672 Urbanization 301, 314 V Vanuatu 93, 446, 451-52, 553 Vatukoula 86, 91, 628 see also Gold mining; Minerals/mining Vertebrates 65 Villages environmental factors 552


page_206

social change 291, 297, 299, 303-04, 313, 392

< previous page

page_206

next page >


page_207

< previous page

page_207


Violence 235, 298, 309 Viti Levu archaeology 100 geology 91, 97 see also Gold mining; Minerals/mining W War 129 Weapons 167, 177 Welfare see Health and welfare Western Samoa 446, 451-52, 489, 553 Who's who 8, 28-29 Williams, T. 272 Women 316-18 World Council of Churches 286 Y Yearbook entries 10, 11 Z Zoology 121 see also Fauna

< previous page

page_207

next page >


page_209

< previous page

page_209


Map of Fiji

This map shows the more important islands and towns.

< previous page

page_209


next page >

page_211

< previous page

page_211 Page 211

ALSO FROM CLIO PRESS INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS SERIES Each volume in the International Organizations Series is either devoted to one specific organization, or to a number of different organizations operating in a particular region, or engaged in a specific field of activity. The scope of the series is wide-ranging and includes intergovernmental organizations, international non-governmental organizations, and national bodies dealing with international issues. The series is aimed mainly at the English-speaker and each volume provides a selective, annotated, critical bibliography of the organization, or organizations, concerned. The bibliographies cover books, articles, pamphlets, directories, databases and theses and, wherever possible, attention is focused on material about the organizations rather than on the organizations' own publications. Notwithstanding this, the most important official publications, and guides to those publications, will be included. The views expressed in individual volumes, however, are not necessarily those of the publishers. VOLUMES IN THE SERIES 1 European Communities, John Paxton 2 Arab Regional Organizations, Frank A. Clements 3 Comecon: The Rise and Fall of an International Socialist Organization, Jenny Brine 4 International Monetary Fund, Anne C. M. Salda 5 The Commonwealth, Patricia M. Larby and Harry Hannam 6 The French Secret Services, Martyn Cornick and Peter Morris 7 Organization of African Unity, Gordon Harris 8 North Atlantic Treaty Organization, Phil Williams TITLES IN PREPARATION British Secret Services, Philip H. J. Davies Israeli Secret Services, Frank A. Clements Organization of American States, David Sheinin United Nations System, Joseph P. Baratta World Bank, Anne C. M. Salda

< previous page

page_211


Fiji (World Bibliographical Series)

Slovenia (World Bibliographical Series)

Suriname (World Bibliographical Series)

Oman (World Bibliographical Series)

Jamaica (World Bibliographical Series)

Norway (World Bibliographical Series)

Panama (World Bibliographical Series)

Namibia (World Bibliographical Series)

Spain (World Bibliographical Series)

Portugal (World Bibliographical Series)

Madrid (World Bibliographical Series)

Afghanistan (World Bibliographical Series)

Lisbon (World Bibliographical Series)

Vienna (World Bibliographical Series)

Morocco (World Bibliographical Series)

Eritrea (World Bibliographical Series)

Nigeria (World Bibliographical Series)

Albania (World Bibliographical Series)

Barbados (World Bibliographical Series)

Corsica (World Bibliographical Series)

Cambodia (World Bibliographical Series)

Peru (World Bibliographical Series)

Cuba (World Bibliographical Series)

Cyprus (World Bibliographical Series)

Martinique (World Bibliographical Series)

Bahrain (World Bibliographical Series)

London (World Bibliographical Series)

Kuwait (World Bibliographical Series)

Korea (World Bibliographical Series)

Macau (World Bibliographical Series, 105)

Cayman Islands (World Bibliographical Series)

Fiji (World Bibliographical Series)

Slovenia (World Bibliographical Series)

Suriname (World Bibliographical Series)

Oman (World Bibliographical Series)

Jamaica (World Bibliographical Series)

Norway (World Bibliographical Series)

Panama (World Bibliographical Series)

Namibia (World Bibliographical Series)

Spain (World Bibliographical Series)

Portugal (World Bibliographical Series)

Madrid (World Bibliographical Series)

Afghanistan (World Bibliographical Series)

Lisbon (World Bibliographical Series)

Vienna (World Bibliographical Series)

Morocco (World Bibliographical Series)

Eritrea (World Bibliographical Series)

Nigeria (World Bibliographical Series)

Albania (World Bibliographical Series)

Barbados (World Bibliographical Series)

Corsica (World Bibliographical Series)

Cambodia (World Bibliographical Series)

Peru (World Bibliographical Series)

Cuba (World Bibliographical Series)

Cyprus (World Bibliographical Series)

Martinique (World Bibliographical Series)

Bahrain (World Bibliographical Series)

London (World Bibliographical Series)

Kuwait (World Bibliographical Series)

Korea (World Bibliographical Series)

Macau (World Bibliographical Series, 105)

Cayman Islands (World Bibliographical Series)

Recommend Documents